-'^.756 SOCIAL LATPS AND AqENClES OF North Cdrolina A HANDBOOK OF INFORMATION Compiled by The American Red Cross, Southern Diuision, in Cooperation mith the State Departments and the State Uniuersity of North Carolina. ISSUED uy AMERICAN RED CROSS DECEMBER, 1920 •'iMKWlK: A. R. C. 41 2 DECEMBER 1920 SOCIAL LAIDS AND AQENCIES OF North Cdrolind A HANDBOOK OF INFORMATION Cros^ ReciCroSs-- ^outh<2Fvi cJ»vi5(ov) Compiled btj The American Red Cross, Southern Division, in Cooperation mith the State Departments and the State Uniuersitij of North Carolina. « N ISSUED By AMERICAN RED CROSS « DECEM5ER. 1920 AXLAKXA PKI>»XIN0 COMPANY, AXI.rANXA PREFACE D uring the War nearly four thousand Red Cross Chapters in all parts of the country were called upon to give aid and information to soldiers, sailors, and marines, and their families, on a great many subjects re¬ lating to their welfare, some of which involved complicated procedure and knowledge of elaborate laios and regulations. To enable them to do this, the Red. Cross drew up a Hand¬ book of Information which, being in a loose-leaved form, has been continually kept up-to-date. This book has proved invaluable and is still in active use. The return of peace extended the tvork of Red Cross tvorkers to fields other than war-time service. They have become social workers. In this neiv capacity they have need for a far greater variety of information. To meet this need the Red Cross has decided to issue, so far as may be found expedient, peace-time handbooks of information covering the social resources of the various states, together with a companion volume on national resources which is now being prepared at National Headquarters. For ease in revising, each handbook will be on the loose leaf plan. While the work was inspired in the first place by the necessities of Red Cross workers, it is hoped that it may prove serviceable to other social tvorkers, whether representatives of private organizations or public servants, whose needs are generally so similar. This hope, if realized, tvill fully justify the effort put forth. The present volume on North Carolina is a first fruit of this scheme. It has been possible to issue it thus early because of the readiness of the State Departments, and of the University of North Carolina, to cooperate in the work. Much the greater part of the information contained here ivas supplied by the appropriate departments of the State and University through the mediation of the State Legisla¬ tive Reference Librarian; while the editing has been done by the Information Service of the Southern Division of the American Red Cross. Except for this effective cooperation PREFACE it tvould have been impossible to bring out the book^ at this time. Our thanks are, therefore, due to all the officials of the State of North Carolina and of its University, who have so generously contributed their time and thought. Especial thanks are due to Mr. H. M. London, Legislative Reference Librarian, who has untiringly labored to obtain and cor¬ relate the material; to Hon. Roland F. Beasley, Commis¬ sioner of Public Welfare, and Professor E. C. Branson, of the State University. It is a pleasure also to acknowledge our indebtedness to the following list of collaborators representing the State of North Carolina and the interest of its Governor, the Hon. Thomas W. Bickett : Dr. R. K. Adams, of the Central Hospital for Insome, Raleigh. Hon. W. a. Graham, Commissioner of the Depart¬ ment of Agriculture. Mr. Andrew Joyner, of the State Insurance Depart¬ ment. Mr. Santford Martin, formerly Private Secretary to the Governor. Hon. Frank Nash, Assistant Attorney-General. Mr. L. E. Nichols, Assistant Commissioner of Labor and Printing. Miss Mary P. Palmer, Secretary the the State Li¬ brary Commission. Mr. W. H. Pittman, Chief Clerk of the Department of Education. Dr. W. S. Rankin, Secretary of the State Board of Health. Dr. W. C. Riddick, President of the State College of Agriculture. Mr. R. 0. Self, Chief Clerk of the State Commission. The very considerable labor of editing a handbook thus ^ conceived and executed fell to Mr. John Lochhead of this Bureau, to whom is due the major credit for any usefulness that the volume may have. Philip Klein, Director Bureau of Education and Research December, 1920. . INTRODUCTION S OME words of explanation are needed ivith re- go.rd to the present volume. It is the first of the peace-time handbooks to be published by the Red Cross. This priority is attended by certain peculiarities and perhaps crudities. The method of collaboration through tvhich it has been prepared has, in addition to its advan¬ tages, obvious limitations attached to it. Such are lack of consistency and uniformity of treatment, and of proportion in the amount of space devoted to each subject. Of these and many other defects, the editor cannot but be conscious. As the book, however, is designed for practical service, and that need is immediate, it was thought best to press forward its publication rather than to wait until all faults could be eradicated and all omissions supplied. The loose leaf plan will permit of the most important defects being remedied in later revisions, a7id experience should be the best revealer of what these defects really are. It is a matter for regret that the Consolidated Statutes of North Carolina were not published till all of the chapters of the Ha^idbook, save two, had bee7i already p^nnted. They would have proved of great 'value both in the preparation of the book and also in giving (j^egul references. The reader will note that paragraph numbers are placed at the head of each page instead of page numbers. Each paragraph is give'ii m hundreds, and the hundreds are made to correspond with the member of the chapter. Thus chap¬ ter VII opens with paragraph 701, chapter XI with para- INTRODUCTION graph 1101. Those chapters which contain both social laws and agencies are divided into two parts, the laws commenc¬ ing with—hundred and one, the agencies with—hundred and fifty-one. The blank pages at the end of the chapters are for the purpose of enablmg the worker to add notes on K matters of local interest. The aim has been to include those laws and agencies which are State-wide in their operation, omitting those that are merely local. In addition, some oxcount has bee7i given of 7iational organizations operating in the State, with lists of places where they are active. Supplementary informa¬ tion under this head should be looked for in the National Red Cross Handbook, to be issued later. The social worker who expects this handbook to furnish an answer to every question will be disappointed. The field covered is too vast to admit of such exhaustive treatment. One impo7'tant service, however, we trust the book will ren¬ der. It aims at prese7iting to the student a bird^s-eye view of the entire social backgrounds of the State, and in most cases where fuller information is desirable, it indicates where that information ca7i be found. hi conclusion, let it be said that all who use the book can make a real contribution to its permanent value by sending 07i all such criticisms and suggestions as may occur to them, together with hnpoidant additioiial matter, to the Bureau of Education and Research of the Southern Division of the American Red Cross. JOHN LOCHHEAD. TABLE OF CONTENTS Chapter I THE CONSTITUTION OF NORTH CAROLINA Declaration of Rights . 101 Legislative Department. 102 The Senate . 102 A The House of Representatives ..,. 102 B The General AssembV—Its Powers and Limi'ations 102 C Passage of Bills . 102 D ■ Regulation With Regard to Raising of Moncj^ and Taxes . 102 E Vacancies. 102 F Payment of .Members . 102 G Date of Elections .. 102 H Date of Meeting of Genei’al Assembly. 102 I Senate Committees . 102 J House Committees . 102 K Executive Department. 103 Council of State ... . . 103 A Powers and Duties of the Governor. 103 B Powers and Duties of the Lieutenan' -G .vernor ... 103 C Duties of other Executive Officers . 103 D Judicial Department . 104 Courts In Which the Judicial Power of the State Is Vested . 104 A Court of Impeachment. 104 B Supreme Court . 104 C Superior Courts . 104 D Courts of Justice of the Peace .. 104 E Other Inferior or Special Courts. 104 F Sheriffs and Coroners . 104 G Removal of Judges for Inability. 104 H Removal of Clerks of the Courts .. 104 I Revenue and Taxation . 105 Application of Proceeds . 105 A Other Sources of Taxation. 105 B Limitation Upon Increasing the Public Debt. 105 C The Taxes Levied . 105 D Acts Levying Taxes Shall State Objects. 105 E Suffrage and Eligibility to Office . 106 Elections . 106 A Qualifications for Office .. ....'. 106 B CONTENTS ii Municipal Corporations . 107 Officers of Township . 107 A No Debt or Loan Except by Majority of Voters . ... 107 B Corporations Other Than Municipal . 108 Corporations Defined—Legal Liabiiily . 108 A Education. 109 Division of Counties Into Districts. 109 A Financing of Education by the State. 109 B . County School Fund .. 109 C The University of North Carolina . 109 D The State Board of Education... 109 E Powers of the State Board of Education . 109 F School Attendance . 109 G Homesteads and Exemptions . 110 Punishments, Penal Institutions and Public Charities 111 Death Punishment . Ill A House of Correction . Ill B House of Refuge .. Ill C The Sexes to Be Separated . Ill D Appointment of Board of Public Charities. Ill E Orphan Houses . Ill F Inebriates and Idiots . Ill G Deaf-Mutes, Blind and Insane .. Ill H Institutions to Be Self-.Supporting. Ill I Militia. 112 Organizing, etc. 112 A Governor Commander-in-Chief. 112 B Exemption. 112 C Amendments . 113 How the Constitution May Be Altered. 113 A Miscellaneous . 114 Drawing Money . 114 A Mechanic’s Lien . 114 B Governor to Make Appointments . 114 C Seat of Government.. 114 D Holding Office. 114 E Intermarriage of Whites and Negroes Prohibited ... 114 F Chapter II ^ AGRICULTURE L Laws and Administration Agricultural Labor. 201 Sunday Work .. 201 A Co-operative Marketing. 202 Boycotting. ......; .. .. .. 202 A Ill CONTENTS Credit Legrislation . 203 Road Laws . 204 Dairy and Food Regulations. 205 The State Food Law . 205 A Livestock Sanitary Laws . 206 Plant Disease Laws. 207 Seed Laws . 208 Pure Feed Laws . 209 Fertilizer Laws . 210 Trespass Laws . 211 Deer Laws . 212 Dog Laws . 213 Drainage Laws ... 214 Irrigation Laws . 215 Homestead Laws . 216 Injury to Crops, Flocks, or Herds . 217 Reforestation Laws ... 218 Natural Resources Development Laws . 219 Agricultural Development Laws. 220 Tax Laws ... 221 Livestock Range Laws . 222 Livestock Slaughter Laws .. 223 Tare . 224 Transportation. 225 The State Warehouse System . 226 State Gasoline Law . 227 Linseed Oil Law . 228 Law for Inspection of Illuminating Oils and Fluids. . 229 //. Agricultural Agencies The State Department of Agriculture . 251 Finance . 252 Progress .... 253 Divisions and Activities of the Department of Agri¬ culture . 254 The Veterinary Division . 254 A The Animal Industry Division. 254 B The Division of Chemistry . 254 C The Pure Food and Oil Division . 254 D The Feed Inspection Division . 254 E The- Entomology Division . 254 F The Horticultural Division . 254 G The Division o: Agronomy. 254 H The Botany Division . 254 I Soil vSurvey, Test Farms, and Farm Demonstration Work. 254 J CONTENTS IV Demonstration Work . 254 K Immigration. 254 L Statistics . 254 M The Museum . 254 N Publications. 254 0 .State College of Agriculture and Engineering. 255 Courses In Agriculture .. 255 A Agricultural Equipment . 255 B Joint Committee of the Board of Agriculture and the A. & E. College . 256 The Experiment Station . 257 The Extension Service . 258 County Agents . 258 A Farm Bureaus . 258 B Farmers’ Institutes . 258 C Home Demonstration Work. 258 D Farmers’ Convention . 258 E Fairs . 258 F State Highway Commission. 259 Forest Resources . 260 Enemies of the Forest. 261 Organization of State Forestry Work—The Geological Survey . 262 The State Forester. 262 A Forest Fire Prevention .. 262 B State Forests . 262 C Studies and Investigations . 262 D Education and Publicity . 262 E Farm Forestry . 263 State Market and Cooperative Credit Union Bureau.. 264 University of North Carolina Extension Services. . . . 265 Division of Country Home Comforts and Conveni¬ ences . 265 A I The North Carolina Drainage Association . 265 B Good Roads Association . 265 C Delta U. S. Laboratory . 266 Voluntary Self-Help Agencies . 267 Chapter III AMERICANIZATION AND RACIAL AGENCIES No “Americanization” Problem In North Carolina. . . 301 The Real Problem—Training of the Native Stock In Civic Responsibility .. 302 Races In North Carolina. 303 Racial Agencies: The Blue Ridge Association . 304 V CONTENTS Joint Convention on Race Relationship . 304 A Urban League . 304 B Chapter IV CHILD WELFARE I. Laws and Administration Definitions . 401 Laws for the Protection of Children . 402 Juvenile Courts and Their Operation . 403 Jurisdiction of Juvenile Courts ... 403 A Continuation of Jurisdiction .. 403 B Law to Be Construed Remediably.. 403 C Petition to Bring Child Into Court. 403 D May Be Released Pending Disposition. 403 E Who Serves Papers . 403 F Hearing and Judgment . 403 G Serious Offenses . 403 H Place of Detention . 403 I Probation Officers .. 403 J Duties and Powers of Probation Officers . 403 K Procedure In Using Probation . 403 L Support of Child Committed to Custodial Agency 403 M Consideration Given to Religious Belief. 403 N Modification of Judgment; the Return of Child to Parents .. 403 0 Examination and Treatment of Children Found to be Mentally Defective or in Need of Medical Care 403 P Appointment of Guardians . 403 P Offenses Against Children; Responsibility of Parents and Guardians . 403 R Obligation of Officers, etc., to Cooperate . 403 S Adoption of Children . 404 Guardians . 405 Appointment of Guardians . 405 A Guardian Ad Litem . 405 B Legal Authority of Institutions for Indigent Children 406 Support of Children . 407 Mothers’ Pension . 408 School Attendance . 409 Parents or Guardians Failing to Comply With the • Law . 409 A Duties of Teachers. 409 B Attendance Officers . 409 C Aid for Indigent Children . 409 D CONTENTS VI Child Labor Law . 410 Age Certificates . ' . 410 A Rulings of Commission Governing Employment of Children . 410 B Commission to Enforce Laws . 410 C Penalty for Violation . 410 D Standards of Child Welfare . 411 State Board of Charities and Public Welfare. 412 II. Institutions and Agencies Public Institutions . 451 Children’s Home Society of North Carolina. 452 Institutions for Crippled Children . 453 Orphan Homes . 454 The North Carolina Orphan Association. 455 Rescue Homes for Girls . 456 Boy Scouts . 457 Girl Scouts . 458 Camp Fire Girls . 459 Woodcraft League . 460 S. P. C. C. and Humane Societies. 461 Chapter V COMMUNITY AND CIVIC DEVELOPMENT /. General Community Agencies The Blue Ridge Association. 501 North Carolina Conference for Social Service. 502 State Federation of Women’s Clubs . 503 North Carolina Branch of King’s Daughters and Sons 504 Women’s Christian Temperance Union . 505 Community Service Inc . 506 Young Men’s Christian Association . 507 Young Women’s Christian Association . 508 National Travelers’ Aid Society . 509 The Girls’ Friendly Society In America . 510 II. Agencies for Promotion of Civic and Economic Development Legislative Reference Library . 511 • North Carolina Club . 512 The County Clubs at the University of North Caro¬ lina . 513 f vii CONTENTS Rural Social Science Department . 514 State Reconstruction Commission . 515 North Carolina Geological and Economic Survey. 516 Department of Economics and Finance. 517 Bureau of Municipal Research . 518 Cotton Manufacturers’ Association of North Carolina 519 ' North Carolina Land Owners’ Association . 520 Building and Loan Associations . 521 Other Agencies for Civic and Economic Development 522 III. Recreational Agencies state Bureau of Community Service . 523 Bureau of Community Organization. 524 School Agencies . 525 The Recreation and Dress Committee of the State Federation of Women’s Clubs . 526 The Boy Scouts . 527 Girl Scouts, Inc. 528 The Woodcraft League of America, Inc. 529 The Campfire Girls . 530 United States Training Corps . 531 Playgrounds and Parks . 532 Swimming Pools and Tanks.^ 533 Drama. 534 Music and Singing . 535 Moving Pictures . 536 Uhapter VI DELINQUENCY I. Criminal Lau) and Administration Felony and Misdemeanor Defined . 601 Capital Felonies . 602 Classification of Crimes . 603 Criminal Courts . 604 Appeals . 605 .Suspended Sentences . 606 Search Warrants . 607 Indeterminate Sentences ...... 608 The Advisory Board of Parole ... 609 - Discharge of Prisoner on Parole ....". .•. .. 610 Prisoners on Parole Must Report', 611 Reimprisonment.. . ... 612 % CONTENTS viii //. Penal and Reformatory Institutions and Agencies Types of Institutions . 651 Penitentiary. 652 Classes Sent. 653 Laws and Regulations . 654 Prisoners May Not Be Hired Out. 654 A Threefold Classification of Male Prisoners. 654 B ^ Commutation of Time . 654 C - Prisoners’ Wages . 654 D Classification of Female Prisoners . 654 E Punishment.. 654 F Privileges and Recreation .. 654 G Correspondence. 654 H Health and Sanitation . 655 Employees Not to Use Intoxicating Liquors. 656 Uniforms . 657 Separation of Races . 658 Deduction from Sentence . 659 Inspection . 660 Physical Examination and Supervision . 661 Jail Accommodation . 662 Joint Houses of Correction. 663 Reform Schools . 664 County Reformatories . 665 Farm Institutions . 666 Workhouses. 667 County Chain Gangs and County Camps . 668 County Jails . 669 Lockups. 670 Detention Homes. 671 Prison Labor Laws and Restrictions . 672 Welfare of Prisoners Before and After Discharge... 673 Standards of Administration . 674 Chapter VII DEPENDENCY /. Poor Laws and Administration Organization of Poor Law Districts... 701 The Board of Commissioners.. .. . 701 A Duties of Superintendents of Public Welfare... 701 B Application for Relief ....•.. 701 c Taxation for Poor Law Purposes. 701 D Legal Settlement . 702 4l IX CONTENTS Removal of Indigent to County of Settlement. 703 County Homes for Aged and Infirm . 704 j Support of County Homes... 704 A Outdoor Relief . 705 Families of Indigent Militiamen to Be Supported. 706 State Board of Pensions . 707 Burial Expenses of Confederate Soldier or Widow. . . 708 Burial of Paupers. 709 Vagrants Defined . 710 Tramp Defined . 711 Trespassing; Carrying Dangerous Weapons; Mali¬ cious Injury . 712 Duty to Arrest. 713 The State Board of Charities and Public Welfare. . . . 714 Powers and Duties of the State Board. 714 A County Boards of Charities and Public Welfare. 715 County Superintendent of Public Welfare. 715 A Duties of County Superintendent of Public Welfare 715 B //. Institutions Care of the Poor By the County. 751 Odd Fellows’ Home for the Aged and Infirm . 752 Masonic and Eastern Star Home . 753 Home for Confederate Veterans . 754 Confederate Women’s Home . 755 Chapter VIII DOMESTIC RELATIONS Introductory . 801 Marriage .'. 802 Abandonment by Husband . 803 Divorce. 804 Alimony . 805 Property Rights of Married Women . 806 Illegitimate Children. 807 Age of Consent, Seduction, etc. 808 « CO.N TENTS X Chapter IX EDUCATION A. Laws and Administration L The Administrative System Inti’oductory. . 901 State Orj^anization . 902 The State Board of Education. 902 A The State Superintendent of Public Instruction . .. 902 B The State Board for Vocational Education. 902 C The College Commission Regulating Degrees. 902 D The County Board of Education . 903 The County Superintendent of Public Instruction.. 903 A The County Treasurer . 903 B The School Committee. 904 School Districts . 905 //. Revenue The State Public School Fund . 906 Elimination of .Small Schools Encouraged. 906 A • Number of Teachers Based on Attendance. 906 B Specific Charges on State Funds . 906 C County School Funds. 907 County Board of Education Submits Budget. 907 A County Commissioners Levy Required Tax . 907 B Incidental Expenses and Building Funds; How Pro¬ vided . 907 C Procedure if the County Board of Education and the Commissioners Disagree . 907 D The Budget Provides Three Separate Funds. 907 E ■ Officials Must Furnish Statement of Fines. 907 F The Fiscal School Year. 907 G Vocational Education Fund . 908 Special School Taxes . 909 Special County School Tax. 909 A ^ Special High School Township Tax. 909 B Special City and Town Tax . 909 C Special Tax In Sohool Districts Containing Cities or Towns . 909 D Limit of Special Taxes . 909 E .Special Tax in Special School Districts . 909 F XI CONTENTS IIL The Public School System Provision for Education in the Constitution. 910 Separate Schools for Indians. 911 Women Eligible for Committees, etc. 912 Schools May Be Closed for Insufficient Attendance.. 913 Subjects to Be Taught. 914 Instruction in Temperance .. 914 A County Farm-Life Schools . 915 Teaching of Agriculture and Domestic Science. 916 Kindergartens.. 917 Arbor Day . 918 Orphanage Children at Public Schools. 919 Instruction of Illiterates . 920 Contracts With Private Schools . 921 Commercial Schools . 922 Rural Libraries . 923 Motion Pictures . 924 IV. Teachers The State Board of Examiners and Institute Conduc¬ tors .925 Teachers’ Health Certificates . 926 Employment , of Teachers . 927 Duties of Teachers . 928 Salaries of Teachers . 929 V. School Buildings Building and Repairing School Houses . 930 Loans for School House Building. 931 Bonds for School Houses in Counties, Townships, and School Districts . 932 Bonds for School Houses In Cities and Towns. 933 VI. Text Books Elementary Text Books . 934 High School Text Books . 935 Text Books Rented By .School Boards. 936 VII. School Census and Health School Census . 937 Physical Examination of Pupils . 938 Free Dental Treatment . 938 A School Privies . 939 VIII. Compulsory Attendance at Schools General Compulsory Attendance Law . 940 Compulsory Attendance of Indigent Children.. 940 A CONTENTS xii Compulsory Attendance of Deaf Children . 940 B Compulsory Attendance of Blind Children. 940 C B. Institutions and Agencies The University of North Carolina . 951 Student Aid . 951 A University Extension .Service .. 951 B The State College of Agriculture and Engineering. . .. 952 ^ Student Aid . 952 A Extension Service . 952 B The North Carolina College for Women. 953 Student Aid . 953 A Other State Colleges for the White Race. 954 State Institutions for the {Colored Race. 955 The Negro Agricultural and Technical College of North Carolina . 955 A The State Normal Schools for Negroes .. 955 B State Normal School for Indians. 956 Denominational Colleges . 957 Professional .Schools . 958 Southern Association of College Women. 959 The Commission on Accredited Schools of the Asso¬ ciation of Colleges and Secondary Schools of the Southern States . 960 Minimum Standard for Crediting Schools . 960 A List of Accredited Schools . 960 B Vocational Education Under the Smith-Hughes Act. . 961 General Conditions . 961 A State Organization for Vocational Education. 961 B Progress of North Carolina in Vocational Education 961 C Agricultural Education ... . ... 961 D Trades and Industries . 961 E Home Economics . 961 P Organizations for the Promotion of Education Among Negroes .; 962 The County Training Schools. 962 A The Anna T. Jeanes Foundation . 962 B / The Rosenwald Fund for Colored Rural School ^ Buildings. 962 C The John F. Slater Fund. 962 D The General Education Board . 962 E The State Association of Negro Teachers. 962 F The .State Association of High School Principals.,.. 962 G Educational Facilities for Ex-Service Men . 963 Y. M. C. A. Scholarships for Returned Soldiers. 963 A Xlll CONTENTS Knights of Columbus War Activities Schools. 963 B Educational Work in the Mountain Districts. 964 The Junior Red Cross in the Schools. 965 Libraries . 966 The North Carolina Library Commission . 966 A Legislative Reference Library . 966 B Library of the University of North Carolina. 966 C Library Service foi^ Public Health Nurses . 966 D Chapter X FAMILY WELFARE I. Laws for Debtors and Decedents Introduction . 1001 Actions for Debt . 1002 Exemption Laws . 1003 Landlord and Tenant Laws. 1004 Agricultural Tenancy . 1004 A Chattel Mortgages . 1005 Loan and Usury . 1006 Imprisonment for Debt . 1007 Intestacy Laws . 1008 Appointment of an Administrator . 1008 A Order in Which Debts Must Be Paid . 1008 B Order in Which Heirs Inherit . 1008 C Execution of Will . 1009 Probate of Will. 1009 A Rules for Descent of Real Property. 1010 Inheritance Taxes . 1011 //. Agencies Introductory . 1051 Associated Charities . 1052 Hebrew Charities . 1053 The Salvation Army. 1054 St. Vincent de Paul Society. 1055 International Order of Odd Fellows. 1056 Masonic Board of Relief. 1057 Legal Aid . 1058 Local Institutions . 1059 CONTENTS XIV Chapter XI HEALTH /. Laws and Administration Introductory .. 1101 The State Board of Health. 1102 Duties of the State Board. 1102 A Organization of the State Board... 1102 B The State Laboratory of Hygiene . 1103 ^ The Bureau of Tuberculosis. 1104 * Tuberculosis Among Prisoners . 1104 A The Bureau of Engineering and Inspection. 1105 Protection of Water. 1105 A Provision as to Sanitary Privies. 1105 B The Bureau of Vital Statistics . 1106 Requirement as to Births. 1106 A Requirement as to Deaths . 1106 B Duties of State Registrars . 1106 C The Bureau of Epidemiology. 1107 The Bureau of Venereal Diseases. 1108 Sale of Venereal Disease Remedies Must Be Re¬ ported . 1108 A Measures for the Repression of Prostitution. 1108 B The Bureau of Public Health Nursing and Infant Hy¬ giene . 1109 Agreement Between the State Board of Health and the American Red Cross With Regard to Public Health Nursing . 1109 A Plan of Operation Under This Agreement. 1109 B The Bureau of Medical Inspection of Schools . 1110 Methods of Procedure . 1110 A The Bureau of County Health Work. /llll The County Board of Health . 1112 Duties of the County Health Officer. 1112 A Duties of the County Physician . 1112 B Municipal Physician or Health Officer. H13 County Quarantine Officer. 1114 Abatement of Nuisances . 1115 State Funds for Rural Health Work . 1116 ^ Special-Tax Sanitary Districts . 1117 The Practice of Medicine . 1118 The Practice of Dentistry. 1119 The Practice of Pharmacy . 1120 Sale of Poisons . 1120 A Sale of Narcotics . 1120 B Sale and Advertising of Certain Patent Cures For¬ bidden . 1120 C XV CONTENTS Department of Agriculture to Analyze Patent Medi¬ cines . 1120 D The Practice of Optometry. 1121 The Practice of Osteopathy. 1122 The Practice of Chiropractic . 1123 The Profession of Nursing . 1124 Training School for Nurses at Sanatorium. 1124 A Colored Nurses for Colored Patients . 1124 B Procedure for Establishment of Public Hospitals. . . . 1125 Powers anl Duties of the Hospital Board of Trus¬ tees . 1125 A General Condition Governing Public Hospitals .... 1125 B Procedure for the Establishment of County Tubercu¬ losis Hospitals . 1126 11. Institutions and Agencies Education Work of the State Board of Health. 1151 Statistics Showing the Need for Health Education . 1151 A The International Health Board. 1152 The North Carolina Tuberculosis Association . 1153 Hospital Accommodation for Tubercular Patients in North Carolina . 1154 Health Work Among the Negroes . 1155 The Campaign Against Tuberculosis Among Ne¬ groes . 1155 A Public Health Service Hospitals . 1156 Public Health Service Contract Hospitals . 1156 A Hospitals of North Carolina .Tabular List. Chapter XII INSURANCE AND PENSIONS /. Insurance Department of Insurance . 1201 Duties of the Commissioner of Insurance. 1202 Growth of the Department. 1203 Revenue . 1204 Increase of Insurance in North Carolina. 1205 Investigations and Convictions for Incendiarism. 1206 Insurance Laws. 1207 Insurance Corporations Require Certificate of Au¬ thority . 1207 A All Advertising Matter Must Be Submitted. 1207 B Restrictions on Purchase and Conveyance of Real Estate .... . .. 1207 C Capital Stock Must Be Paid Before Policies, Are • Issued ... /. .1207 D CONTENTS xvi How Capital May Be Invested ... 1207 E //. Pensions Introductory . 1208 The .State Board . 1209 The County Board . 1210 Persons Entitled to Pensions. 1211 Amount of Pensions. 1212 Persons Not Entitled to Pensions . 1213 Form of Application. 1214 Warrants . 1215 Pensions Paid to Widows for One Year. 1216 State Pension Tax . 1217 Speculating on Pension Claims. 1218 Burial By County of Ex-Confederate Soldiers or Widows . 1219 Permission to Peddle Without a License. 1220 Chapter XIII LABOR The Department of Labor and Printing. 1301 Duties of the Commissioner. 1301 A General Labor Regulations for the Protection of the Worker.. . .. 1302 Seats for Women Employees . 1302 A Medical Chests . 1302 B Shelter at Railway Divisions . 1302 C Separate Toilets for Sexes and Races . 1302 D Blacklisting Employees .. . .. 1302 E The Child Welfare Commission . 1303 Agents of the Child Welfare Commission. 1303 A Laws Governing Child Labor . 1303 B Enticing of Minors Outside the State. 1303 C Failure to Pay Minors . 1303 D Laws for the Protection of Wages . 1304 Claim for Wages After Death of Employer. 1304 A ^ Mechanics , Laborers’, and Material Men’s Liens.. 1304 B Liens of Dock Laborers . 1304 C Agricultural Liens . 1304 D Lien on Assets of a Corporation. 1304 E Payment by Trustees . 1304 F Issuing Non-Transferable Scrip to Laborers. 1304 G Protection of Earnings of Employees in Interstate ComiVierce . 1304 H xvii CONTENTS Railway Employees Must Be Paid Twice a Month. . 1304 I Laws Regulating Hours of Labor. 1305 Sunday Labor . 1305 A Public Holidays . 1305 B Maximum Hours of Service for Railway Employees 1305 C Liability of Railroads for Injuries to Employees. 1306 Assumption of Risk as Defense Invalid. 1306 A No Contract or Rule May Exempt Common Carrier From Liability . 1306 B Logging Roads and Tramroads Included in Liability. 1306 C Mining Laws . 1307 Lessor Not Partner of Lessee. 1307 A Operator Must Furnish Timber... 1307 B Unused Mines Must Be Fenced . 1307 C Every Seam of Coal Must Have Two Outlets. 1307 D Precautionary Regulations for Hoisting-Engines. . . 1307 E Ventilation. 1307 F Daily Examinations . 1307 G Reports to the Inspector of Mines . 1307 H Liability for Injuries .T. 1307 I Punishment for Violation . 1307 J Duties of the Inspector of Mines. 1307 K Laws for Protection of Employers, and the Public. . . . 1308 Inducing Employees to Leave Their Service. 1308 A Influencing Employees to Violate Duties. 1308 B Operating Trains and Street Cars While Intoxicated 1308 C Tax Upon Emigrant Agents . 1308 D Persons Exempted From Jury Duty.. 1308 E Chapter XIV MENTAL DEFECTIVES AND INSANE /. Laws and Administration Commitment of the Insane . . . . .’t. 1401 Patient May Be Examined at His Home . 1402 Justice of the Peace May Examine Instead of Clerk. . 1403 Justice May Commit in Emergency . 1404 Clerk to Keep a Record. 1405 Superintendent In Doubt as to Receiving Patient .... 1406 Superintendent May Refuse to Receive Patient Ex¬ posed to Disease . 1407 Preparation of Patient for Admission to Hospital .... 1408 Admission of Patient on Own Application. 1409 Commitment of Insane to Jail . 1410 Idiots Not Admitted ... 1411 « CONTENTS xviii Priority Given to Indigent Patients: Payment Re¬ quired From Others . 1412 Attendant to Convey Patient to Hospital. 1413 Person Conveying Patient to Hospital Without Au¬ thority . 1414 Appointment of Guardians for Inmates of .State Hos¬ pitals . 1415 Insanity Among Non-Residents and Aliens . 1416 None But Bona Fide Residents Admitted to Hospitals 1417 ^ Clerk's Duty to Ascertain Legal Residence of Patient 1418 • Where Legal Residence Cannot Be Ascertained. 1419 Concerning Patients Released On Bond. 1420 I)ut:y to Discharge . 1421 Commitment of Children Mentally Defective. 1422 Commitment of Epileptics . 1423 //. Institutions and Agencies state Hospitals and Their Government. 1451 State Hospital, Raleigh . 1452 State Hospital for the Dangerous Insane. 1453 State Hospital, Morganton . 1454 State Hospital, Goldsboro . 1455 Richard Caswell Training School . 1456 Private Hospitals for Nervous and Mental Cases. 1457 Private and Local Institutions Subject to Board of... Charities and Public Welfare . 1458 Local Institutions for Idiots and Feeble-Minded Per¬ sons . 1459 Society for Mental Hygiene. 1460 National Committee for Mental Hygiene . 1461 Chapter XV PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED state School for the Blind and Deaf, Raleigh. 1501 New .School for the White Blind. 1502 The North Carolina School for the Deaf, Morganton. 1503 The North Carolina Orthopaedic Hospital. 1504 The Scottish Rite Hospital for Crippled Children. . . . 1506 XIX CONTENTS Chapter XVI MISCELLANEOUS /. Taxation Objects to Which Applied. 1601 Property Exempt . 1602 Fines Applied to Educational Fund . 1603 Misappropriation of Funds. 1604 Poll Taxes . 1605 Property Taxes . 1606 Inheritance Tax. 1607 Income Tax. 1608 Privilege Taxes . 1609 Franchise Tax . 1610 City and Town Taxation . 1611 The Revaluation Act. 1612 Statistics Under the Revaluation. 1612 A Revision of Taxation in Accordance With the Reval¬ uation Act. 1612 B Revision of Municipal and County Finances. 1612 C 11. Election Laws Introductory. 1613 Time of Elections . 1614 State Board of Elections. 1615 County Board of Elections . 1616 ^ Qualifications of Voters. 1617 Registration of Voters . 1618 Permanent Registration. 1618 A Absent Electors . 1619 Judges of Election . 1620 Challenges . 1621 Conduct of Elections . 1622 County Board of Canvassers . 1623 State Board of Canvassers. 1624 Election of State Officers, Senators and Congressmen 1625 Election of Presidential Electors . 1626 Primary Elections. 1627 Offenses Against the Elective Franchise. 1628 Women Voters . 1629 CONTENTS XX Chapter XVII RED CROSS DIVISION ORGANIZATION AND ACTIVITIES Organization. 1701 Policies. 1702 Activities . 1703 Home Service and Family Welfare Work. 1703 A ^ Health. 1703 B Child Welfare . 1703 C Social Information Service . 1703 D Training for Social Work. 1703 E Community Studies . 1703 F Motion Picture Service . 1703 G Military Relief . 1703 H Hospital Social Service . 1703 I The Red Cross In North Carolina. 1704 € Par. 102-A CHAPTER I The Constitution of North Carolina 101. Declaratilon of Rights (Article 1): The constitution is con¬ tained under fourteen articles, each divided into sections. A conden¬ sation is given in this chapter in which the words of the orginal have, as far as possible, been retained and in which references are made to the articles and sections by number. A copy of the full text of the constitution may be had from the Secretary of State, Raleigh, North Carolina. Article 1 enumerates the rights of citizens, political, civil, legal, and religious ,as follows: (a) Politiical: The right to vote without property qualifications; to be free from taxation other than that imposed by the consent of the people or their representatives in the General Assembly; freedom and frequency of elections; prohibition of retrospective laws. (b) Civil: Freedom of assemblage and the press: State guar¬ antee of the right and privilege of education; prohibition of slavery or i:\voluntary servitude, of exclusive emoluments or privileges, except in consideration of public service, of hereditary emoluments, privileges or honors, of perpetuties or monopolies; strict subordination of military to civil power. (c) Legal: Right of the criminally accused to counsel for de¬ fense and exemption from costs unless found guilty. Trial by jury in civil and criminal suits; right of habeas corpus at all times. Prohibition of excessive bail, of cruel or unusual punishment, of the issuance of general warrants, of denial or delay of trial by process of law, and of imprisonment for debt. All courts to be open, and right and justice to be administered without sale or delay. (d) Religious: No interference with the rights of conscience. 102. Legislative Department (ArtMe II): “The Legislative Au¬ thority shall be vested in two distinct branches, both dependent upon the people, to wit, a Senate and House of Representatives.” 102 A. The Senate: (a) The Senate shall be composed of fifty Senators, biennially chosen by ballot. The Senatorial Districts shall be so altered after the return of every Federal enumeration that each District shall contain as nearly as may be, an equal number of inhabi¬ tants, excluding aliens and Indians not taxed, and shall remain un¬ altered until another enumeration, and shall consist of contiguous ter¬ ritory. No county can be divided in the formation of such districts unless such county shall be entitled to two or more senators. (Sec. 3 and 4) (b) Qualification: “Each member of the Senate shall be pot Par. 102-B SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA less than twenty-five years of age, shall have resided in the State as a citizen two years, and shall have usually resided in the district for which he is chosen one year immediately preceding his election.’’ The Senate is the judge of the qualification of Senators. (Sec. 7 and 22 ). (c) President of the Senate: The Lieutenant-Governor shall preside in the Senate, and the Senate shall choose a Speaker, pro tem¬ pore, in the absence of the .Lieutenant-Governor, or when the Lieuten¬ ant-Governor is exercising the office of Governor. (Sec. 19 and 20). 102 B. The House of Representatives: (a) The House of Rep¬ resentatives is composed of one hundred and twenty Representatives biennially chosen by ballot, elected by the counties respectively, ac¬ cording to their population. Each county has, at least, one repre¬ sentative, although it may not contain the requisite ratio of repre¬ sentation. (Sec. 5). (b) Apportionment: Apportionment is made by the General Assembly after each Federal enumeration, and the ratio of represen¬ tation is ascertained “by dividing the amount of the population of the State, exclusive of that comprehended within those counties which do not severally contain the 120th part of the population of the State, by the number of Representatives, less the number assignd to such counties.” In ascertaining the number of the population, aliens and Indians not taxed are excluded. To each county containing the said ratio, there is assigned one representative; to each county containing two but not three times the said ratio, there are assigned two repre¬ sentatives, and so on progressively, and then the remaining repre¬ sentatives are’assigned severally to the counties having the largest fractions. (Sec. 6). (c) Qualification: “Each member of the House of Representa¬ tives shall be a qualified elector of the State, and shall have resided in the county for which he is chosen for one year immediately pre¬ ceding his election.” The House is the judge of the qualification of its members. (Sec. 8 and 22). (d) The Speaker of the House of Representatives: The House shall choose its own Speaker, and other officers. (Sec. 18), 102 C. The General Assembly—Its Powers and Limitations: The Senate and House of Representatives together compose the Gen¬ eral Assembly. The General Assembly has the power to pass general laws regarding divorce and alimony, but has no power to grant a di¬ vorce or secure alimony in any individual case; has power to regulate entails in such manner as to prevent perpetuity; has no powor to pass “any private law to alter the name of any person or to legitimatize any, person not born in lawful wedlock, or to restore to the rights of citi¬ zenship any person convicted of an infamous crime,” but has power to pass general laws regulating the same; has no power to pass “any private law unless it shall be made to appear that thirty days no- THE CONSTITUTION Par. 102-G tice of application to pass such law shall have been given, under such direction and in such manner as shall be provided by law;” has no power to pass “any local, private, or special act or resolution relating to the establishment of courts inferior to the Superior Court; relating to the appointment of justices of the peace; relating to health, sani¬ tation, and the abatement of nuisances; changing names of cities, towns, and townships, authorizing the laying out, opening, altering, maintaining or discontinuing of highways, streets, or alleys; relating to ferries or bridges; relating to nonnavigable streams; relating to cemeteries; relating to the pay of jurors; erecting new townships, or changing township lines, or establishing or changing the lines of school districts; remitting fines, penalties, and forfetures, or refund¬ ing moneys legally paid into the public treasury; regulating labor, trade mining or manufacturing; extending the time for the assess¬ ment or collection of taxes or otherwise relieving any collector of taxes from the due performance of his official duties or his sureties from liability; giving effect to informal wills and deeds; nor shall the Gen¬ eral Assembly enact any such local, private or special act by the par¬ tial repeal of a general law, but it may at any time repeal local, priv¬ ate or special laws enacted by it.” Any local, private, or special act or resolution passed in violation of these provisions is void. The Gen¬ eral Assembly has power to pass general laws regulating matters set out in this paragraph. (Sec. 11, 12, 15 and 29). 102 D. Passage of Bills: “All bills and resolutions of a legis¬ lative nature shall be read three times in each House before they pass into law, and shall be signed by the presiding officers of both Houses.” (Sec. 23). 102 E. Regulation With Regard to Raising of Money and Taxes: “No Law shall be passed to raise money on the credit of the State, or to pledge the faith of the State, directly or indirectly, for the pay¬ ment of any debt, or to impose any tax upon the people of the State, or allow the counties, cities or towns to do so, unless the bill for the purpose shall have been read three several times in each house of the General Assembly and passed three several readings, which readings shall have been on three different days, and agreed to by each house respectively, and unless the yeas and nays on the second and third readings of the bill shall have been entered on the journal.” (Sec. 14). 102 F. Vacancies: “If vacancies occur in the General Assembly by death, resignation or othei’wise, writs of election shall be issued by the Governor under such regulations as may be prescribed by law.” (Sec. 13). 102 G. Payment of Members: Members of the General Assem¬ bly are paid four dollars per day for each day of their session, for a period not exceeding sixty days, and Presiding Officers six dollars, and are entitled to receive ten cents per mile both while coming to Par. 102-H SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA the seat of government and returning home. Similar compensation is made in case of extra sessions but not to exceed twenty days. (Sec. 28). 102 H. Date of Elections: “The election for members of the General Assembly shall be held for the respective districts and coun¬ ties, at the places where they are now held, or may be directed here¬ after to be held, in such manner as may be prescribed by law, on the first Thursday in August, in the year one thousand eight hundred and seventy, and every two years thereafter. But the General Assembly may change the time of holding the elections.” (Sec. 27). 102 I. Date of Meeting of General Assembly: “The Senate and the House of Representatives shall meet biennially on the first Wed¬ nesday after the first Monday in January next after their election.” Extra sessions may be held at any time upon the call of the Gov¬ ernor. (Sec. 2). 102 J. Senate Committees: The following is a list of the Senate Committees: (Session 1919). Agriculture, Appropriations, Claims, Congressional Apportion¬ ment, Corporations, Corporation Commission, Constitutional Amend¬ ments; Counties, Cities and Towns; Commerce; Banking and Currency; Education; Enrolled Bills; Privileges and Elections; Pensions and Sol¬ diers Home; Game Laws; Insane Asylums; Institutions for the Blind; Fish and Fisheries; Military Affairs; Internal Improvements; Journal; Judicial Districts; Insurance; Manufacturing; Railroads; Shellfish; Mining; Finance; Judiciary, No. 1; Judiciary, No. 2; Rules; Institution for the Deaf; Immigration; Penal Institutions; Propositions and Griev¬ ances; Public Roads; Federal Relations; Engrossed Bills; Election Laws; Caswell Training School; Senate Expenditures; Salaries and Fees; Printing; Health; Trustees of the University; Forestry; Special Committee to Draft Law to Meet Requirements of Constitutional Amendment, Art. 2, Sec. 29. 102 K. House Committees: The following is a list of the House Committees: (Session 1919) Agriculture, Appropriations, Banking and Currency, Caswell Training School; Claims; Constitutional Amendments; Corporation Commission, Corporations; Counties; Cities and Towns; Courts and Judicial Districts; Drainage; Education; Election Laws; Engrossed Bills; Expenditure of the House; Federal Relations; Finance; Fish and Fisheries; Game; Health; Immigration; Insane Asylum; Institution for the Blind; Institution for the Deaf and Dumb; Insurance; Internal Im¬ provement; Judiciary No. 1; Judiciary No. 2, Manufacturers and La¬ bor; Military Affairs; Mines and Mining; Oyster Interest; Penal Insti¬ tutions; Pensions; Private and Public-Local Laws; Privileges and Elec¬ tions; Propositions and Grievances; Public Roads and Turnpikes; Regu¬ lations of Liquor Traffic; Regulations of Public Service Corporations; THE CONSTITUTION Par. 103-C Rules; Salaries and Fees; Enrolled Bills; Justice of the Peace; Li¬ brary; Printing; Public Buildings and Grounds; Revision of Laws; Trustees of the University; Committee on Forestry; Joint Committee on Code; House Members of Joint Committee Under House Resolu¬ tion No. 119, Senate Resolution 44; Committee on Woman Suffrage. 103. Executive Department: (Article III). “The Executive De¬ partment shall consist of a Governor, in whom shall be vested the supreme executive power of the State, a Lieutenant-Governor, a Sec¬ retary of State, an Auditor, a Treasurer, a Superintendent of Public Instruction, and an Attorney-General, who shall be elected for a term of four years by the qualified electors of the State, at the same time and places and in the same manner as members of the General As- smbly are elected. Their term of office shall commence on the first day of January next after their election, and continue until their suc¬ cessors are elected and qualified.” (Sec. 1). 103 A. Council of State: “The Secretary of State, Auditor, Treasurer, and Superintendent of Public Instruction shall constitute, ex officio, the Council of State, who shall advise the Governor in the execution of his office; any three of them shall constitute a quorum. Their advice and proceedings in this capacity shall be entered in a journal to be kept for this purpose exclusively, and signed by the mem¬ bers present, from any part of which any member may enter his dis¬ sent; and such journal shall be placed before the General Assembly when called for by either House. The Attorney-General shall be ex officio, the legal adviser of the Executive Department.” (Sec. 14). 103 B. Powers and Duties of the Governor: The Governor is the supreme executive of the State. He shall have power to grant re¬ prieves, commutation and pardon for all offenses except impeachment. “He shall biennially communicate to the General Assembly each case of reprieve, commutation, or pardon granted, stating the name of each convict, the crime for which he was convicted, the sentence and its date, the date of commutation, pardon or reprieve, and the reason therefor.” He shall be Commander-in-Chief of the State Militia ex¬ cept when the latter is called into service of the United States. He shall have power with the advice of the Council of State to convene extra sessions of the General Assembly, stating therein the purpose on purposes for which they are thus convened. He shall receive re¬ ports at least five days previous to each regular session of the Gen¬ eral Assembly from all officers of the Executive Department and of the Public Institutions of the State, and shall transmit the same with a message to the General Assembly. He shall from time to time, give the General Assembly information on affairs of State and rec¬ ommend measures for their consideration. (Sec. 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 16). 103 C. Powers and Duties of the Lieutenant-Governor: The Lieutenant-Governor shall be president of the Senate, but shall have no vote unless the Senate is equally divided, “In case of the impeach^ Par. 103-p SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA ment of the Govenior, his failure to qualify, his absence from the State, his inability to discharge the duties of his office, or, in case the office of Governor shall in any wise become vacant, the powers, duties, and emoluments of the office shall devolve upon the Lieu- tenant-Govemor until the disability shall cease or a new Governor shall be elected and qualified.” (Sec. 11 and 12). 103 D. Duties of Other Executive Officers: The respective du¬ ties of the Secretary of State, Auditor, Treasurer, Superintendent of Public Instruction, and Attorney-General shall be prescribed by law. If the office of any of said officers shall be vacated by death, resigna^ tion or otherwise, it shall be the duty of the Governor to appoint an¬ other until the disability be removed or his successor be elected and qualified. Every such vacancy shall be filled by election at the first general election that occurs more than thirty days after the vacancy has taken place, and the persons chosen shall hold the office for the remainder of the unexpired term fixed in the first section of this ar¬ ticle. (Sec. 13). 104. Judicial Department: (Article IV). Two forms only of Judicial action are recognized in the Constitution, (a) Civil Action for the enforcement or protection of private rights or the redress of private wrongs, (b) Criminal action; which includes eveiy action prosecuted by the people of the State as a party against a person charged with a public offense. (Sec. 1). 104 A. The Judicial Power of the State is vested in the follow¬ ing Courts: 1. A court for the trial of impeachments. 2. A Supreme Court. 3. The Superior Courts. 4. The courts of Justices of the Peace. 5. Such other courts as may be established by the General- Assembly. (Note—These at present include Mayors’ Courts, Municipal Courts, County Courts, and Juvenile Courts.) (Sec. 2). 104 B. Court of Impeachment: The Constitution provides that the court for the trial of impeachments shall be the Senate. A major¬ ity of the members are necessary to a quorum and the judgment shall not extend beyond removal from and disqualification to hold office in North Carolina; but the parties shall be liable to indictment and pun¬ ishment according to law. The House of Representatives alone has the power of impeaching. No person shall be convicted without the concurrence of two-thirds of the Senators present. When the Governor is impeached the Chief Justice presides. (Note—The following causes or charges are sufficient, when proven, to warrant conviction: (1) corruption in office; (2) habitual drunkenness; (3) intoxication while in the exercise of office; (4) drunkenness in any public place; (5) mental or physical incompetence to discharge the duties of office; THE CONSTITUTION Par. 104-D (6) any criminal matter, the conviction whereof would tend to bring the office into public contempt). (Sec. 3, 4). 104 C. Supreme Court: The Supreme Court consists of a Chief Justice and four Associate Justices elected by the qualified voters of the State for a term of eight years. The Court holds annually in the City of Raleigh two sessions of sixteen weeks, one beginning the first Monday in September, and the other first Monday in February. The Court is authorized to choose its own clerk, marshal, reporter and other officers. (Sec. 6, 15, 21). (a) Jurisdiction: “The Supreme Court shall have jurisdiction to review upon appeal, any decision of the courts below upon any matter of law or legal inference. And the jurisdiction of said court over ‘issues of fact’ and ‘questions of fact’ shall be the same exercised by it before the adoption of the Constitution of one thousand eight hun¬ dred and sixty eight, and the Court shall have the power to issue any remedial writs necessary to give it a general supervision and control over the proceedings of the inferior courts.” “The Supreme Court shall have original jurisdiction to hear claims against the State, but its decisions shall be merely recommendatory; no process in the nature of execution shall issue thereon; they shall be reported to the next session of the General Assmbly for its action.” (Sec. 6, 7, 8). 104 D. Superior Courts: Sec. 10 of Article IV of the Constitu¬ tion asserts that the State shall be divided into nine Judicial districts but that the General Assembly may reduce or increase the number of districts (the present number is twenty), and that a Superior Court shall be held in each county at least twice a year, the time of session being designated by the General Assembly. (a) . Jurisdiction: Under the Constitution the General Assembly has determined that the Superior Court shall have appellate jurisdic¬ tion of all issues of law or of fact determined by a clerk of the Supe¬ rior Court or a Justice of the Peace, and all appeals from inferior courts for error assigned in matters of law as provided by law. In the matter of original jurisdiction the law is: “The Superior Court shall have original jurisdiction of the civil actions whereof exclusive juris¬ diction is not given to some other court and all criminal action in which punishment may exceed a fine of $50 or imprisonment of thirty days; and of such affrays as shall be committed within one mile of the place where and during the time such court is being held.” (Sec. 12 ). (b) Judges of Superior Court: The State is divided into twenty judicial districts, as follows: First District—Camden, Gates, Washington, Chowan, Currituck, Pasquotank, Beaufort, Hyde, Dare, Perquimans, and Tyrell counties. Second District—Nash, Wilson, Edgecombe and Martin. Par. 104-D SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA Third District—Bertie, Hertford, Northampton, Halifax, Warren and Vance. Fourth District—Lee, Chatham, Johnston, Wayne and Harnett. Fifth District—Pitt, Craven, Carteret, Pamlico, Jones and Greene. Sixth District—Onslow, Duplin, Sampson and Lenoir. Seventh District—Wake and Franklin. Eighth District—Brunswick, Columbus, New Hanover and Pender. Ninth District—Robeson, Bladen, Hoke and Cumberland. Tenth District—Granville, Person, Alamance, Durham and Orange. Eleventh District—Ashe, Forsyth, Rockingham, Caswell, Surry and Alleghany. Twenlfth District—Davidson, Guilford and Stokes. Thirteenth District—Richmond, Stanly, Union, Moore, Anson and Scotland. Fourteenth District—Mecklenburg and Gaston. Fifteenth District—Randolph, Iredell, Cabarrus, Davie, Rowan and Montgomery. Sixteenth District—Lincoln, Cleveland, Burke, Caldwell and Polk. Seventeenth District—Avery, Catawba, Mitchell, Wilkes, Yadkin, Watauga and Alexander. Eighteenth District—McDowell, Transylvania, Yancey, Ruther¬ ford, and Henderson. Nineteenth District—Buncombe and Madison. Twentieth District—Haywood, Swain, Cherokee, Macon, Graham, Jackson, and Clay. (c) Judges of Superior Court: There are twenty Superior Court Judges, one for each of the twenty circuits or judicial districts in the State. These judges are nominated by the voters of the judicial districts in which they reside, but are elected by vote of the people of the whole State. They hold their offices for a term of eight years. (d) Judicial Divisions: The State is divided into two judicial divisons—Eastern and Western. The Eastern Division is composed of judicial districts one to ten, both inclusive, and the Western Division of districts eleven to twenty. i (e) Rotation of Judges: While every Superior . Court Judge must reside in the judicial district for which he is elected, judges are required to preside in the different districts successively, but no judge can hold the courts in the same district oftener than once in four years. Judges are not permitted to rotate in this manner from one judicial division to the other. (Sec. 10). (f) Exchanges of Courts: By consent of the Governor judges may exchange courts at any time. (g) Special Terms: The Governor has authority to call special terms of the Superior Court in any county “whenever it shall appear to him by certificate of any judge, a majority of the board of coun¬ ty commissioners or otherwise, that there is such an accumulation THE CONSTITUTION Par 104^ of criminal or civil actions in the Superior Court of any county as to require the holding of a special term for its discharge.” (h) State Solicitors: A solicitor is elected by the voters of each judicial district and holds office for four years. His duties are ‘‘to prosecute on behalf of the State in all criminal actions in the Su¬ perior courts, and advise the officers of justice in his district.” (Sec. 2S). (i) Vacancies: In case of vacancies in the office of Judge or Solicitor, caused by death or otherwise than by expiration of the term, the Governor appoints, and the person appointed to fill such vacancy holds office until the next general election. (Sec. 25). (j) The Clerk of the Superior Court: Each county has a clerk of the Superior Court. He is elected by the voters of the county in which he resides and holds office for four years. The duties of this office are numerous, and are prescribed by the statutes. When the office of Clerk of the Superior Court becomes vacant otherwise than by expiration of the term, the Judge of the Superior Court for the county appoints to fill such vacancy until an election can be regularly held. (Sec. 16, 29). 104 E. Courts of Justice of the Peace: Justices of the peace are elected by the people of the township and hold office for a term of two years. Each township has three justices of the peace and one additional justice of the peace for every one thousand inhabitants in cities and incorporated towns. This method of electing justices of the peace applies to all counties of the State except Bertie, Caswell, Chowan, Franklin, Granville, Montgomery, Warren, Vance and the City of Wilmington, which have special acts modifying the general law governing such elections. (a) Appointment: The General Assembly may appoint any number of justices of the peace, and the Governor also has authority to appoint “one or more fit persons in every county to act as justice of the peace who shall hold their offices for four years from and after the date of their appointment.” (b) Jurisdiction: In all civil actions founded on contract, jus¬ tices of the peace have exclusive original jurisdiction except, (1) wherein the sum demanded, exclusive of interest, exceeds $200.00; (2) wherein the title to real estate is in controversy. Justices of the peace have concurrent jurisdiction of civil actions not founded on contract wherein the value of property in controversy, does not exceed $50.00. In criminal actions justices of the peace have exclusive original jurisdiction of all assaults and affrays where no deadly weapons are used, and where no serious damage is done, and of all criminal mat¬ ters arising within their counties where the punishment prescribed by law does not exceed a fine of $50.00 or imprisonment for thirty days. They have no jurisdiction, however, over assaults with intent to kill, or assaults with intent to commit rape except as committing magis- Par. 104-F SOCIAL LAV/S AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA trates. When an issue of fact shall be joined before a justice, on de¬ mand of either party thereto, he shall cause a jury of six men to be summoned, who shall try the same. The party against whom judg¬ ment shall be rendered in any civil action may appeal to the Superior Court from the same. In all cases of a criminal nature the party against whom judgment is given may appeal to the Superior Court, where the matter shall be heard anew. In all cases brought before a justice, he shall make a record of the proceedings and file same with the clerk of the Superior Court for his county.” (Sec. 27). (c) Vacancies: ‘‘When the office of justice of the peace shall become vacant otherwise than by expiration of the term, and in case of the failure by the voters of any district to elect, the Clerk of the Superior Court for the county shall appoint to fill the vacancy for the unexpired term.” (Sec. 28). 104 F. Other Inferior or Special Courts: The Constitution re¬ quires the General Assembly to provide for the establishment of special courts for the trial of misdemeanors in cities and towns and counties where the same may be necessary. This has been done as follows: (a) Mayor’s Court: The general law provides that “the mayor of every city and incorporated town within the corporate limits of his city or town, shall have the jurisdiction of a justice of the peace in all criminal matters arising under the laws of the State or under the ordinances of such city or town.” The mayor is elected by a vote of the people, usually for a term of two years. At present mayors serve as judges only in the smaller towns of the State, having been displaced by recorder’s courts in practically all the larger towns and cities. (b) Recorder’s Court: A uniform system of recorders’ courts, both municipal and county, was provided for by the General Assembly of 1919. For the plan of organization and jurisdiction of these courts see Chapter 277, PHiblic Laws of 1919. Judges of the municipal courts are elected by the people or by the board of aldermen, the method of their election being prescribed by statute or in the charter of the town or city having such court. (c) County Courts: Some counties have county courts for the trial of civil cases only. The jurisdiction of these courts is limited by statute. Such courts were established for the purpose of relieving the congested civil dockets of Superior Courts. The election or ap- pointmnt of judges and other officers of the county court is provided for by act of the General Assembly establishing the court. (d) Juvenile Court: For Juvenile Courts, see Chapter IV. 104 G. Sheriffs and Coroners: “In each county a sheriff and coroner shall be elected by the qualified voters thereof, as is pre¬ scribed for members of the General Assembly, and shall hold their offices for two years. In each township there shall be a constable THE CONSTITUTION < Par. 106-C elected in like manner by the voters thereof, who shall hold his office for two years. When there is no coroner in a county, the clerk of the Superior Court for the county may appoint one for special cases. In case of a vacancy existing for any cause in any of the offices cre¬ ated by this section, the commissioners of the county may appoint to such office for the unexpired term. (Sec. 24). 104 H. Removal of Judges for Inability: “Any judge of the Supreme Court or of the Superior Courts, and the presiding officers of such courts inferior to the Supreme Court as may be established by law, may be removed from office for mental or physical inability, upon a concurrent resolution of two-thirds of both Houses of the General Assembly. The judge or presiding officer against whom the General Assembly may be about to proceed shall receive notice there¬ of, accompanied by a copy of the causes alleged for his removal, at least twenty days before the day on which either House of the Gen¬ eral Assembly shall act thereon. (Sec. 31). 104 I. Removal of Clerks of the Courts: A similar regulation to the above governs the removal of clerks of the various courts for ijiability. (Sec. 32). 105. Revenue and Taxation: (Article V). Capital Tax: “The General Assembly shall levy a capitation tax on every male inhabitant in the State over twenty-one and under fifty years of age, which shall be equal on each to the tax on property valued at three hundred dollars in cash. The Commissioners of the several counties may exempt from capitation tax in special cases, on account of poverty and infirmity, and the state and county capitation tax combined shall never exceed two dollars on the head.’^ (Sec. 1). 105 A. Application of Proceeds: “The proceeds of the State and county capitation tax shall be applied to the purpose of education and the support of the poor, but in no one year shall more than twenty-five per cent thereof be appropriated to the latter purpose.” (Sec. 2). 105 B. Other Sources of Taxation: All moneys, credits, invest- * ments, and all real and personal property shall be uniformly taxed according to their actual money value. Trades, professions, franchises and incomes may also be taxed provided that the property from which the income is derived has not previously been taxed. (Sec. 3). Exemptions: (1) Notes or mortgages held on the purchase price of a home made to run not less than five or more than twenty- five years, at an interest not to exceed 5^/4 per cent, when said pur¬ chase price does not exceed $3,000. (2) Property of the State or municipal corporations. The following may also be exempted by the General Assembly: Cemeteries and property held for educational, scientific, literary, charitable or religious purposes. Also personal property to the value of $300. (Sec. 5). 105 C, Limitation Upon Increasing the Public Debt: Until the Par. 105-D SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA bonds of the State shall be at par the General Assembly shall have no power to contract new debt unless at the same time a special tax is levied to pay the interest thereon annually. The credit of the State shall not be given or lent to any person or corporation unless the subject has previously been put to the referendum vote of the people. (Sec. 4). 105 D. The Taxes Levied: The taxes levied by the commission¬ ers of the several counties for county purposes shall be levied in like manner with the State taxes, and shall never exceed the double of the State tax, except for a special purpose, and with the special ap¬ proval of the General Assembly. (Sec. 6). 105 E. Acts Levying Taxes Shall State Objects: Every act of the General Assembly levying a tax shall state the special object to which it is to be applied, and it shall be applied to no other pur¬ pose. (Sec. 7). 106. Suffrage and Eligibility to Office: (Article VI). Qualification of Electors: To be entitled to vote a person shall be: (a) A male United States citizen twenty-one years old. (Sec. 1). (b) A resident for two years in the State, six months in the county and four months proceeding the election in the present ward or location from which he votes. A man who moved from one county to another less than four months before the election is entitled to vote in the county of his previous residence. (Sec. 2). (c) A registered voter as provided by law. (Sec. 3). (d) Able to read and write any section of the Constitution in English. Except that no male person who was on Jan. 1, 1867, or at any time prior thereto entitled to vote in any state, and no lineal descend- ent of such person shall be deprived of his franchise, unless disqual¬ ified under section 2 or because of failure to pay his poll tax. The names of these persons are to be entered in a permanent register on or before Nov. 1, 1908., (Sec. 4). (e) Shall have paid the poll tax, as provided under Article V, Sec. 1, for the previous year on or before May 1st of the year in which he purposes to vote. (Sec. 4). 106 A. Elections: All elections by the people shall be by ballot, and all elections by the General Assembly shall be viva voce. (Sec 6). 106 B. Qualification for Office: Every voter in the state shall be eligible provided that he takes the prescribed oath of office and that he does not deny the being of Almighty God or that he be not convicted, or under judgement suspended for any treason or felony or any other crime for which the punishment may be imprisonment in the penitentiary, or be found guilty of conniption or mal-practice ill office. (Sec. 7 and 8). 107. Municipal Corporations. Article VII), THE CONSTITUTION Par 109 Board of County Commissioners: In each county there shall be elected biennially by the qualified voters thereof, as provided for the election of members of the General Assembly, the following offi¬ cers: a treasurer, register of deeds, surveyor, and five commission¬ ers. It shall be the duty of the commissioners to exercise a general supervision and control of the penal and charitable institutions, schools, roads, bridges, levying of taxes and finances of the county, as may be prescribed by law. The register of deeds shall be ex officio, clerk of the board of commissioners. (Sec. 1 and 2). 107 A. Officers of Township: In each township there shall be biennially elected by the qualified voters thereof a clerk and two jus¬ tices of the peacfe, who shall constitute a board of trustees and shall, under the supervision of the county commissioners, have control of the taxes and finances, roads and bridges of the township. The General Assembly may provide for the election of a larger number of the jus¬ tices of the peace in cities and towns and in those townships in which cities and towns are situated. In every township there shall also bo biennially elected a school committee, consisting of three persons, whose duties shall be prescribed by law. (Sec. 5 and 6). 107 B. No Debt or Loan Except by Majority of Voters: No county, city, town or other municipal corporation shall contract any debt, pledge its faith or loan its credit, nor shall any tax be levied or collected by any officers of the salme except for the necessary ex¬ penses thereof, unless by a vote of the majority of the qualified voters therein. (Sec. 7). 108 Corporations Other Than Municipal. (Article VIII). No corporation shall be created nor shall its charter be extended, altered, or amended by special act, except corporations for charitable, educa¬ tional, penal, or reformatory purposes that are to be and remain under the patronage and control of the State; but the General Assembly shall provide by general laws for the chartering and organization of all corporations and for amending, extending, aUd forfeiture of all charters, except those above permitted by special act. (Sec. 1). 108 A. Corporations Defined—Legal Liability: The teiTn cor¬ poration, as used in this article, shall be constiTied to include all asso¬ ciations and joint-stock companies having any of the powers and priv¬ ileges of corporations not possessed by individuals or partnerships. And all corporations shall have the right to sue and shall be subject to be sued in all courts in like cases as natural persons. (Sec. 3). 109. Education: (Article IX.) The General Assembly at its first session under this Constitution shall provide by taxation and othei*wise for a general aiid uniform sys¬ tem of public schools, wherein tuition shall be free of charge to all the children of the State between the ages of six and twenty-one years. And the children of the white race and the children of the colored race shall be taught in separate public schools; but there shall be no Par. 109-A SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA discrimination in favor of or to the prejudice of either race.” (Sec. 2). 109 A. Division of Counties Into Districts: “Each county of the State shall be divided into a convenient number of districts, in which one or more public schools shall be maintained at least six months in every year; and if the commissioners of any county shall fail to com¬ ply with the aforesaid requirements of this section they shall be liable to indictment.” (Sec. 3). 109 B. Financing of Education by the State: The Constitution authorizes that a system of the public schools shall be established and maintained by (a) proceeds from lands granted to the State by the United States and not otherwise appropriated, from the sale of swamp lands, and from any State Fund for education and all the “grants, gifts and devises” therefor; (b) ordinary revenue appropri¬ ated to education by the Legislature. (Sec. 4). 109 C. County School Fund: “All, moneys, stocks, bonds and other property belonging to a county school fund, also the net pro¬ ceeds from the sale of estrays, also the clear proceeds of all penalties and forfeitures and of all fines collected in the several counties for any breach of the penal or military laws of the State, and all moneys which shall be paid by persons as an equivalent for exemption from military duty, shall belong to and remain in the several counties, and shall be faithfully appropriated for establishing and maintaining free public schools in the several counties of this State: Provided, that the amount collected in each county shall be annually reported to the Superintendent of Public Instruction.” (Sec. 5). 109 D. The University of North Carolina: The Constitution au¬ thorizes the General Assembly to provide for the election of trustees for the University and to make provisions, laws and regulations for its maintenance and management. “It shall establish and maintain in connection with the University a department of agriculture, of me¬ chanics, of mining, and of normal instruction.” (Sec. 6 and 14). “The General Assembly shall provide that the benefits of the University, as far as practicable, be extended to the youth of the State free of expense for tuition; also that all the property which has heretofore accrued to the State or shall hereafter accrue from escheats, unclaimed dividends or distributive shares of the estates of deceased persons shall be appropriated to the use of the University.” (Sec. 7). . . 109 E. The State Board of Education: “The, Governor, Lieuten¬ ant-Governor, Secretary of State, Treasurer, Auditor, Superintendent of Public Instruction, and Attorney General shall constitute a State Board of Education. The Governor shall be president and the Super¬ intendent of Public Instimction shall be secretary of the Board of Edu¬ cation.” (Sec. 8 and 9). 109 F. Powers of the State Board of Education: “The Board of Education shall succeed to all the powers and trusts of the president THE CONSTITUTION Par. 111-D and directors of the Literary Fund of North Carolina, and shall have full power to legislate and make all needful rules and regulations in relation to free public schools and the educational fund of the State; but all acts, rules and regulations of said board may be altered, amended or repealed by the General Assembly, and when so altered, amended or repealed, they shall not be reenacted by the board.” (Sec. 10). 109 G. School Attendance: The General Assembly is hereby em¬ powered to enact that every child of sufficient mental and physical ability shall attend the public schools during the period between the ages of six and eighteen years for a term of not less than sixteen months, unless educated by other means. 110. Homesteads and Exemptions: (Article X.) The sections of the Constitution under this article are embodied in the laws given in Chapter VII on “Family Welfare.” 111. Punishments, Penal Institutions and Public Charities: (Ar¬ ticle XI). Punishments—Convict Labor: “The following punishments only shall be known to the laws of this State, viz., death ,imprisonment with or without hard labor, fines, removal from office, and disqual¬ ification to hold and enjoy any office of honor, trust or profit under this State. The foregoing provision for imprisonment with hard labor shall be construed to authorize the employment of such convict labor on public works or highways, or other labor for public benefit, and the farming out thereof, where and in such manner as may be provided hy law; but no convict shall be farmed out who has been sentenced on a charge of murder, manslaughter, rape, attempt to commit rape, or arson: Provided, that no convict whose labor may be farmed out shall be punished for any failure of duty as a laborer except by a re¬ sponsible officer of the State; but the convicts so farmed out shall be at all times under the supervision and control, as to their govern¬ ment and discipline, of the penitentiary board or some officer of the State.” (Sec. 1). Ill A. Death Punishment: “The object of punishment being not only to satisfy justice, but also to reform the offender, and thus prevent crime, murder, arson, burglary and rape, and these only, may be punishable with death if the General Assembly shall so enact.” (Sec. 2). Ill B. House of Correction: “The General Assembly may pro¬ vide for the erection of a house of coiTection, where vagrants and persons guilty of misdemeanors shall be restrained and usefully em¬ ployed.” (Sec. 4). Ill C. House of Refuge: A house or houses of refuge may be established whenever the public interests may require it, for the cor¬ rection and insti*uction of other classes of offenders.” (Sec. 5). Ill D. The Sexes to be Separated: “It shall be required by Par. 111-E SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OP NORTH CAROLINA competent lepfislation that the structure and superintendence of penal institutions of the State, the county jails and city police prisons se¬ cure the health and comfort of the prisoners and that male and female prisoners be never confined in the same room or cell.” (Sec. 6). Ill E. Appointment of Board of Public Charities: “Beneficient provisions for the poor, the unfortunate and orphan being one of the first duties of a civilized and Christian State, the General Assembly shall, at its first session, appoint and define the duties of a Board of Pubic Charities, to whom shall be entrusted the supervision of all charitable and penal State institutions, and who shall annually re¬ port to the Governor upon their condition, with suggestions for their improvement.” (Sec. 7). Ill F. Orphan Houses: “There shall also, as soon as practic¬ able, be measures devised by the State for the establishment of one or more orphan houses where destitute orphans may be cared for, edu¬ cated and taught some business or trade.” (Sec. 8). Ill G. Inebriates and Idiots: “It shall be the duty of the Legis¬ lature, as soon as practicable, to devise means for the education of idiots and inebriates.” (Sec. 9). Ill H. Deaf-Mutes, Blind and Insane: “The General Assembly may provide that the indigent deaf-mute, blind and insane of the State shall be cared for at the charge of the State.” (Sec. 10). 111 I. Institutions to be Self-Supporting: It shall be steadily kept in iview by. the Legislature and the Board of Public Charities that all penal and charitable institutions should be made as nearly self- supporting as is consistent with the purpose of their creation. (Sec. 11 ).. i ill2'"Militia: (Article XII). Who Are Liable to Militia Duty: “All able-bodied male citizens of the State of North Carolina, between the ages of twenty-one and forty years, who are citizens of the United States, shall be liable to do duty in the militia: Provided, that all persons who may be averse to bearing arms, from religious scruples, shall be exempt therefrom.” (Sec. 1). 112 A. Organizing, Etc.: “The General Assembly shall provide for the organizing, arming, equipping and discipline of the militia, and for paying the same when called into active service.” (Sec. 2). 112 B. Governor Commander in Chief: “The Governor shall be Commander-in-Chief, and shall have power to call out the militia to execute the law, suppress riots or insurrections, and to repel in¬ vasion.” (Sec. 3). 112 C. Exemption: “The General Assembly shall have power to make such exemptions as may be deemed necessary, and enact laws that may be expedient for the government of the militia.” (Sec. 4). 113. Amendments:! (Article XIII). j Convention, How Called: “No convention of the people of this THE CONSTITUTION Par. 114-E State shall ever be called by the General Assembly, unless by the concurrence of two-thirds of all the members of each House of the General Assembly, and except the proposition. Convention or No Con¬ vention, be first submitted to the qualified voters of the whole State, at the next general election in a manner to be prescribed by law. And should a majority of the votes be cast in favor of said convention, it shall assemble on such day as may be prescribed by the General As¬ sembly.’’ (Sec. 1). 113. How the Constitution May be Altered: “No part of the Constitution of this State shall be altered unless a bill to alter the same shall have been agreed to by three-fifths of each House of the General Assembly. And the amendment or amendments so agreed to shall be submitted at the next general election to the qualified voters of the whole State, in such a manner as may be prescribed by law. And in the event of their adoption by a majority of the votes cast, such amendment or amendments shall become a part of the Constitu¬ tion of the State.” 114. Miscellaneous: (Article XIV). Penalty for Fighting Duel: “No person who shall hereafter fight a duel, or assist in the same as a second, or send, accept, or know¬ ingly carry a challenge therefor, or agree to go out of the State to fight a duel, shall hold any office in this State.” (Sec. 2). 114 A. Drawing Money: “No money shall be drawn from the treasury but in consequence of appropriations made by law; and an accurate account of the receipts and expenditures of the public money shall be annually published.” (Sec. 3). 114 B. Mechanic’s Lien: “The General Assembly shall provide, by proper legislation, for giving to mechanics and laborers an ade¬ quate lien on the subject-matter of their labor.” (Sec. 4). 114 C. Governor to Make Appointments: “In the absence of any contrary provision, all officers of this State, whether heretofore elected, or appointed by the Governor, shall hold their positions only until other appointments are made by the Governor, or if the officers are elective, until their successors shall have been chosen and duly qualified according to the provisions of this Constitution.” (Sec. 5). 114 D. Seat of Government: “The seat of government of this Slate shall remain in the city of Raleigh.” (Sec. 6). 114 E. Holding Office: “No person who shall hold any office or place of tiTist or profit under the United States, or any depart¬ ment thereof, or under this State, or under any other state or govern¬ ment, shall hold or exercise any other office or place of trust or profit under the authority of this State, or be eligible to a seat in either House of the General Assembly: Provided, that nothing herein contained shall extend to officers in the militia, justices of the peace. Par. 114-F SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA commissioners of public charities, or commissioners for special pur¬ poses.” (Sec. 7). 114 F. Intermarriage of Whites and Negroes Prohibited: “All marriages between a white person and a negro, or between a white person and a person of negro descent to the third generation inclu¬ sive, are hereby forever prohibited.” (Sec. 8). MEMORANDUM « '■ ■ . It.i, ^ >.1 , -yp- a;..- .J ■ ^ ,;’ I-.Av‘.' ▼ ^ ' ' ■f "'. **, >>;t rt« 'f < -.' • - • M • ■ .,,i*'-'jSi’, ^ .irVt^in-'i;ts/ W’hitit'. ^j! .. 'C'^ *t ^"-TibafciJ ’.R^»^Ti«:-. *w*g:r5' ij,' llfv. .*>,«* 1 ■ ,> :(«T»ji** ■ ^ * *'»* ‘ \ ;v/ . ,' -V ^;--'..'V' I* ' , M^.U . i' • 4 i' ' *y ■■ ^ ,i * ^ »(i ■ '-V'V ■' lA, '■■ ' ■vifrii,'*''''? ‘ ♦ \i\. f ,-f'-> »'**'- ‘'‘‘a. .•' I i. «L >M JII..4J.'*i »'. iiifi^'^:^ .jiSSk ; .,-:.iyyJ^KAig pens .suited to poultry raising, and all poultry appliances. The equipment for agricultural engineering consists of tools and testing apparatus necessary for practice work. Exhibit material from manu¬ facturers of farm equipment is being secured for the benefit of the students. For instruction in Horticulture there are the .service build¬ ing, green house, and laboratory; also grounds of twenty-five acres containing student vegetable gardens, orchards, vineyards, plantings of berries, and spaces used for nursery purposes. 256. Joint Committee of the Boad of Agriculture and the A. & E. College: The w^ork which is common to both the Department and the A. & E. College, is under the control of a committee known as the Joint Committee on Co-operative Work. It consists of five members of the Board of Agriculture who are elected by the Board, and five members of the Board of Trustees of the College, in accordance with Chapter 68, Laws 1913. The Governor acts as chairman of the Commit¬ tee. This committee elects a director who is in charge of the work and reports to the committee at its annual sessions, also to the Board of Agriculture and the Board of Trustees. If either Board objects to the action proposed it fails. The director’s report is filed with the Board to which he reports. Prof. B. W. Kilgore is now the Director of the Experiment Station and the Extension Work. Included in the work in which the Board and College co-operate are the Experiment Station, the Extention Work, the County Agents, the Farm Bureau, and the Farmers’ Institutes. The number of workers engaged varies from time to time, but in round numbers it is as follows: For Investigation in the Experiment Station. 50 Specialists for Agricultural Extension . 30 Farm Demonstration Agents . 85 Home Demonstration Agents (Women). 65 Negro Location Agents .... 17 257. The Experiment Station: (Chapter 68, Public Laws of 1913; and 223 Public Laws of 1917). The Experiment Station is jointly con¬ ducted and .supported by the College and State Department of Agri¬ culture in co-operation with the Federal Department of Agriculture, the State College for Women at Greensboro, and the Agricultural and Technical College for the colored race at Greensboro. It covers all the experimental work in agriculture which is done in the State. The experiment work in the field is conducted on the college farm and on the test farms of the Board of Agriculture, and the laboratory investi¬ gations are conducted in the laboratories of the two institutions. The station carries on a large correspondence with farmers and others. Bulletins relating to general farm matters and embodying the results of the experiments are sent free to all citizens of the State who request them. A request addressed to the Agricultural Experiment Station, West Raleigh, will bring these publications. The station is Par. 258 SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA glad also to answer letters of inquiry. 258. The Extension Service: It is the object of the Experiment Station to investigate and obtain new facts for the benefit of agricul¬ ture in the State. It is the object of the Extension Service to com¬ municate these facts, together with the findings of other institutions in this and other countries, to the farm and farm home through its various workers. The Farm and Home Demonstration Agents are the chief instruments in carrying out this policy. 258 A. County Agents: It is proposed to have one agent in each county, to be selected by the chief of demonstration work and the commissioners of the county in which he is to work. All agents are under the direction of the chief. In most counties there are women assistants appointed by Mrs. McKimmon, chief of home economics and women’s work. This demonstration work is perhaps the most im¬ portant practical work of the Department. 258 B. Farm Bureaus: This matter is left to each county. The work is promoted by the Community Service Department, which is endeavoring to get the people of every community to have a co¬ operative organization. 258 C. Farmers’ Institutes. The beneficial results of these is shown in the progress made in agriculture. The session of the Board, December 4th, 1919, discontinued the institutes for men, but those for women were continued under Mrs. McKimmon, who was made direc¬ tor. Men desiring to hold meetings can request the Commissioner to furnish them with speakers. Twenty-four of the Institutes held in 1919 were for negroes. 258 D. Home Demonstration Work: (Mrs. McKimmon in charge). The work among the girls, generally known as tomato club work, includes not only canning, but pickling and preserving of all family supplies which the farm, orchard, or garden can produce, and in such condition that they can be kept for use as desired. The wives and daughters of farmers in the past have had in most cases little con¬ sideration for their own comfort or convenience, and but little oppor¬ tunity to provide themselves with money for their own spending. At the women’s institutes prizes are offered for the best loaf of bread made by a woman over 20 years of age, and the best pone of com bread made by a girl under 20. These prizes are limited to women living on a farm. In 1919 there were 62 counties organized in the work, in v/hich there were 666 womens clubs, 425 girls’ clubs and 226 com¬ munity clubs, with a total attendance of 77,194. Demonstrations on how to prepare and serve meals have been oi niuch benefit to the women of the State. The school teachers in rural communities are co-operating with the Department forces. The short- AGRICULTURE Par. 260 age of help in the household has caused much interest to be shovvn in demonstrations of electrical plants for the operation of washing machines, wringers, irons, sewing machines and chums, light¬ ing the house and barns, and furnishing the house with water. As a result, 1,116 such plants have been purchased, and 493 washing machines installed. One of the new activities of this division has been the work with the Scuppernong, James, and other muscadine grapes; 11 counties report 2,274 vines planted; 29 counties report 6,030 gallons of grape juice made, and 1,744 gallons of other grape products. Seventeen girls have received scholarships in schools and colleges, and 272 girls are paying part or all of their expenses by their work in basketry, grape culture, or gardening. 258 E. Farmers’ Convention: The Farmers’ Convention is held annually at the A. & E. College during the last three days of August. The Board appropriates $500 each year for the expenses. 258 F. Fairs: During 1919 two hundred and seventy-five com¬ munity and county fairs were held in the *State; and also the annual State Fair. These fairs have an important effect in stimulating the farmers in the various parts of the country. 259. State Highway Commission: Frank Page, Chairman, Raleigh, N. C. (a) Plans and Policies: It is the plan of the State Highway Com¬ mission, in co-operation with the Bureau of Public Roads and the county highway officials, to construct a highway system in North Carolina of suitable types of roads to meet the traffic requirements, and to connect each county seat and principal town in every county in the State, as well as to form interstate connection for for the through lines of travel. (b) Activities: There are, at this time, 48 projects under con¬ struction, 117 approved by the Bureau of Public Roads, and some 50 others under survey. (c) Services Offered: The Highway Commission is anxious to !o-operate with all agencies for road improvement in North Carolina, and is in a position to give engineering advice and assistance to the ‘.ounties in laying out their county highway systems. (d) Publications: The Commission issues a monthly bulletin known as the State Highway Bulletin, which gives accurate informa¬ tion and news as to the progress of the state highway system. This publication can be had free of charge by application to the State Highway Commission, Raleigh, N. C. 260. Forest Resources: Approximately two-thirds of the total Par. 261 SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA area of the state is still in woods, most of it more or less cut over. About half the forest area is pine; the other half is hardwoods with an occasional mixture of pine and other soft woods. The total stand of timber has been estimated at forty billion board feet, half pine and half hardwoods, etc. The annual cut of lumber is approximately 1,500 million board feet, and 500 million feet into other products, not including firewood and waste which probably amount to some 1,500 million feet more; making a total of 3,500 million board feet. The annual growth is estimated at about 150 million board feet on pine lands and 75 million feet on hardwood lands, or about one fourteenth the rate at which the timber is being cut. 261. Enemies of the Forest: In addition to the usual destructive methods of cutting, the principal enemies of our forests are fire, live stock and insects. Forest fires burn over annually from 400,000 to 500,000 acres and cause an annual damage of over $1,000,000. Un¬ restricted ranging of live stock causes the destruction of or injury lu much young growth. Hogs prevent reproduction of longleaf pine, while cattle browse on the young hardwood species. The stock law which now is in effect over the greater part of the State should be extended to every part of it. (See Stock Law. Chapter 35, Revisal of 1905). 262. Organization of State Forestry Work—The Geological Survey; Most of the state forestry work is done by the State Geological and Geological and Economic Survey, organized in 1901 and reorgan¬ ized in 1905. (See Chapter 94, Revisal of 1905). By law the Governor is authorized to appoint a suitable person as State Geologist to con¬ duct, under the supervision of a Board of Managers known as the Geological Board, a Geological and Economic Survey of the State. (Section 4429). Colonel Hyde Pratt, Ph. D., is now the State Geol¬ ogist and Director of the Survey. The Geological Board consists of the Governor, as chairman, and four citizens of the State appointed by the Governor by and with the advice and consent of the Senate (Sec¬ tion 4430). The Survey has for its objects, examination of various resources; such as the forests, with special reference to their bearing upon the occupation of the people; streams and water power, with reference to their development for manufacturing enterprises, develop¬ ment enterprises, the preservation of the sources of these streams through the protection of the forests; and consideration of other scien¬ tific and economic problems; together with the preparation of reports, illustrations and maps. (Section 4432. For further account see Chapter V). 262 A. The State Forests: The State Geologist appoints, sub¬ ject to the approval of the Geological Board, such experts and assist¬ ants as are necessary (Section 4431). The present forester of the Survey, Mr. J. S. Holmes, appointed in 1909, is now known as State AGRICULTURE Par. 262-C P’orester. (Chapter 243, Section 2, Public Laws of 1915). His chief duties are to urge the practice of forestry upon the private owners of forest land in the State; to secure the protection of the forest lands against fire; to make investigations as to the forest con¬ ditions; and, in other ways to endeavor to secure the protection and perpetuation of the forests through their proper use. 262 B. Forest Fire Prevention: The Forest Fire Law (Chapter 243, Public Laws of 1915), carries no appropriation. It, however, places the administration of the law in the State Geological and Economic Survey, part of whose regular appropriation has been used for carrying out its provisions. Under this law the State Forester, who is ex-officio State Forest Warden, may appoint forest wardens, who shall have charge of measures for controlling fires, make arrests for the violation of the forest laws, post warning notices, patrol during dry and dangerous seasons, etc. Wardens are required to wear suit¬ able badges. Intentionally setting fire to any grass land, brush land or wood land belonging to another is declared a misdemeanor and a penalty is provided (Section 8). Carelessly or negligently setting fire to the woods is an offense against the law, and allowing fire to escape is prima facie evidence of neglect in carrying out the provisions of the law (Section 9 and 10). A reward of $20 may be paid to the person furnishing sufficient evidence to convict any party for setting fire to the woods, the amount being added to the court costs (Chapter 318, Ifiiblic Laws of 1919). City watersheds are given additional pro¬ tection from fire by requiring parties carrying on lumbering oper¬ ations adjoining to clear a four hundred foot fire line (Chapter 56, Public Laws of 1913). Assistance in fire prevention under the Weeks Law is provided by the U. S. Forest Service. Several Federal patrolmen are employed in this way. The State also co-operates with four Forest Fire Pro¬ tective Associations, organized for the purpose; also with lumbermen and railroads. 262 C. State Forests: Land may be accepted as a gift or purchased under special act of the Legislature for state experiment and demonstration forests. (Chapter 253, Public Laws of 1915). No such forests have yet been acquired. (a) The Mount Mitchell State Park, a tract of some 1,225 acres, including the summit of Mt. Mtichell, has been purchased as a ‘'State park for the use of the people of the entire State’^ for the purpose of recreation, the protection'of water courses arid the .preser¬ vation of the beauty of the scenery (Chapter 76, I^blic Laws of 1915). This park, which was purchased by a commission and is riow administered by another commission (Chapter 316, Public Laws of Par. 262-D SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA 1919), has until recently been administered by the State Geological and Economic Survey without special appropriation. (b) Sandhill Experiment Forest: Through co-operation with the State Board of Health a part of the property controlled by the State Sanatorium for the Treatment of Tuberculosis in Hoke County is being managed as an experiment forest; insufficient funds have, how¬ ever, prevented its proper development. 262 D. Studies and Investigations: Among other important phases of forestry study and investigation done by the Survey are the following: (a) Examination of timber tracts at the request of the owners with the object of suggesting better forest management, (b) A study of the forest conditions and timber resources of the State. This has been taken up from time to time. A report on the mountain counties was issued as Bulletin 23, while reports on the various Pied¬ mont counties have been issued as a series of Press Bulletins. The coastal plain counties are to be taken up later, (c) An annual investi¬ gation into the damage done by forest fires, published in a series of Economic Papers, (d) A study of the wood-using industries of the State published as Economic Paper No. 20; further information is kept on card files. A revision is soon to be published, (e) Occasional studies on various phases of forestry of direct importance to the people, such as flood control, rate of growth of second growth pine, etc. 262 E. Education and Publicity: As the above paragraph shows, the Survey issues publications from time to time in the form of bulletins, economic papers, press bulletins and press notices. Lectures, and addresses, are given free of cost at meetings of farmers, teachers, school children, womens clubs, etc. A large number of inquiries relat¬ ing to the various phases of forestry are answered. Letters to Sena¬ tors, Congressmen, State Legislators, Chambers of Commerce, etc., advocating forestry measures are written. Close co-operation with the North Carolina Forestry Association, which was organized in 1911 through the activities of the Survey, is maintained. The State Forester is secretary of this association and devotes considerable time to its interests. The State Forester is also secretary of the Southern Forestry Congress, which was likewise initiated by the Survey. The activities of this organization extend over the entire South. 263. Farm Forestry: Through an agreement between the U. S. Department of Agriculture, tjie State Department of Agriculture of North Carolina and th,e State. Geological and Economic Survey, the Director of Extension in Agriqulture has appointed a Farm Forestry Specialist under the direct control of the Director' of Extension but also under the superyision of representatives of the U. S. Department of Agriculture and Survey. Mr. Harry B. Krausz, Raleigh, N. C., was appointed to this office in 1918, His duties are similar to those AGRICU LTURE Par. 265-A of other experts in the agricultural extension work. He advises and assists farmers throughout the State in marketing their timber and learning to practice better cutting and protective measures. An As¬ sistant Farm Forestry Specialist was recentlj^ appointed, who devofes most of his time to demonstrating better methods of cutting and marketing farm timber. 264. State Market and Co-operative Credit Union Bureau: Directed by the State (Superintendent of Markets and Co-operative Enterprise, Gorrell Shumaker, acting chief, Raleigh, N. C. (a) Objects: (1) To promote the co-operative purchasing and marketing of farm products; (2) to organize co-operative business among farmers, and (3) to promote, organize, supervise, and audit co-operative credit unions among farmers, and wage and salary earn¬ ers in industry and commerce, under the McRae Co-operative Enter¬ prise Law of 1915. (b) Staff: Chief of the division, two specialists in the marketing of perishables( fruits and vegetables), live stock market agent, credit union specialist, specialist in organizing cotton warehouse compan¬ ies, specialist in planning and construction of warehouses, specialist in warehouse management and operation, head cotton grader with four assistants. (c) Publications: Farmers’ Market Bulletin, a monthly bulletin listing free of charge anything for sale or wanted by North Carolina farmers, mailed to 4,000 farmers and merchants; Weekly Price Report, a summary of market prices on leading markets in various North Carolina towns and cities; Monthly Review of Producers’ Prices, a re¬ view of conditions at loading points for the month with timely remark on crop forecasts, etc.; Daily Market News Service Reports, in co¬ operation with the Federal Bureau of Markets, on strawberries, potatoes, apples, etc., issued only during the actual shipping esason; Weekly Hog Market Quotations, covering principal markets used by North Carolina farmers. 265. University of North Carolina Extension Services: Among the services which the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill offers to the State are some which bear directly on the agricultural community. Among these are the following: 265 A. Division of County Home Comforts and Conveniences, of the Bureau of Extension of the University of North Carolina, Professor P, H. Daggett, electrical engineer, director; Professor Thorndike Saville, hydraulic and sanitary engineer; Professor J. H. Mustard, electrical engineer; Professor J. E. Lear, telephone expert; E. C. Branson, social engineer; W. C. Waike, field agent. (a) Accumulated Outfit: A well equipped laboratory of labor Par. 265-B SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA saving apparatus, machines, and devices for country homes and farms. Additions to this laboratory are being made almost daily. (b) Activities: Engineering advice without charge to farmers and farm communities about, (1) developing small nearby water powers to supply homes or bams wtih mnning water, electric lights and electric labor saving devices, (2) gas engine outfits for water, lights, power, etc., (3) drainage reclamation for farm purposes and health conditions, domestic sewage systems, garbage disposal, etc, (4) designs, drawings, and specifications for farm homes, barns, and outhouses, (5) country telephone systems, organizations, installation, and mana’gement, (6) the organization of country communties for self- expression, local self-rule, and community progress. Help extended to 82 correspondents in 42 counties to date. (c) Services Offered: Free advice by letter and by personal visits upon request wherever the project proposed seems possible and advisable. (d) Publications: (1) Leaflets on Country Home Comforts and Conveniences, (2) a weekly section of the University News Letter devoted to these activities. 265 B. The North Carolina Drainage Association: Headquarters, Chapel Hill, N. C.; Hon. John H. Small, Washington, N. C., president; Joseph Hyde Pratt, Chapel Hill, N. C., secretary. (a) Object: To promote drainage and development of swamp and overflowed lands in North Carolina. (b) Activities: The Association holds each year an annual con¬ vention; publishes the proceedings of these conventions, and other pamphlets relating to the drainage law, etc. Its legislative commit¬ tee drafted the North Carolina Drainage Law and subsequent amend¬ ments. Its principal activities have been, (1) educational in connec¬ tion with the development of district and tile drainage; (2) holding drainage contests, and (3) legislative work in connection with the development of the North Carolina Drainage Law. (c) Publications: Proceedings of the annual conventions from 1908 (each one phamphlet); Press Bulletins 106, 114, 115, 128, 153, 154, 155, 158, which give the drainage laws and amendments thereto. 265 C. Good Roads Association: (Joseph Hyde Pratt, Chapel Hill, N. C., Secretary). This association has for its purpose the creation of an adequate system of national. State, and county high¬ ways built and maintained by the federal. State, and county gov¬ ernments respectively, and to obtain througli legislation a fair adjust¬ ment of the burden of road construction and maintenance. The as¬ sociation seeks to educate public opinion on the vast importance of AGRICULTURE Par. 267 improved road transportation and the best means of securing and financing it. In addition to the above the University of North Carolina serves the agricultural interests of the state through “The North Carolina Forestry Association.Secretary, J. S. Holmes (See Par. 261 E). “The North Carolina Club/’ and “The County Clubs/’ with their admirable rural studies (See Chapter V). 266. Delta U. S. Laboratory, Tallulah, La. This laboratory be¬ longs to the U. S. Bureau of Entomology, Division Southern Field Crop Insect Investigations, and is headquarters for cotton insect in¬ vestigations throughout the cotton states. The primary problem under consideration is the control of the cotton boll weevil. Mr. E. R. Caad is in charge of this work. 267. Voluntary Self-Help Agencies: (a) The Farmers’ Educational and Industrial Union: This for several years has had a large organization in the State and its mem ■ bcrs by co-operation have received much benefit from its business transactions and are able to co-operate in any work which they may approve. (b) The North Carolina Farmers’ State Alliance was for twenty years in active operation and still exists in some counties. It was most beneficial as an educational and economic institution. Its busi¬ ness agency was the only system evolved out of the agricultural move¬ ment and is in substance the main aid to co-operative associations in financial transactions. (c) Marketing Associations: 1. Milk Producers Association, R. N. McDowell, president. 2. Carolina Potato Exchange, N. Howard Smith, manager, Eliza¬ beth City, N. C. 3. Tabor Fruit and Produce Exchange, F. L. Fipps, manager, Tabor, N. C. 4. Garland Fruit and Produce Exchange, P. C. Squires, man¬ ager, Garland, N. C. 5. Brushy Mt. Fruit Growers’ Association, H. li. Moorehouse, manager, Oakwoods, N. C. 6. Wilmington Co-operative Track Growers’ Association, E. H. Freeman, manager, Wilmington, N. C. 7. Mt, Olive Trackers Association, Mt. Olive, N. C. 8. Eastern Carolina Prod. Exchange, J. E. Porter, president, Par. 267 SOCIAL LAWS AND j^GENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA Aurora, N. C. 9. Mountain Growers Exchange, Bolling Hall, manager, Waynes- ville, N. C. 10. Catawba County Sweet Potato Growers’ Association, E. M. Yoder, secretary, Hickory, N. C. 11. Tryon Fruit Exchange, W. T. Lindsey, manager. Try on, N. C. 12. Chadboum Peach Growers’ Association, C. A. Usher, secre tary-treasurer, Chadbourn, N. C. (d) Associations Primarily for Co-operative Purchasing: These are formed wherever they are thought to be desirable and the Farmers’ Union and the Farmers’ Alliance are used for this purpose. (e) Productive Associations: 1. North Carolina Swine Breeders’ Association, Dan T. Gray, West Raleigh, N. C., secretary. 2. North Carolina Dairymen’s Association, J. A. Arey, West Raleigh, N. C., secretary. 3. North Carolina Sheep Breeders’ and Wool Growers’ Associa¬ tion, George Evans, West Raleigh, N. C., secretary. 4. North Carolina Beef Cattle Breeders’ Association, R. S. Curtis, West Raleigh, N. C., secretary. 5. North Carolina Poultry Association, B. F. Kaupp, West Raleigh, N. C., secretary. MEMORANDUM '.'I ,1 . a>V' • • r • • ’’■ ^ .vr t /* *i;t i’- !' K .• - : - . . - : ■.>v i • * ,» I•• ' i. \ * KinMrt** -Ify • ; .• . >■ . ■ . . •.' . •* ■•■■.»».*;'.•• V i . • I S / ■ \ . X;’«' T’v'i ■' r isr' •» '* T/Jl’. 4.’- *'• ^ 'T*;* iTr' > . . .4iv * .«y '■.’»-*■*J*'. > j |ii> fci i' :,- m• ft- _4i 14^"n^v^ii-^uti* " i.d33r« tti , ■* ^ »,* Jt- y .. -ym ftj, ‘QfAr. .-t^ ' -Vi;:,i,j ,1 H;U.t<>'^0^m‘AVvrV!V4^f»b?r.?fV..^^ • ■ 1-Mij» fc?;.'^sns*. IV. T:TA-a6.'jr;«ttrV.;ssftife’''>‘«n^^ ‘" ft . , t“ 4\ r. iu.^j?e-. 'Ci a 'Jrw i(> hi, itht:i ^n-.-vi’'; - uni jB irrui ore.u^.ed rvi* 4iti« ■- % . ^hTik, i ^^> 4 'f; <;p«y, a? , iLiiWita, »' M'l*"' • •'^. Ca-xijrrj?^ h; ,« '4'• '.-■•■sKi ’ '' v; * ■ ' :> ■ ' .ySS ■ .. . #t ^ * i-r is^ . - i , ^ ,, •»' w ‘.,, V, I ^ .• • ’r'■ / ^ 'A^. .V ■ ■ -.VJ j ' i ' , • -v r If r K’* ■* r » ■ u ■?..'4’ < '<» -:.-p£tii.iafi,ti!i( ?rfi d'AjJvf y/frs\h'‘s ■‘^'/.ii-' astf. Boilh •aiy ‘tjt -1> :}(iS iWt^id-n ■«;?.'nfw Wo'f4f..T«f »diV ,i";Mfaoxlj'X'i«; >)ftLf::f: -.fCt udi^ ^ -fvTf; rc IJ«in5-i'/iff/: • Jif -iT/irt 'fv.‘:rw?/ro5 -0!-''i v,jC)ol*Rlt2r{ff:i' .l^'rh ■ '.--.V-JV IM.-,.. -, ., .....5 ., :>. v,.- b':■Kf.ri^:^^'‘r/4ifc»? U^^^ of 9^ 5f;9?sr4if:jA 'V. -a? '^J5 ^4fn>ru>^/' t f;/^aaJjncl/;yfr^^ f>^'‘•.'fejiucuK <'>^; irf' tv? K^flp'hf ,ar*ifl69^i^V c«'' “h« .ft'v.ir!*'ffiv'n^fWA ■ ,'<'[?VfMflW ff'.3c1 .•: -"T' i .hU'r?.' bojrinq bnji wa?9^b :{yjf«f-f/^.i/.(/ rr/i?C[ ^ i^^ V •-*# .- •••». i w v.**.-*?*.*' • /: “•' ^ .; ' ' ‘*v ■. r. , ;r-, ^ ^^ 30-;Y? OX H ■••I?..: *>'«? , I'. IV ., ' ■> rt.'‘K s. '.j'-?’’rs>T;()«-r’. .fi '-*ViV' y.xj ■ ' l"tl'.v • > ■ ' V» , , k ♦ ••- : i e rut^, I ;C'> ;.o Ir^ftr. ' A • ** fVt- '■ -: V '; •# - I •» '' * »?‘;v ■< 1V. »•■'■-Cl'.-. .? •^'’■'i': ; i\.’ Tf.^- ’.•.rb-Hn »••».('•»: >.?ji . .^;;■ I^V^C ior I.;'? i r . '-1 > * • r :f?*i:-iv.'v:« ‘ »• /1 - .'^ • • 1 < i ' . , -1, -.' «/% ‘ * *» ■ !..f.u:\ ';/' ». ' , Htn i>\>ywi A\':\ -.‘f * «« t IT. V, ' i-HAFilpR. fv; *' .> - ’^. - "1^^ * .1'^^'* ' >f t • • • O 31 " ^ ** Law aud Ad«an>i6U"aiKn'> . = '.T - -' * ■ .V** L ■ t.- VS- jfS \ 4» •■rit. ^_. . §t'.‘T.'*'*" ^ ■.’''^‘-■•>- ' 4?T/ - ^ >at)p<^jM‘ of rHj^ter a/U Ita ; i , ^ Cli^hl* Wielfafti Lew^, &cjioiaJrt>*jiUwu ^ Utsk^ Jaw* »M< loi)o^5> • n< p Kn)«*'»rVd i»y of ii^ll?-*. nvw *c. ,. ' ' 's . ' *■" -i-r of• Co«K«ra, tb® Aifb o£ 54^$i)V 0*irU?>» C u/naJr tcBflfr.!*^r%'^ 'f ^ ui?« of awd ictOrttH-JT id » fel^rsy. ^<*ntr>»ct< AiV poisons liud^ c(f"\^i:rit7--t>Xii^ «ve fe4iiew»l lH?*^oflUr.ctwi^witi?, ho^^'i^T, Ciw foi-f loirlnJ^^A!jiU*^r - ' -'A* ‘ •■ -"C' •* ; , j[, .^4 it»l^t Sflind t\uut oX>g« to f,^.^ Wx-itJj-j^xvntlrfiu? Anvi ihcn jtitin' w W u^^rordlng to Vac rciiae t,^tlu3 ia1eahu». ;■ - ' '" j i-ies- ."•9 t: obeik c<: /fv ^ , -■ A 4^4 « ^■ '* ' * * ■■ ^ * # ’i ' ■» f t •*' « Wi ?MJr oipiHjv ^fc>tih J>(w* ijy bii^ or 1« ia aid. xM^me - u fcindi'aif (ji^ntj^t ijst -^if^ ? 4:'^Jiti iafjavt ^ jtC Uife awd •n. ^ v: ^ ■ o ■■■<•-» ; (c^Viwi' V' ^ tS^i fe- •* -■ *v'o f&«y ari^^lojred fn tiyt^ amM" ^ ,. .eitipiTi>’^ Jiiit iJ>pyirW;r/«n nu • .-1 '-•_..•; "■*■. ■' ■• * o ' il ■ ■ I . -.'■“. • '•’.* *_■ 4 i^ '.y /( r i0ciHS(i'^4t CKiUi A ift q^« tif^r « ippoS^r >irho .»ii- 1^ ‘\ ' it^ CbiU A^ i ^ era*^ ^ «tft siwier t^:^t> .. •/ [jrj> *- CHAPTER IV. Child Welfare I. Laws and Administration Par. 401 401. Defimitions. For the purpose of this chapter and its treat¬ ment of Child Welfare Laws, children are defined in relation to the administration of these laws as follows: (Chap. 59 Laws of 1917 as / amended by Chap. 240, Laws of 1919). (a) Age of Consent. The age of consent in North Carolina is fourteen years. Carnal knowledge of a girl under twelve is a felony punishable by death. Carnal knowledge of a girl between the age of twelve and fourteen is a felony. (b) Contracts. All persons under the age of twenty-one are minors and cannot be contracted with. There are, however, the fol¬ lowing exceptions: 1. An infant more than fourteen years of age may consent to his or her apprenticing and thereafter be bound according to the terms of the indenture. ! i ' ^ 2. An infant more than fifteen years of age may check out of a bank any money which has been deposited by him or is in his name and his check becomes a valid receipt for the discharge of the bank. 3. If the infant be of the age required by law, he may enter into a binding contract of marriage. 4. An infant father, or infant mother, if the father is dead and has not acted in this specific capacity, may dispose of the custody of bis minor child by deed or will. 5: And lastly, an infant may bind himself to pay for necessaries furnished to him, or furnished for his wife or minor child. (c) Crimes. No child under- fourteen may be found guilty of a felony or a misdemeanor, or be prosecuted as for a criminal offense. (d) Child Labor. No child under fourteen may be employed in any occupation while the public school is in session; no girl under fourteen may be employed at any time; but boys between twelve and fourteen may be employed under certain regulations when the school \ ) is not in session. (See Par. 409 B.) (e) Dependent Child Defined. A dependent child is one under sixteen years of age who is dependent upon public support or who is destitute, homeless or abandoned, or whose custody is subject to con¬ troversy. (f) Delinquent Child Defined. A delinquent child is one under sixteen years of age who violates any municipal or State law or ordi- Par. 402 SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA nance, or who is truant, unruly, wayward, or misdirected, or who is disobedient to parents or beyond their control, or who is in danger of becoming so. (g) Neglected Child Defined. A neglected child is one under sixteen years of age who engages in any occupation, calling or exhi¬ bition, or is found in any place where a child is forbidden by law to be and for permitting which an adult may be punished by law; or who is ill siich condition or surroundings, or is under such improper or in¬ sufficient guardianship or control as to endanger the morals, health, or general welfare of such child. (h) Child Subject To The Jurisdiction Of The Juveniile Courts. Every delinquent, dependent, or neglected child under sixteen years of age in North Carolina is subject to the jurisdiction of the Juvenile Court in the county in which he resides. 402. Laws For The Protection of Children. (Chap. 59, Laws of 1917 as amended by Chap. 240, Laws of 1919). (a) Marriage. No girl under fourteen nor boy under sixteen may marry, and none under the age of eighteen unless by written con¬ sent of parent or one in loco parentis. (See Chap. G). (b) Compulsory School Attendance. All children between the ages of eight and fourteen are required to attend school while the pub¬ lic school is in session. (See Par. 409 ff). (c) Illegitimacy. (See Chap. 8). (d) Abduction Of Children. It is a felony to abduct or conspire to abduct or induce any child under fourteen years of age to leave parents, uncle, aunt, elder brother or sister, or a school at which it resides, or to leave guardian if an orphan. (e) Unlawful To Sell Cigarettes To Children. It is a misde¬ meanor to sell, give, or otherwise directly convey cigarettes or any form of tobacco or substitute therefor to minors under seventeen. (f( Weapons Forbidden. It is a misdemeanor to sell, or give to a minor or in any way aid him in obtaining, pistol, cartridges, brass knucks, bowie-knife, dirk, loaded cane or sling-shot. (Rev. S. 3852). (g) Use Of Firearms Forbidden. It is a misdemeanor for par¬ ents or any one in loco parentis to permit a child under twelve years to have any gun, pistol, or other dangerous firearm. (1913 C. 32). (h) Not Permitted To Enter Bowling Alley And Billiard Room. If the keeper of any bar room, billiard room, or bowling alley permit any minor to enter or remain in his premises after having been notified by the parents or guardian of such minor not to allow him to do so, he CHILD WELFARE Par. 403 is guilty of a misdemeanor and is liable to a fine not exceeding $500.00, or imprisonment for thirty days. (i) To Protect Children From Fire. If any person shall leave any child of the age of seven years or less locked or otherwise confined in any dwelling, building, or inclosure, and go away without leaving some person of the age of discretion in charge of the same, so as to expose the child to danger by fire, the person so offending shall be guilty of a misdemeanor, and shall be punished at the discretion of the court. (Rev. S. 3795). (j) Failure To Pay Minors. It is a misdemeanor to fail to or to refuse to pay any minor any sum due on promise to pay for work done by the day or job. (Rev. S. 3428a). (k) Conpulsory Attendance for Blind and Deaf Children. All blind children of sound mind between the ages of seven and seventeen are required by law to be sent to the State schools for nine months each year. There is no charge for maintenance or tuition. Voluntary admissions are taken from six to twenty-one years, and by special order of the directors, others may be admitted. All deaf white children between the ages of eight and fifteen years must attend some school for the deaf at least five school years. Vol¬ untary admissions are from eight to twenty-three. The colored deaf are not compelled to attend, but school facilities are furnished and a compulsory law has not seemed necessary. Admission to the school for the deaf is limited to residents. (l) Separation Oi Young Children From Mothei'R. It is a mis¬ demeanor for any person to separate or aid in separating any child under six months of age from its mother for the purpose of placing said child in a foster home or institution, or removing it from the State for such purpose, unless the consent in writting for such separa¬ tion shall have been obtained from the clerk of the Superior Court and county health officer of the county in which the mother resides, or of the county in which the child was bom; and it shall be unlawful for any mother to surrender her child for such purpose without first having obtained such consent. 403. Juvenile Courts And Their Operation. A Juvenile Court exists by State-wide legislative act. (Chapter 97, 1919). There shall be established in each county of the state a separate part of the Super¬ ior Court of the district to be called the Juvenile Court of. County, and the clerk of the Superior Court shall be ex-officio judge ther-eof. Every city of 10,000 or more population must maintain a juvenile court within its territory unless the city authbrities prefer to combine with the county Juvenile Court. Any town of 25,000 pop¬ ulation which is not also a county-seat may have a court of its own Par. 403-A SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA if it SO desires. High Point and Rocky Mount are the only towns v/hich have such courts. 403 A. Jurisdiction Of Juvenile Courts. The Juvenile Courts have exclusive original jurisdiction over all children under sixteen years of age in their respective districts, who are delinquent, neglected or dependent. See Definitions, 401 (e f & g). 403 B. Continuation Of Jurisdiction. When jurisdiction has been obtained in the case of any child, unless a court order shall be issued to the contrary, or unless the child be committed to an institution supported and controlled by the State, it shall continue for the pur¬ pose of this act during the minority of the child. The duty shall be constant upon the court to give each child subject to its jurisdiction such oversight and control as will conduce to the welfare of such child and to the best interests of the State. 403 C. Law To Be Construed Remediably. “The Juvenile Court Law shall be construed liberally and as remedial in character. The powers hereby are intended to be general and for the purpose of af¬ fecting the beneficial purposes herein set forth. It is the intention of this act that in all proceedings under its provisions the court shall proceed upon the theory that a child under its jurisdiction is the ward of the State and is subject to the discipline and entitled to the pro¬ tection which the court should give such child under the circumstances disclosed in the case. No adjudication in a juvenile court shall be a criminal record or be held as such, nor shall any child be denominated a criminal by reason of such.” 403 D. Petition To Bring Child Into Court. Any one having knowledge or information that a child is within the provisions of the Juvenile Court Act, either as a delinquent, a dependent or a neglected child, may file a petition with the court setting forth the facts. Whereupon the judge of the juvenile court may at once, or after an investigation, issue a summons to the parent or other person in custody of the child and to the child, requiring such parent or other person to appear and show cause why the child should not be dealt with ac¬ cording to the provisions of the Act. If it appears by the petition that the child is a delinquent, or that its condition is such as to en¬ danger its welfare, the court may order the officer serving the sum- nions to take the child into custody at once. . 403 E. May be Released Pending Disposition: Between the tiinfe when the child is taken ’into custody and the final disposition of the case’,'a child niay be released in the custody of a probation officeiT, or other person appointed by the court, to be brought before the court at the time designated. Any child embraced in this act may be ad¬ mitted to bail as provided by law, When not released as herein pro- CHILD WELFARE Par. 403-G vided, such child, pending the hearing of the case, shall be detained in such place of detention as hereinafter provided for. 403 F. Who Serves Papers: The sheriff or other lawful officer of the county in which the action is taken shall serve all papers as directed by the court, but the papers may be served by any person delegated by the court for that purpose. No power is given to Juve¬ nile Courts to tax costs, but no officer may re!use to serve a paper on that account. The judge may in his discretion allow necessary traveling expenses to any one required to appear at this court, and such allowance, if approved by the judge of the Superior Court, shall be a charge on the county. 403 G. Hearing and Judgment: Upon the return of the sum¬ mons or other process, or after any child has been taken into cus¬ tody, at the time set for the hearing, the court shall proceed to hear and determine the case in a summary manner. The court may adjourn the hearing from time to time and inquire into the habits, surround¬ ings, conditions and tendencies of the child so as to enable the court to render such order or judgment as shall best conserve the welfare of the child and carry out the objects of this act. In all cases the nature of the proceedings shall be explained to the child and to the parents or the guardian or person having the custody or the super¬ vision of the child. At any stage of the case the court may, in its discretion, appoint any suitable person to be the guardian ad litem of the child for the purposes of the proceeding. The court if satisfied that the child is in need of the care, protec¬ tion or discipline of the State may so adjudicate and may find the child to be delinquent, neglected, or in need of more suitable guardian¬ ship. Thereupon the court may: (a) Place the child on probation subject to the conditions pro¬ vided hereinafter; or (b) Commit the child to the custody of a relative or other fit person of good moral character, subject in the discretion of the court to the supervision of a probation officer and the further orders o: the court; or (c) Commit the child to the custody of the State Board of Chari¬ ties and Public Welfare, to be placed by such Board in a suitable home and supervised therein; or . (d) Commit the child to a suitable institution maintained by the State or any subdivision thereof, or to any suitable private institution, society or association, incorporated under the laws of the State and approved by the State Board of Charities and Public Welfare, author¬ ized to care for children, or to place them in suitable family homes; or (e) Render such further judgment or make such further order Par. 403-H SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA of commitment as the court may be authorized by law to make in any given case. 403 H. Serious Offenses: Children under 14 years of age may not be brought before any other than a juvenile court on any charge whatsoever. In the case of children between the ages of 14 and 16, if the offense with which the child is charged is one for which an adult may not be imprisoned for more than ten years, the judge of the juvenile court may decide whether he will himself dispose of the case, or provide that the child shall appear at the next term of the Su¬ perior Court. But, if the offense is one for which an adult may be imprisoned for more than ten years, then the child shall be bound over to the Superior Court. 403 I. Place of Detention: No child coming within the provi¬ sions of this act shall be placed in any penal institution, jail, lockup, or other place where such child can come into contact at any time or in any manner with any adult convicted of crime and committed, or under arrest and charged with crime. Provision shall be made for the temporary detention of such children in a detention home to be conducted as an agency of the court for the purposes of this act, or the judge may arrange for the boarding of such children tem¬ porarily in a private home or homes in custody of some fit person or persons subject to the supervision of the court, or the judge may arrange with any incorporated institution, society, or association maintaining a suitable place of detention for children, for the use thereof as a temporary detention home. 403 J. Probation Officers: The County Superintendent of Pub¬ lic Welfare is ex-officio chief probation officer of every juvenile court in his county, and in case additional probation officers are needed by any county juvenile court they may be appointed by said court. The governing bodies of cities and towns having juvenile courts shall appoint assistant probation officers. Every probation of¬ ficer has powers of a peace officer. 403 K. Duties And Powers Of Probation Officers: It shall be the duty of a probation officer to make such investigation before, dur¬ ing, or after the trial or hearing of any case coming before the court as the court shall direct and shall take charge of thereon in writing. The probation officer shall take charge of any child before or after the trial or hearing when so directed by the court. The probation of¬ ficer shall furnish to each person released on probation under his supervision a v/ritten statement of the conditions of probation and shall instruct the probationer and other persons responsible for the welfare of the probationer regarding same, and shall enforce all the conditions of probation. Such officer shall keep informed concerning the conduct and condition of each person on probation under his super- CHILD WELFARE Par. 403-L vision by visiting, requiring of reports and in other ways, and shall report upon the progress of each case under his supervision at least monthly to the court. Such officer shall use all suitable methods no!, inconsistent with the conditions imposed by the court to aid and en¬ courage persons on probation and to bring about improvements in their conduct and condition. Such officer shall keep detailed records of his work. He shall keep accurate and complete accounts of all moneys collected from persons under his supervision; he shall give receipts therefor and shall make at least monthly returns thereof; such officer shall make such report to the State Board of Charities and Public Welfare as it may from time to time require, and shall perform such other duties as the court under whose directions such officer is serving shall direct. 403 L. Procedure in Using Probation: When the court places any child or adult on probation as provided in this act, it shall de¬ termine the conditions of probation which may be modified by the court at any time. A child shall remain on probation for such period as the court shall determine during the minority of such child. An adult shall remain on probation for such period as the court shall determine, not to exceed five years. The conditions of probation shall be such as the court shall prescribe, and may include among other conditions any or several of the following: that the probationer— (a) Shall indulge in no unlawful injurious habits; (b) Shall avoid places or persons of disreputable or harmful char¬ acter; (c) Shall report to the probation officer as directed by the court or probation officer; (d) Shall permit the probation officer to visit him in a reasonable manner at his place of abode or elsewhere; (e) Shall answer any reasonable inquiries on the part of the probation officer concerning his conduct or condition; (f) Shall, if a child of compulsory school age, attend school regularly; (g) Shall, if a child who does not attend school, work faith¬ fully at suitable employment; (h) Shall remain or reside within a specified place or locality; (i) Shall pay a fine in one or several sums; (j) Shall make restitution or reparation to the aggrieved parties for actual damages or losses caused by an offence, upon such condi¬ tions as the court shall determine. Par. 403-N SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA (k) Any person on probation may at any time be required to appear before the court, and in case of his failure to do so when properly notified by the probation officer, the court may issue a war¬ rant for his arrest. In the case of a child on probation, if the court believes that the welfare of such child will thereby be promoted, the probation may be revoked at any time, and the court may make such other disposition of the child as it might have made at the time the child was placed on probation. 403 M. Support of Child Committed to Custodial Agency: When¬ ever any child is committed by the court to the custody of an insti¬ tution, association, society or person other than its parent or guardian, compensation for the care of such child, when approved by the order of the court, shall be a charge upon the county, but the court may adjudge that the parent or other person whose duty it is by law to support the child shall pay for such support in whole or in part, and in case of their wilful failure to meet this obligation may be punished for contempt of court. 403 N. Consideration Given to Religious Belief: In committing any child to any institution or other custodial agency other than one supported and controlled by the State, or in placing the child under any guardianship other than that of its natural guardians, the court shall so far as practicable select as the custodial agency an institution, society, or association governed by persons of like religious faith as the parents of such child, or an individual holding the same religious belief. 403 O. Modificati«)n of Judgment; the Return of Child to Parents: Any order or judgment made by the court in the case of any child shall be subject to such modification from time to time as the court may consider to be for the welfare of such child, except that a child com¬ mitted to an institution supported and controlled by the State may be released or discharged only by the governing board or officer of such institution. 403 P. Examination and Treatment of Children Found to Be Mentally Defective Or in Need of Medical Care: The court, in its discretion, either before or after a hearing, may cause any child within its jurisdiction to be examined by one or more duly licensed physicians, who shall submit a written report thereon to the court. If it shall appear to the court that any child within the jurisdiction of the court is mentally defective, the court may cause the child to be examined by two lic-snsed physicians, and on the written statement of the two examining physicians that it is their opinion that the child is mentally defective, feebleminded or epileptic, the court may commit such child to an institution authorized by law to receive and care for mentally CHILD WELFARE Par. 403-R defective, feebleminded, or epileptic children, as the case may be. No child shall be committed to such an institution without opportunity for a hearing being given to the child’s parent or parents, guardian or custodian. Whenever a child within the jurisdiction of the court and under the provisions of this act appears to the court to be in need of medi¬ cal or surgical care, a suitable order may be made for the treat¬ ment of such child in a hospital or otherwise, and the expense thereof, when approved by the court, shall be a charge upon the county or the appropriate subdivision thereof; but the court may adjudge that the person or persons whose duty it is under the law to support such child shall pay a part or all of the expenses of such treatment as provided in Section Fourteen of the Juvenile Court Act. 403 Q. Appointment of Guardians: Whenever in the course of a proceeding instituted under this act, it shall appear to the court that the welfare of any child within the jurisdiction of the court will be promoted by the appointment of an individual as general guardian of its person, when such child is not committed to an institution or to an incorporated society or association, or by the appointment of an individual or corporation as general guardian of its property, the court shall have jurisdiction to make such appointment, either upon the application of the child or of some relative or friend, or upon the court’s own motion; and in that event an order to show cause may be made by the court to be served upon the parent or parents of such child in such manner and for such time, prior to the hearing, as the court may deem reasonable. In any case arising under this act the court may determine as betAveen parents or others whether the father or mother or what person shall have the custody and direction of said child, subject to the provisions of the preceding section. 403 R. Offences Against Children; Responsibility of Parents and Guardians: A parent, guardian, or other person having the custody of a child, who omits to exercise reasonable diligence in the care, protection or control of such child, causing it to be adjudged delinquent, neglected, or in need of the care, protection or discipline of the State as provided in this act, or who permits such child to associate with vicious, immoral or criminal persons, or to beg or solicit alms, or to be an habitual truant from school, or to enter any house of prosti¬ tution or assignation, or any place where gambling is carried on, or to enter any place which may be injurious to the morals, health, or general welfare of such child, and any such person or any other per¬ son who knowingly or willfully is responsible for, encourages, aids, causes or connives at, or who knowingly or willfully does any act to produce, promote or contribute to the condition which caused such child to be adjudged delinquent, neglected, or in need of the care. Par. 403-S SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA protection or discipline of the State shall be guilty of a misdemeanor. 403 S. Obligation of Officers, Etc., to Co-operate: It is hereby made the duty of every State, county, or municipal official or de¬ partment to render such assistance and co-operation within his or its jurisdiction or power as shall further the objects of this act. 404. Adoption of Children: Persons desiring to adopt a minor may begin proceedings before the clerk of the county in which the child resides. The parents or other person or persons having charge of the child become a party to the proceedings, and provided their consent has been obtained and the party seeking adoption seem suit¬ able, the clerk may sanction the adoption. Petitioner shall give bond for the property, if any, in case child is orphan. Name of child may be changed to that of petitioner if allowed by clerk. Order of adoption may be revoked at any time by clerk for cause. The clerk of the court is the judge of the Juvenile Court. (a) Inheritance: A child legally adopted may inherit the estate of his adopted parents the same as natural children, unless the con¬ trary be set forth in the articles of adoption. (b) Relationship: The relationship between the adopted child and the person adopting it shall be that of parent and child. 405. Guardians—Defined: The guardian is a person appointed by the court and may be— (a) Natural: The father if alive is the natural guardian, and if the father be dead the mother becomes the natural guardian; (b) Testamentary: Such are guardians appointed in the will of the father and with the consent of the mother in case she is a widow; (c) Guardian of Person and Property: In the case of a minor the clerk of the court may appoint a guardian of property only, even if the natural guardian is living. Any guardian who has in charge the property of a child is required to give a sufficient bond for the proper accounting of such property, and the clerk of the Superior Court is held responsible for the sufficiency of the bond according to the nature of the property ascertained under oath. 405 A. Appointment of Guardians: (See Par. 403 Q.) 405 B. Guardian Ad Litem: Whenever a minor is interested in any proceeding of law and has no guardian or his interests are adverse to that of his guardian, the court may appoint a guardian ad litem for such minor, which guardian is responsible to said minor for conduct in such case. 406. Legal Authority of Institutions for Indigent Children: CHILD WELFARE Par. 409-A Every indigent child which may be placed in any orphanage, chil¬ dren’s home, or child-placing institution in North Carolina, which shall be an institution existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State, shall be under the control of the authorities of such institution so long as under the rules and regulations of such institution the child is entitled to remain in the same. The authority of the institution shall be the same as that of a parent or guardian before the child was placed in the institution: Provided, that such authority shall ex¬ tend only to the person of such child. It shall be unlawful for any person to entice or attempt to entice, persuade, harbor or conceal, or in any manner induce any indigent child to leave any of the institutions hereinbefore mentioned without the knowledge or consent of the authorities of such institu¬ tions: Provided, this act shall not interfere with a mother’s right to her child in case she becomes able to sustain her child; and the county commissioners in the county in which she resides shall in case of doubt have authority to recommend to the institution concerning the child. Any person or persons violating any of the provisions of this act shall be guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon conviction shall be fined or imprisoned, or both, in the discretion of the court. 407. Support of Children: Until majority it is the duty of the father to provide for the maintenance, protection and education of his children. In case there is no father or he has abandoned his family, it is the duty of the mother to provide maintenance, protection and education. In cases of divorce, the court granting the decree adjudicates the rights, and responsibilities of parents as appears necessary. 408. Mothers’ Pension: There is no mothers’ pension law in North Carolina. 409. School Attendance: Every parent or guardian having charge of a child between the ages of eight and fourteen years is requested to see that such child attends either a public or a private school for the full length of the terms of the public school in the district where the child resides, provided he be physically and mentally able to attend and lives within two and one-half miles of a school house. The State Board of Education is empowered to say under what conditions chil¬ dren may be excused from attending school on account of the needs of the home or farm. (Chap. 100, Laws of 1919). 409 A. Parents or Guardians Failing to Comply With the Law, shall be guilty of a misdemeanor and subject to a fine of not less than five dollars ($5) nor more than twenty-five dollars ($25), and upon failure to pay same shall be imprisoned not more than thirty (30) days. Teachers or superintendents of schools as the case may be, are required to serve notice upon such parent or guardian that he is to be Par. 409-B SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA reported to the chief school attendance officer unless he at once com¬ plies with the law or furnishes a lawful excuse. 409 B. Duties of Teachers: All teachers are required to keep records of attendance and report same to the chief attendance officer. 409 C. Attendance Officers: The county superintendent of public welfare shall investigate and prosecute all who are charged with failure to send children to school, except in cities having special at¬ tendance officers paid out of town or city funds, in which case these officials shall be responsible. Such city or town school boards may appoint attendance officers when deemed necessary. 409 D. Aid for Indigent Children: If affidavit shall be made by the parent of a child or by any other person that any child between the ages of eight and fourdteen years is not able to attend school by reason of necessity to work or labor for the support of itself or the support of the family, then the attendance officer shall diligently inquire into the matter and bring it to the attention of some court allowed by law to act as a Juvenile Court, and said court shall pro¬ ceed to find whether as a matter of fact such parent or person standing in loco parentis is unable to send said child or children to school for the term of a compulsory school attendance for the reasons given. If the court shall find, after investigation, that the parent or parents have made or are making a bona fide effort to comply with the compulsory attendance act, and by reason of illness, lack of earning capacity, or any other cause which the court may deem valid and sufficient, are unable to^'send said child or children to school as above mentioned, then the court shall find and state what help is needed for the family to enable the attendance law to be complied with. The court shall transmit its finding to the county board of education of the county, or in cities to the city school board in which the case may arise, and said county board of education shall in its discretion order aid to be given the family from the Incidental Expense Fund of the county school budget to an extent not to exceed ten dollars ($10) per month for such child during continuance of the compulsory term, and shall at the same time require said officer to see that the money is used for the purpose for which it was appropriated, and to report from time to time whether it shall be continued or withdrawn; and the county board of education is hereby authorized in making out the county budget to provide a sum to meet the provisions of this act. Note: Experience seems to shov/ that little resort has to be made to this provision to enable indigent children to go to school. Where good social welfare work is being done other funds are available. 410. Child Labor Law: No child under the age of fourteen years shall be employed or permitted to work, in or about or in connection CHILD WELFARE Par. 410-B with any mill, factory, cannery, workshop, manufacturing establish¬ ment, laundry, bakery, mercantile establishment, office, hotel, restaur¬ ant, barber shop, bootblack stand, public stable, garage, place of amusement, brick yard, lumber yard, or any messenger or delivery service, except in cases and under regulations prescribed by the State Child Welfare Commission. No person under sixteen years of age shall be employed or permitted to work at night in any of the places, or occupations referred to between the hours of 9 p. m. and 6 a. m., and no person under sixteen years of age shall be employed or permitted to work in or about or in connection with any quarry or mine. 410 A. Age Certificates: If the employer of any person under sixteen years of age shall, at the time of such employment, in good faith, procure, rely upon, and keep on file a certificate issued in such form and under such conditions and by such persons as the said com¬ mission herein provided for shall prescribe, showing that the person is of legal age for such employment, such certificate shall be prima facie evidence of the age of the person and the good faith of the employer. 410 B. Rulings of Commission Governing Employment of Chil¬ dren: No child under sixteen years of age shall be permitted to work in any of the enumerated occupations before 6 a. m. or after 9 p. m. (a) No girl under the age of fourteen shall be permitted to work in any of the enumerated occupations. (b) No boy shall be employed in any of the mentioned occupa¬ tions for more than eight hours in any one day. (c) Boys between twelve and fourteen years of age may be em¬ ployed in the enumerated occupations when the public school is not in session when it is shown to the county superintendent of public welfare that the proposed employment is not to the injury of the health or morals of the child. But in no case shall such employment be legal until a certificate has been issued by the county superin¬ tendent of public welfare on blanks furnished by the State Commis¬ sion. Before determining the question, the county superintendent of public welfare may, if he deem it necessary, require a physical examination of the child by the public health officer or other attend¬ ing physician. (d) During the time that the public school is in session, boys between twelve and fourteen years of age may be employed on Saturdays and out of school hours on the same conditions as above, provided that such employment does not interfere with their school work. Where school officials have provided for what are known as continuation schools, and where arrangement has been made to make Par. 410-C SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA the outside employment a unit of the school work, boys of this age may be, in specific cases, allowed to be occupied in employment during school hours for a limited time at the discretion of the superintendent of the school. (e) It is to be noted that the law does not prohibit the employ¬ ment of children in occupations other than those enumerated in Par. 409, such as farming and domestic employment. It is assumed also that it does not affect children who are kept by their parents under their direct personal control in or about the places owned and operated by the parents themselves, except in prohibited hours. The reason for this is that parents are supposed to control and care for their own children wherever they may be with them. 410 C. Commission to Enforce Laws: The State Child Welfare Commission, composed of the State Superintendent of Public Instruc¬ tion, the Secretary of the State Board of Health, and the State Com¬ missioner of Public Welfare, shall enforce the provisions of the Child Labor Law, and may employ agents and inspectors, and use the county superintendents of public welfare for this purpose within their respec¬ tive counties. 410 D. Penalty for Violation: Any person violating the pro¬ visions of the law shall be guilty of a misdemeanor. 411. Standards of Child Welfare: No standards of Child Wel¬ fare have been adopted by this State, nor have any standards been adopted by any organization of prominence in North Carolina. For suggested standards see the report of the National Child Labor Com¬ mittee for North Carolina, 1918. 412. State Board of Charities and Public Welfare: This Board has general supervision over child-caring institutions and agencies in the State, both public and private, and shall approve the qualifica¬ tions of county superintendents of public welfare and other probation officers, and receive reports from them. The State Board shall study and promote the welfare of the delinquent and dependent child, and provide either directly or through a bureau of the Board for the plac¬ ing and supervision of dependent, delinquent, and defective children. It shall have the power to inspect and make report on private orphanages, institutions, maternity homes, and persons or organiza¬ tions receiving or placing children, and such institutions shall submit such report and infoinnation as may be required by the State Board. (For full account of the State Board of Charities and Public Welfare see Chap. VII.) CHILD WELFARE Par. 451 II. Institutions and Agencies. 451. Public Institutions. (a) State: There are seven State Child Caring Institutions. 1. Jackson Training School: Concord. For delinquent white boys under sixteen years of age. (See Chapter 6.) 2. Samarcand Manor, Samarcand, Moore County. For delinquent white girls. (See Chapter 6.) 3. Richard Caswell Training School, Kinston, North Carolina. For feeble-minded white boys and girls. (See Chapter 14.) 4. School for the Deaf, (white).. Morganton, North Carolina. (See Chapter 15). 5. School for the Blind, (white). Raleigh, North Carolina. (See Chapter 15.) 6. School for Blind and Deaf, (colored.) Raleigh, North Carolina. (See Chapter 15.) 7. North Carolina Orthopedic Hospital, Gastonia. (See Chapter 15.) (b) County. 1. Buncombe County Children’s Home, Asheville, North Carolina, for white dependent or neglected children. Population 38. Supported entirely by the county. 2. Buncombe County Reformatorj'^ for white boys. (See Chap¬ ter 6.) 3. Forsyth County Reformatory, for white and colored boys. (See Chapter 6.) 452. Children’s Home Society of North Carolina, Incorporated, Greensboro, N. C. This is the only child-placing society in the State. It is supported by voluntary distributions and is under private con¬ trol. It’s activities are directly in charge of a superintendent who devotes half of his time to the society. The business of the organiza¬ tion is to find homes for the homeless children and children for the childless homes. The receiving home is in Greensboro, and is suner- vised by a trained nurse. Any white child from an infant of a few days old up to seventeen years of age is received, though a doctor’s certificate testifying that the child is nonnal is required. Commit¬ ment to the society should be made by the Juvenile Court of the county from which the child comes. This commitment gives the society legal guardianship of the child, with power to place it in a home for adop- Par. 453 SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA tion. After a child has been received by the society, parents are denied knowledge of where it has been placed and are expected never to see it again. Foster homes are investigated through correspond¬ ence, references being required. In taking children, foster parents are asked to visit the receiving home and choose the child they wish. Superintendent, W. L. Brewer. 453. Institutions for Crippled Children: (a) The Orthopaedic Hospital, at Gastonia, in course of con¬ struction. (See Chapter 15.) (b) The Scottish Rite Hospital for Crippled Children, Decatur, Georgia. (See Chapter 15.) 454. Orphan Homes: 1. Alexander Home, Charlotte, North Carolina. Auspices, the Presbyterian churches of Charlotte. Administration: Board of Man¬ agers composed of women from the Presbyterian churches of Char¬ lotte. Matron, Miss Deese. Capacity, forty. Present Population, thirty-five, June, 1919. Admission, from three to twelve for girls, boys not over seven. Must be normal mentally and morally and without physical deformity. “Established to take destitute children not sent to other orphanages.” Education: Attend the city public schools. Description: One brick building with city conveniences. Located at East Boulevard, lot 250 feet by 600. 2. Baptist Orphanage, Thomasville, North Carolina. (Includes the Kennedy Home, a branch located in the Eastern section of the State). Auspices: Under the Baptist churches of North Carolina. Purpose: To care for orphan children. Administration: Board of Trustees. Superintendent: Rev. M. L. Kesler. Capacity: Five hundred and thirty-one, June, 1919. Admission: White boys and girls of North Carolina from two to twelve. Must be sound in mind and body. Not confined to the denomination. Half-orphans also received. Main¬ tenance: Baptist churches of North Carolina. Education: Through the tenth grade; some are sent to college by special arrangements. Description: Twenty-six brick, and four frame buildings. Four hun¬ dred and fifty acres. Cottage system. 3. Baptist Orphan Home for Colored, Winston-Salem. Adminis¬ tration: Colored Baptists. Superintendent: Rev. W. J. Poindexter. Population: Present, June, 1919, forty-eight. Admission: Received from three to twelve years. Must be sound in mind and body. Educa¬ tion: Attend the public school. Description: Two frame buildings, thirty acres of land. 4. Christian Orphanage, Elon College, North Carolina. Adminis¬ tration: Under the Southern Christian Church. Superintendent: CHILD WELFARE Par. 454 Charles D. Johnston. Capacity: Sixty. Population: Fifty-seven, June, 1919. Admission: White boys and girls from four to thirteen. Must be sound mentally and physically. Whole or half-orphans. Education: To the eighth grade. Description: One brick building, one hundred and forty-eight acres of land. 5. Eliada Orphanage, Abbeville, North Carolina. Auspices: Private. Purpose: “To provide a home for homeless children.” Ad¬ ministration: Undenominational. Board of Trustees. Superintendent: Kev. Lucius B. Compton. Capacity: Fifty-five. Population: Forty-one June, 1919. Admission: No fixed age; prefer children under seven. Mental defectives not received. Maintenance: Free will offerings. Education: Through the eighth grade. Description: One brick and eleven frame buildings. One hundred and twenty acres of land. 6. Falcon Orphanage, Falcon, North Carolina. Auspices: Pen- tacostal Church. Purpose: To care for orphan children. Administra¬ tion: Pentacostal Church. Board of Trustees. Superintendent: Rev. C. B. Strickland. Capacity: Fifty-five. Population: Present forty- one, June, 1919. Admission: Orphans or half-orphans under twelve years. Physician’s certificate of sound physical condition required. Maintenance: Pentacostal Church. Education: “Primary, intermediate and high school departments.” Description: Three frame buildings. Thirty-three acres of land. 7. Methodist Children’s Home, Winston-Salem, North Carolina. Auspices: Western North Carolina Conference M. E. Church, South. Purpose: To care for dependent children. Administration: Western North Carolina Conference of the Methodist E. Church, South. Board of Trustees. Superintendent: Walter Thompson. Capacity: One hun¬ dred and twenty-seven. Admission: From four to fourteen. Not con¬ fined to the Methodists. Children are supposed to be of average mind, morals and health. Occasionally children with parents living are admitted. Education: School and library. Description: Five brick and five frame buildings. Two hundred and one acres of land. Located in suburbs of Winston-Salem. 8. The Methodist Orphanage, Raleigh, North Carolina. Auspices: Eastern Conference North Carolina Methodist Church, South. Pur¬ pose: To care for dependent children. Administration: North Carolina Conference Methodist Church, South. Board of Trustees. Super¬ intendent:. Rev. A. S. Barnes. Capacity: Two hundred and fifty. Pop¬ ulation: Two hundred and forty, June, 1919. Admission: Actual orphans from five to twelve. Children of Methodist parents. Only normal children received. Boys and girls. Maintenance: Eastern Conference North Carolina Methodist Church, South. Education: Eleven grades; loan fund to go through college. Description: Located on a beautiful knoll in the suburbs of Raleigh. Administration building and cottages. Par. 454 SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA Nine brick and five frame. Garden and truck patches. 9. Methodist Protestant Children’s Home, High Point, North Carolina. Administration: Under the Methodist Protestant Church. Superintendent: H. A. Garrett. Population: Fifty-one present, June, 1919. Admission: Received between the ages of four and twelve years. Must be sound in mind and body and not incorrigible. Educa¬ tion: Public school course. Description: One brick building located on a farm of one hundred and six acres near High Point. 10. The Mountain Orphanage, Balfour, North Carolina. .Auspices: Asheville Presbytery. Purpose: To care for dependent children. Ad¬ ministration: Board of Trustees, Dr. R. P. Smith, President. Superin¬ tendent: Stephen Mosley. Capacity: Forty. Population: Thirty-two. May, 1920. Admission: Normal children between four and twelve. Orphans as a rule. Maintenance: Asheville Presbytery. Education: Six grammar grades. Description: Four frame buildings on a farm of forty acres in a mountain country. 11. Nazareth Orphanage, Crescent, North Carolina. Auspices; The Reformed Church. Purpose: Care of orphan children. Adminis¬ tration: Under the Reformed Church of the United States. Superin¬ tendent: Rev. W. B. Werner. Capacity: Fifty-four. Population: Forty-six, June, 1919. Admission: Orphans from five to fourteen years. Must be in sound mind and body. Education: Eight months’ school term. Description: One stone and two frame buildings. One hundred and six acres of land. 12. Odd Fellows’ Orphanage, Goldsboro, North Carolina. Aus¬ pices: International Order of Odd Fellows. Purpose: To care for the orphans and half-orphans of Odd Fellows. Administration: Board of Trustees. Superintendent: Charles O. Baird. Capacity: One hundred and seventy-five. Population: One hundred and twenty-five, June 1919. Admission: Orphans and half-orphans of Odd Fellow parentage, be¬ tween six and fourteen, who are normal. Maintenance: The National Order of I. 0. O. F. Education: Eleven gTades. Description: Five brick and four frame buildings on a farm of one hundred acres in the suburbs of Goldsboro. 13. The Oxford Orphanage, Oxford, North Carolina. Auspices: The Masonic Fraternity of the State. Purpose: To care for dependent children. Administration: Board of directors, with State representa¬ tion on the Board. Superintendent; R. L. Brown. Population: Three hundred and thirty-seven, November, 1918. Admission: Children under twelve who are normal. Only actual orphans as a rule, but exceptions sometimes made by the Board. Maintenance: The Masonic Fraternity and State appropriation. Education: Kindergarten, pri¬ mary, grammar and high school. Description: Nineteen brick and seven frame buidlings on a farm of two hundred and forty-two acres. CHILD WELFARE Par. 454 14. Oxford Orphanage for Colored Children, Oxford, North Caro¬ lina. Auspices: Private and State. Purpose: To care for negro orphans. Administration: Board of Directors with State representa¬ tion. Superintendent: Henry P. Cheatham. Capacity: Two hundred and fifty. Population: One hundred and seventy, June, 1919. Admis¬ sion: Orphans between three and sixteen, who are normal in health and mind, and living in the State. Maintenance: Contributions by churches and state appropriation. Education: Eight months school. Description: Six brick and six frame buildings on a farm of two hundred and thirty-two acres. 15. The Presbyterian Orphan Home, Barium Springs, N. C. Auspices: The Southern Presbyterian Church. Purpose: to care for dependent orphans. Administration: Board of Regents. Capacity: Two hundred and thirty. Population: Two hundred and thirty, Novem¬ ber, 1919. Admission: Orphans and half-orphans of Presbyterian parentage who are normal and not more than six years old when admitted. Maintenance: Presbyterian churches. Education: Eleven grades. A well equipped school building. Description: Twenty-two buildings, fourteen brick and eight frame, on three hundred and ninety acres. 16. Pythian Home, Clayton, North Carolina. Auspices: Order of the Knights of Pythias. Purpose: To care for dependent children. Administration: Board of Trustees. Superintendent: C. W. Pender. Capacity: Fifty. Population: Forty-three, June, 1919. Admission: Children under five whose fathers are members of the Order of the Knights of Pythias. Children must be normal. Maintenance: The Order of the Knights of Pythias. Education: Children attend the public school. Description: One brick building on one hundred and eighty-three acres of land. 17. Roman Catholic Orphanage for Boys, Nazareth, Wake County, North Carolina. Auspices: The Catholic Church. Purpose: To care for dependent children. Administration: Catholic Church, Bishop Leo Haid. Superintendent: Rev. Geo. A. Woods. Population: One hundred and ten, June, 1918. Admission: Dependent boys from one to fourteen years from any locality. Application made to Superintendent and passed on by the physician. Maintenance: Catholic Church. Educa¬ tion: Through the ninth grade. Description: Three brick and one frame buildings on two hundred acres of land located in the out¬ skirts of Raleigh, N. C. Church near. 18. St. Ann’s Orphanage for Girls, Belmont, North Carolina. Auspices: Roman Catholic Church. Purpose: To care for dependent children. Administration: Catholic Church, Sacred Heart Convent and School. Superintendent: Sister Mary Clare. Capacity: Thirty-two. Population:, Twenjty-six, June, 1919. Admission: Children between Par. 465 SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA five and eighteen who are orphans or half-orphans, preference being given to those of Catholic parentage. Illegitimate and mentally de¬ fective children are debarred. Maintenance: Roman Catholic Church. Education: Grammar grades and high school. Description: One brick and one frame building, on six acres of land. 19. Thompson Orphanage and Training School, Charlotte, N. C. Auspices: The Episcopal Church. Purpose: To care for destitute children. Administration: The Episcopal Church of North Carolina. Superintendent: Rev. Walter J. Smith. Capacity: Eighty-five. Popu¬ lation: Eighty-one, June, 1918. Admission: Whole and half-orphans between four and twelve. Physician’s certificate required. Main¬ tenance: Contributions from the Episcopal Church. Education: Two teachers employed. Common school grades. Description: Five brick and five frame buildings on seventy acres of land. 455. The North Carolina Orphan Association, Mr. R. L. Brown, President, Oxford Orphan Asylum, N. C. This association consists of the superintendents and workers of the orphanages of North Carolina, and was formed for the purpose of advancing the interest of orphan¬ age work. It has been the means of increasing the contributions to the various orphanages and of helping to secure needful legislation. 456. Rescue Homes For Girls: 1. The Lindley Home, Asheville, North Carolina. Auspices: Private. Purpose: Rescue home for girls. Administration: Board of Trustees. Superintendent: Mrs. Clara Montague, Candler, R. F. D. No. 2. Capacity: Twenty-five. Admission: Commitment, or on request of the girl. Average residence one year. Maintenance: Private charity, contributions, donations. Those girls able to pay are charged a nominal sum. 2. The Crittenton Home, Charlotte, North Carolina. A place of refuge for the woman who is not married and is expecting her first child. The mother is not permitted to discard her child. Charges: Entrance fee of twenty-five dollars is charged and additional fee of fifty dollars for the physician and other expenses incurred during the confinement, if the girls are able to meet this expense. Every inmate required to remain in the home at least six months after her con¬ finement, unless prevented by exceptional circumstances. Admission: Correspondence with parents or friends necessary before applicant is admitted to the home. 3. Greensboro Rest Cottage, Inc., Greensboro, N. C. Auspices: An interdenominational Board of Trustees. Superintendent: Rev. Win¬ fred R. Cox. Capacity: From twelve with ease, to eighteen crowded. Admission: For a period of not less than six months. Maintenance: Private charity. Dcscripriioii of Proj^rty: Two and one-haif• stoiry • CHILD WELFARE Par. 461 frame building with all modern improvements in home and hospital ward. 4. Faith Cottage, Asheville, N. C. Superintendent: Rev. L. B. Compton. Our enquiries about this home have faile'd to get an answer up to time of going to press. 457. Boy Scouts: (See Chapter V.) 458. Girl Scouts: (See Chapter V.) 459. Camp Fire Girls: (See Chapter V.) 460. Woodcraft League: (See Chapter V.) 461. S. P. C. C. and Humane Societies: There are none in the State. f'. , "ai. a ,'», ^v; 7^ ^ ' :.4»_-’’ ^ -^ • • )0 ' '> ' '^ ■ ' ^ __ - ’■! ' .-^ ^,iur isJvt/* ,VNf>riV.'.w fx ■'>. “•!.:•■ _Ea f,i. • -*«( ‘■‘^"^ ■:,“)• :i!»- rvi. .~w;-;f *t: • * ! rz, > :fSf. sf“ i'\ r.«A I iT, •■ V^" ■■ '* '■ hi'^' V'%V: ’ • ' ' - ' * Til, O'!** V'-'" ‘Uxv’li i ., c • - -v . • hi ??*► 1^' »- *> H/lf, yi>5cdb Bl;>u ,’ C-, .'ji!i . 5^^ J * ,V c .V. ‘ ijcit;-* ^-»'^t*■ Af r*. j .4X, i¥ *1’ .^■'- .'t: ^ ■• ... , . . n._ • . , •**> ;•. f ■ "'i.r- ■• 1 , •*- . • '<• ' •< t ; i ■'’ ' t' i t >•} , f>. I Kt*r** • * I,' . %’ A. .itii < ’% vi-« . ^ - 4- . A -J--. -I ’. gc.'-' - Vv * ‘ »\y'%«P--.-♦ '.“ :.v. ».. ■^-v' ^ -Aly./'*■-. *♦* ?»at4* ■fjS-'.u itkifife .'^>v.r.'..•’ I- "•*» iurt*?- * C Tf ' vrwoi^j/ ^ *4'ji : vf^** b fj ■ s«*. :fif|(Kyi^»<...H'tf^>v^ k'.i Aif'V ' 5C' ■ ilK. rt *' '‘'■’*^ l&i.* - ' Publications. (!)• Plan for Organizing Local Rural’ Com- COMMUNITY AND CIVIC DEVELOPMENT Par. 526 munities, leaflet (outline of Chap. 128, Public Laws, 1917). (2) Re¬ port, Bureau of Community Service, 1917-1917, pamphlet (out of print). (3) Reprint, An Act to Repeal Chapter 128 of the Public Laws of 1917, and to Provide for the Incorporation of Rural Commun¬ ities, pamphlet. (4) Physical Education in the Public Schools, 1919, pamphlet. 524. Bureau of Community Organization, State College for Women, Greensboro, North Carolina; E. C. Linderman, Director. One of the particular purposes of this bureau is to promote wholesome recreation in town and country. (a) The Objectives. Training teachers for community work with special emphasis on community recreation. Training specialized recreation leaders and local volunteer leaders. (b) Services Offered. Recreational surveys, recreation demon¬ strations; assisting in organizing community recreation associations; assisting in selection and equipment of playground and gymnasiums. (c) Publications. Address E. C. Linderman. 525. School Agencies. 1. Inter-High School Athletics. In connection with the High School Debating Union, E. R. Rankin, Director, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, N. C. These triangular debates and athletic meets—baseball, basketball, football, track events, and the like are now in their sixth year. The high schools engaging in them, number around 300 year by year. Inter-high school athletic and declamation contests were begun at Guilford College in 1910 and are still annual events there. Annual declamation contests are held at Trinity Col¬ lege and Wake Forest. 2. The County School Commencement. An annual event of dis¬ tinct recreative value, promoted by the school authorities of almost all the counties of the State. North Carolina leads the Union in this type of inspirational, recreational activity. Bulletins by the State Department of Public Instruction, Raleigh, North Carolina. 3. Summer Camps for Boys’ and Girls’ Clubs, are promoted by the State Extension Service of the State College of Agriculture; W. B. Kilgore, director of the State farm extension service, Raleigh, N. C. 526. The Recreation and Dress Committee of the State Federation of Wbihen’s Clubs, Mrs. T. W. Bickett> Raleigh, N. C., committee chaifmafi.' '' , . „, . ' . .V (a.)'Purposes. To' provide clean, wholesome community rberea- tibnj to-^establish community centers; to •p-omote the erection ef com¬ munity buildings, meantime using the school auditorium or some other Par. 627 SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA central place for community sings, community folk plays, community Christmas trees, Maypole contests, Halloween parties and other com¬ munity festivals; to organize boys’ bands and girls’ orchestras; to work for a State censorship of moving pictures and meanwhile to enforce municipal oversight of film shows. (b) Publications. Address Mrs. Henry Perry, Henderson, N. C., chairman Social Service Department, State Federation of Women’s Clubs. 527. The Boy Scouts. National Headquarters, 200 Fifth Avenue, New York City. This organization might be appropriately included in Chapter IX on Education or Chapter IV on Child Welfare, but as the .Scout program is largely concerned with the leisure time activities of boys it has been decided to place it here among other agencies whose main activities are recreational. (a) Purpose. “To promote through organization and co-operation with other agencies, the ability of boys to do things for themselves and others, to train them in Scout Craft, and to teach them patriotism, courage, self-reliance and kindred virtues, using methods which are now in common use by Boy Scouts, by placing emphasis upon the Scout Oath and Law for character development, citizenship training and physical fitness.” (b) How to Organize a Local Troop. A troop of Boy Scouts may be organized by: (1) A church or other recognized institution, capable of guaranteeing for one year adequate facilities, supervision and leadership for the execution of the Scout Program. (2) “By a group of male United States citizens, twenty-one years of age or over, of high moral character and proved interest in boys, who shall be able to provide as above for the execution of the Scout Program.” (c) Troop Committee. This institution (1), or group of men (2), appoints a committee from amongst its members to be known as the Troop Committee. This Committee applies to the National Council for a charter having previously secured from them the appropriate application blank. This charter is renewed yearly. (d) Scout Master. “The Scout Master must be a United States citizen or have taken steps to become such, must be at least twenty- one years old, of good moral character and proved interest in boys.” He is a volunteer receiving his commission from the National Council upon recommendation of his troop committee. Application blanks are furnished for this purpose. “The Scout Master is directly responsible for the execution of the Sceut Program in his troop, and for' the popdpct and morale both of his ti^oop and its individual members.” A di^t .of’ those places where .courses in' scouting. and recreation leader¬ ship are offered may be obtained on request from the Department of COMMUNITY AND CIVIC DEVELOPMENT Par. 528 Education of the National Council. (e) Age Limit. A boy must be at least twelve years of age to become a Scout. (f) Regifetration. Each chartered troop pays a minimum registra¬ tion fee of three dollars to the National Council, with an additional fee of twenty-five cents for each member enrolled in excess of twelve. (g) Local Scout Councils. There are Scout Councils organized in the following places: Charlotte, Durham, Raleigh, Rocky Mount, Wilmington, and Winston-Salem. (h) Pioneer Scouts. “Where it is impossible for a boy, because of distance from Scout centers, to affiliate with a regular troop, he may be enrolled as a pioneer Scout and permitted to carry out the Scout program by correspondence with the National Council until such time as he can become a member in a regular troop.” 528. Girl Scouts, Inc. National Headquarters, 189 Lexington Avenue, New York City. This organization is the American form of the Girl Guides of England. The first patrols were enrolled in Savannah, March, 1912. Membership at present about 60,000 girls. In North Carolina there are 14 troops, comprising 270 members. They are not yet organized into a Local Council. (a) Purpose. To give girls through natural, wholesome pleasures, those habits of mind and body which will make them useful responsible women, ready and willing to take part in the civic and national affairs of their country.” (b) Local Troop. A troop is made up of one or more patrols of eight members each. Each troop has a captain who may have a lieutenant to assist her; and each patrol has a leader and a corporal. Troops may be formed in connection with any church, school, settle¬ ment, or kindred organization; or may be unattached. (c) Steps in Organizing Troops. Secure a suitable young woman as captain who must apply to National Headquarters, through Local Council if there is one, for the Commission. On receipt of a temporary commission she starts regular meetings, preparing her girls for the tenderfoot tests. (d) Captain’s Qualifications. She must be over 21 years of age, have read the handbook and agree to carry out its rules, “A Scout Captain should have a deep interest in girls, be genuine in her own life, have the ability to lead and command the girls’ respect and obedience.” (e) Classes Of Scouts. Brownies or Juniors, 6 to 9 years; Girl V4\r. 629 SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA •Scouts, 10 to 18 years; Senior Scouts, 18 years and over. (f) Registration. Each Girl Scout sends an annual registration fee of 25c to National Headquarters. Only those so registered may wear official uniform or insignia. (g) Troops in North Carolina. There are troops in Draper, Dur¬ ham, Enfield, High Point, Leakville, Lincolnton, Maysville, Moores- ville, Morehead City, Newland, Oxford, Southern Pines and Winston- Salem. 529. The Woodcraft League of America, Inc. National Head¬ quarters, 13 West 29th St., New York City. (a) Purpose. The Woodcraft League owes its creation and de¬ velopment to Mr. Ernest Thomson Seton. It aims to set before our youth an ideal figure physically strong, dignified, courteous, self-con¬ trolled, happy in helping, equipped for emergencies, wise in the ways of the woods, in touch with the men of affairs, of such all round devel¬ opment that he can quickly be made a specialist in any needy place, and filled with a religion which makes him helpful here today. Its aini is to educate through recreation. (b) Divisions. The work of the League is divided as follows: (1) The Big Lodge of the Woodcraft League for Boys from twelve to eighteen. (2) The Big Lodge of the Woodcraft League for Girls from twelve to eighteen. (3) The Little Lodge for children under twelve. (4) The Woodcraft Club for men and women over eighteen. (5) The Sun Lodge for men and women twenty-one and over, in¬ terested in specializing in Woodcraft. Each of these sections has its own printed material which may be obtained from headquarters. (c) Five Distinguishing Points of Woodcraft. (1) It emphasizes the play spirit for adults as well as children. (2) It realizes the importance of imagination. (3) It lays primary emphasis on nature study and camper craft. (4) Its program is for both sexes and all ages. (5) It is a movement—an idea to be worked out in co-operation v/ith existing organizations—not an organization. Activities in North Carolina. There are two groups at Golds¬ boro. 530. The Camp Fire Girls. National Headquarters, 313 East 17th Street, New York City. Organized March, 1912, it has a mem¬ bership of nearly 125,000 with Camp Fires in every State in the Union and in England, Alaska, Canada, Scotland, South Africa, China, Holland, Mexico, Porto Rico and Hawaii. (a) Purpose. To find romance, beauty and adventure in everyday life. The law of the Fire is, Seek beauty, give service, pursue knowl¬ edge, be trustworthy, hold on to health, glorify work, be happy. COMMUNITY AND CIVIC DEVELOPMENT Par. 532 (b) Organization. Each separate group is called a Camp Fire. It must have at least six members and not more than twenty. Mem¬ bers must be over twelve years of age. The leader must be at least eighteen years old. She is called the Guardian of the Fire and must be apointed by National Headquarters. Each Camp Fire must obtain a charter from headquarters and pay minimum annual dues of $5.00. If there are more than ten members 50c must be added for each ad¬ ditional member. (c) Ranks. Camp Fire Girls have three ranks. Wood Gatherer, Fire Maker, Torch Bearer. (d) Camp Fire in North Carolina. Activities center in Camp ?Jinnehaha, Bat Cave, under the leadership of Mrs. Roxby. There the first training course for. Guardians in the tSouth was held from June 5th to 12th,1920. There are active Camp Fires in Gastonia and Char¬ lotte among other places. 531. United States Training Corps. President and Commandant, Susanna Cocroft, Chicago, Illinois; Vice President and Editor, Arthur R. Reynolds, M. D., Chicago, Illinois. (a) Purpose and Activities. “A plan to build the health of the women of America as we built the health of men in camp life.” The organization purposes to do for women over twenty years of age something of what Societies like the Boy Scouts and the Girl Scouts do for boys and girls. Summer camps have been established on a semi-military basis. A uniform is worn (cost, $12). Women attend¬ ing the camp are given military drill, setting-up exercises, lessons in walking and swimming, and lectures upon infant w'elfare, home care of the sick, personal and community hygiene, foods, economics, etc. A membership fee of $5 is charged and $14 a week. An officers’ train¬ ing course is run in connection with each camp. The United States Training Corps also stands for encouraging daily outdoor setting-up exercises for children and health regulations generally in every community. (b) Camp at Asheville. Camp No. 2 of the U. S. T. C. is situated at Asheville, N. C., and is mn from mid July to the end of August in sessions of two weeks each. President of Southeastern Division, Mrs. F. W. Bickett, Raleigh, N. C.; Corresponding Secretary, Mrs. E. R. Perdue, Raleigh, N. C. 532. Playgrounds and Parks. (a) Playgrounds. North Carolina has no State playground association. Playgrounds equipped with apparatus are: (1) municipal enterprises or partly so, as in Charlotte, Winston-Salem, Asheville, Raleigh, Greensboro, Wilmington, Salisbuiy, Henderson, Hendersonville, Newbem, Wilson, Rarboro, Rocky Mount, or (2) mill Par. 533 SOCIAL I.AWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA adjuncts as in Raleigh, Durham, Carrboro, High Point, Kannapolis, Gastonia, Lexington, Erlanger, Albomarle, Badin, Marion, Roanoke Rapids, .Shelby, Tarboro, and Rocky Mount, or (3) the volunteer ac¬ tivity ol some local organization or individual, as in Greensboro, Kins¬ ton, Elizabeth City, Scotland Neck, Smithheld, Lenoir, Selma, or (4) school enterprises as in Edenton and Henderson. The playground movement is not general as it ought to be in the cities and mill villages of the State. However, it is developing interest and activity in North Carolina. (b) City Parks. In Raleigh, Asheville, Charlotte, Goldsboro, Win¬ ston-Salem, Roanoke Rapids, Hendersonville, Tarboro, and Rocky Mount. (c) Amusement Parks and Amusement Centers, in North Carolina are usually suburban enterprises, on a commercial basis; as a rule they are feeders to hotel and street railway businesses, as in Charlotte, Durham, Wilmington, Greensboro, Smithfield, and Greenville. A camp site at Greenville and Greensboro is planned for the Boy Scouts and Camp Fire Girls, with swimming pools, playgrounds, etc. 533. Swimming Pools and Tanks. Except in Clinton, Raleigh and Asheville, there is^no municipal provision for public swimming pools anywhere in North Carolina. Asheville has a free swimming pool for each race. Many college gymnasiums have showers and swimmings pools as the State University, the State College of Agriculture an Engineer¬ ing, and'the new Ashville High School building; also city Y. M. C. A. buildings, as in Ashville, Raleigh, Charlotte^ Wilmington, Winston-Sa¬ lem, Greensboro, and Canton. There are only two specially constmcted Y. W. C. A. buildings in North Carolina—in Charlotte and Winston- Salem—and both of these have sw’mming pools. Swimming pools and gymnasiums in the new high schools in Charlotte, Winston-.Salem, High Point,-Durham, Wilson, Gastonia, Wilmington, Smithfield and Roanoke Rapids are contemplated. ; The Graded School and Y. M. C. A; in'Spray are thus equipped; the former open to the women and the latter to the men of the com¬ munity. There are free showers in the New Bern Y. M. C. A. Two cotton mills in Gastonia funiish free shower baths, and one a swim¬ ming pool. Three of the mills have Community Houses, and one a recreational center. The Asheville School for Boys near White Sulphur Springs is amply equipped with gymnasium,''athletic fields, and a lake for boating and swimming. These lists are not exhaustive and furcher information will be welcomed. 534. Drama. “The Carolina Playmakers,” Prof. F. H. Koch, Director, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill; an organization to promote the writ- COMMUNITY AND CIVIC DEVELOPMENT F* iiV. 'O'j o ing and staging of community plays expressive o; the community life in North Carolina. Publications. (1) Bulletins on the Community Drama, Community Pageantry and Play Service; three hundred plays loaned for school and community use, sent free on request, and (2) three original plays by the Carolina Playmakers, Chapel Hill, in print. Services offered; illustrative addresses upon invitation on Community Playmaldng, Folk Plays and Pageants. 535. Music and Singing. “Community Music Serv.'ce,” by Prof. Paul John Weaver, Uni¬ versity of North Carolina, Chapel Hill; offers piano recitals and ad¬ dresses on “community sings” with illustrations, upon request, without charge except for expense of travel. Publication. A bulletin on Com- nmnity Music. 536, Moving Pictures. (a) Bureau of Community Service Truck. (See above. Par. 523). (b) American Red Cross Bureau of Pictures. The American Red Cross is prepared to supply Red Cross Chapters, schools, churches, or theaters with motion picture films of an educational and entertaining character. (See Chap. XVH, Par. 1703 G.). (c) Community Motion Picture Bureau, 46 West 24th Street, New York. This Bureau was selected to provide pictures for the American army during the war, and offers a library index on all film resources, and a trained staff to advise on programs. It also furnishes films, apparatus, and operators at fixed charges. {^^-<1^:\ft“j;u fi’kll) 'k:‘f'!’ /i{>I:)i 'I ;hrA 0 l’i'o kh^J-ntiP.^ . . .'•< )^5’- '. --- i- T'. *.<-v..., j'u.?' ....:• •< .'/«T .-. ; .'• . "Sij tiy/isu.' htfti 'jiivjjK .f.ilS .nujfiUi, - ■ • *!ti ;*!.,/!*';li•'i*' if«p(’’>«,s»iii?V) ik‘>' ii )T.7 A '"lOr Y/ --<'■‘^’' ; 6 /.aiiriii{!.i ri-iv/ ”i< 7 ?r»‘v, - 4 ;ii ijta'nffV* rto if;i;^v.-,,-,;v ■tCGiy.) no A * .fioihoudc*^ .-f>vr/iJ rnS 4/i‘Vjy> t.*’y'TA%l‘» (.. ■ -..'.y '... 'I.r; , •’ '^. • • vV i/aw.'.- . *{ ■.'•!>> ■• • i,»'rnitt-4 •' < ' . >1,.. 'i V ,x'-'< '''. 'I -..iil ■ i a’.-'.'v-', U-nuAarl ' . * ■ I ' ;tvT -iVtir) A (d) /. . * ’’•M. .ii-jii tv ifcl^5 ^,fir.‘>Tjj1l noifol^ '^JiatMUfTor^ ( 7 ) .''Tr;J il )i, sI'h 4f •fii •.■>: • •. ■ ^ 1 i''. .* * i*. t ■ ■• . ■’' • ' 1 vl‘ fS'- ‘I.'* -. « t .A'.V • ■ j, t ■ ' ' ' 'if /'■> • V 1 1 . ' vVax^'f ' ** ‘ ‘fl, '. ' V '■ ■ .iVf-Vs -■■• • ■ ■ a'iAKA’' lf“MI ..’ ■ * f ■ , ' / ,rA 1 n.'.li* ' ■'■• '.' ■ .1 'C ■ M-.-1 'A ■ ; .. 'i ¥. ■ ‘ ■*' , “ *' 'A ; f'.r V'■■:.■'• >:4 »!'c;. .f • 1 \*ra!^ .' b .Aii:-" '• ••-■ » •'■ .\*' «■• • .' i Vi-.i- ». t ' t j k ;> ■»)(\ y'i i .r ' 1 » ■ ■ •. .• • -.V fl ;,.;.' , •.'I'Os/ , ■■< •/»!* .Ui' V.. iK ‘ ' . ' ' ■ .' J ,0 ).’ ■■: 1 ^ ft/ r ' ’, ;) : j M . ' ’ ♦ r 1 .'• '•. '‘v’liU- S;:h''> f<. ; ' •• \i, * ■' > ^ ■''*, 1 '. :.•' ,' . .■ liJT • 'iV'r 1 : S'. ;.l: •.''). " : t. V‘ '■ *'■ * ‘ * U ■ * \ i. x : f^;,^S; .■'OV•si ;■ ;’ ••.i ' '■'« .1.1: /.-. » • ' ■ y ' *^>4, r/*T C' *• ■ .!h i; ’ ''l.-rat> * rt4 i , .s»* • * ■ ’ ■ ■ ■ .•;• (•(A,*-, ty®. - jafts^bi rjyt- .‘■r-i|f;J .jT* 4 .' 1^ 5|i t* '?/«?ri^» Jl-rQ JT V * * • ■ ^ i»rf ■•%ie' * 'A / tE'' . - -« rr.‘ ■, •♦ ■ ''* . .1 ’?f''«ij?^' Kjfxn»i' ti^- CSiVtJr* pra^wei Jj’ SL^'T >“s- ' O' • , • ^ ^ Vi'^’■'J4£'''^’ c "• '71 ? J^**>*» **■ V ’ ^ySt M>3iXAlp :bi^ - -- - H’<. ' 4jjjry I*if4* j->. /.:• • »l^4 ^ ^ ^:-*JBtt •• • *" \ -Vi ilK'^ 1-.' «' * ' ' \ y^' .^jaisr-.- i. 8ifc^.' X,^*'.’»•" * «v • / ^ I ] 1^^ r^iiUv I^HSSP ■f-'tjjS.'* ^c£'«ns«» »>(ri»lu’!iVr,Hf'■«»?<•■■ >>^”>'S'k;»^£^X»,^ ••r ‘ •i4t!NK-^^*v^.f'b 'fi«^»'f';'''n*‘!'‘4 teterfei ■ ?;•■' ijjj «S?!#-^'»ra^k 4n.t>itt=r,n^.>«, ^rgwisii:j', iiru^ i^j > wafaiBla kifs! uH. , .S&Lv- V A- U » * ■ ■ £- '>" '•f- -V. Par. 601 CHAPTER VI. ( Delinquency. Criminal Law and Administration 601. Felony and Misdemeanor Defined: A felony is a crime which is or may be punishable by either death or imprisonment in the State’s Prison. Any other crime is a misdemeanor. 602. Capital Felonies: There are four capital felonies: Murder in the first degree, burglary in the first degree, rape, and arson. (Constitution Article XI Sec. 2). 603. Classification of Crimes: (1) Offenses against the State: Rebellion, counterfeiting and issuing monetary substitutes. (2) Offenses against the elective franchise: Corrupt practices at elections, other offenses. (3) Offenses against the person: assaults, abortion and kin¬ dred offenses, hazing at schools, libel and slander, kidnapping and abduction, homicide, rape and kindred offenses. (4) Offenses against the habitation and other buildings: burg¬ lary and other housebreakings, arson and other burnings. (5) Offenses against property: larceny, train robbery, embez¬ zlement, false pretense and cheats, frauds and forgery. (6) Criminal trespass to land and fixtures and to personal prop¬ erty. (7) Offenses against public morality and decency, such as bigamy, misgeneration, seduction, incest, etc. (8) Offenses against public justice: perjury, bribery, obstruct¬ ing justice, misconduct in public and private office, prison breach and crimes against prisoners. (9) Offenses against the public peace, such as carrying concealed weapons, betting on prize fights, disturbing schools, religious congre¬ gations and other public meetings, fighting duels. (10) Offenses against public safety: wrecking trains, shooting or throwing at trains, exploding dynamite cartridges, etc. (11) Offenses which violate general police regulation: lotteries and gaming, public drunkenness, vagrancy, cruelty to animals and all Par. 604 SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA offenses which violate police regulations on protection of minors and of the family, prohibition legislation, regulation of sales, and of em¬ ployer and employee and of landlord and tenant, protection of animals against contagious diseases, protection of live stock running at large, protection of letters, telegrams and telephone messages, and miscel¬ laneous police regulations including those protecting watersheds and water supplies and safeguarding the health of the citizens of the State ai; large. 604. Criminal Courts: Courts of justices of the peace have jurisdiction over criminal actions in which the punishment cannot ex¬ ceed thirty days imprisonment or fifty dollars fine. From the judg¬ ments of these courts there is always an appeal to the Superior Court There are no general State-wide courts between those of justices of the peace and Superior Courts. The Constitution, however, gives the Legislature authority to establish other courts. Acting on this au¬ thority the Legislature has established in a number of counties county courts of limited jurisdiction in both criminal and civil matters, and Recorders’ courts in a number of towns and in some of the counties which have limited jurisdiction only in criminal actions. (See Chap. I, Par. 104 ff.) 605 Appeals: From all these inferior courts there is an appeal to the Superior Court. Appeals are taken from the judgments of the Superior Court only upon a special verdict, a demurrer, motion to quash, or arrest of judgment. 606. Suspended Sentences: The right to suspend judgment in a given case is vested in the discretion of the presiding judge. 607. Search Warrants: Search warrants are allowed under proper restriction to search for stolen property, counterfeit coin, coun¬ terfeit notes, bills or bonds or the instruments, tools or engines for niaKing the same, and spirituous liquors and cocaine illegally held or possessed. 608. Indeterminate Sentence: The various judges of the Su¬ perior Court of North Carolina are authorized and directed, in their discretion, in sentencing prisoners to the State Prison to pass upon them a minimum and maximum sentence, thus making the sentence intermediate. 609. The Advisory Board of Parole: Under the constitution the governor only has power to pardon. The General Assembly, however, created an Advisory Board of Parole consisting of the Attorney Gen¬ eral, chairman, the chairman of the Board of Directors of the State’s i’rison, and the chairman of the Board of State Charities. This Board acts in an advisory capacity to the Governor with respect to the parole or conditional pardon of prisoners in the State’s prison. It is also DELINQUENCY Par. 612 given authority to formulate rules for applications for pardon of county prisoners. After any prisoner has been confined in the State’s Prison as long as the minimum punishment prescribed by statute for his offense, provided such minimum punishment is not less than one- fourth the term for which such prisoner was sentenced, by the court, the superintendent of the board shall ascertain from the record of the prisoner for the time during which he has been held, or for the last nine months, whether he has been of good demeanor and of meritorious conduct, as shown by obedience to the rules and regu¬ lations, and from any other facts and circumstances which may be produced with respect to his past life and conduct, whether the pris¬ oner is a proper subject to recommend to the Governor for parole under a conditional pardon. If they determine that parole should be granted, they shall make a brief report in writing to the Governor, with their findings of fact as to his record while in the State’s Prison, as to his previous life and conduct, and as to indications of his purpose to reform; and if the Governor approves the granting of a parole in such case, he may grant a conditional pardon under his constitutional power to grant reprieves, commutations, and pardons. 610. Discharge of Prilsoner on Parole: On the discharge of any prisoner from the State’s Prison on parole, he shall be provided, at the expense of the State, with a suit of clothes, transportation to the county in which he has secured employment, or in which it is his purpose to reside, and with five dollars in cash, all to be paid by order of the superintendent of the State’s Prison from the funds be¬ longing to the prison. Such parole shall be for such time as will fill out the term of imprisonment to which the prisoner was sentenced. 611. Prisoners on Parole Must Report: Any person discharged on parole under this act shall report on the second Monday in each and every month to the clerk of the SuperiorCourt of the County in which he resides, and show to his satisfaction that, by his industry and good conduct, he has satisfied the condition of his parole. 612. Reimprisonment: If the Governor shall order the reimpris¬ onment of any person discharged on parole, he may issue his order directly to the sheriff of the county in which such prisoner was due to report to the clerk of the Superior Court, or to the sheriff of any county in the State, directing the arrest of such person and his re¬ turn by such officer to the State’s Prison. If any such person be re- imprisoned by order of the Governor for failure to report monthly to the clerk, or for violation of the conditions of his parole, the time such person has been out on parole shall not be deducted from the term of imprisonment to which he was originally sentenced by the court. ' Par. 651 SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA II. Penal and Reformatory Institutions and Agencies. 651. Types of Institutions: There are in the State of North Carolina the following types of Institutions for offenders against the law: 1. State Prison, Farm or Camp; 2. County Jails; 8 Reform Schools; 4. Road Camps, There are no detention homes for children, no work houses, no farm institutions for tramps, vagrants, drug addicts, etc. (For fuller information on this and the following para¬ graphs, see “The Bulletin,” Vol. 3, No. 1). 652. Penitentiary: There is but one State Prison in North Caro¬ lina. This is located at Raleigh and . -J 7 0 w: v-t w ! a a a —»-**ii*- ,1 rto!ji mo'39i orfl hrto V,sl od) uai»sd •>■ iso™--, oaoa^crq.^ - ^ {jions «tntAV'imapO br<.^ ' d^^ar« 9 ?far» ’- Vv ■■;:f.T.m.>m»^9 to* Jn.lqK. , -'.Ifi ^0 ■ ftOlJ^ inJ r • ^ r^w^rf\V rrrtA ^OnONjfl'^ 9dyny->9^1'n 9di slimaxs ini «n .9^ <• ".4,i<(iaii9^''l)ni '•' .sn^a 4 ..ru- ; i ' ^ V ' . ■ 'V ^ • \' ♦ i •:■*?' 1e- •» ' ■. ..t '* * ■*' •.\\ i.r/in - t . ' 'jwip *: j .'yc. ■ . >4r< i ''• 1 • . %•* $ y :i-v^i ia;^ ’^• ,. ;< • n T T'Ji;j:c c.i l-'i!.” -- ivv ! . \ 'M-vM : • : ••' •• flW;?r ■•« "J?!' •"■•..'• • V ■ . ■. ^ "t ' s ''lyV'V ‘‘•’ ":v ) .. ■ :3? .. 'i\Ji <<*•' '■ V' •V. , ■: .r o>^'' , ^>.c»y j- .'.» I 1 ' 'V. Au»I It, .'•‘■i'UXmrHi' .Nff • ‘!«’'/)i '■'. Acl's^Cf-'■ ' >J ;. •■ ■. .t-tw ; t ♦■^C* ;!l'’Ch-dtfl^j ■ •' . • ;■ ‘ *4*7;;. " .» , ' ' j; • ,i ;« S>t:<: fiua ‘^fMr )>Wt . >1 < k; . v.,*'If ti''-' ^ui; -r, {^. ’ '• c •• ^;:S. in.fU i tlv; <_» Xv;/**' ■ , •■ -.,‘r .;' t : •: . .' K V'-' • 4 >« 4 -*1 • V .X 4' ■ -• • ^4: - 1 9 . «4 4 . ^'■ V /,-i| •T« 1 i. f ■ ' \ i i » -h ^I\<.t! fm:' -f- '.• • ■ I vf. "|’,y i .V-y'-' I f [*«»*•■■■*:» - 1 '' il - '*' -. ■. v'-Vv j». ' ■-- ' J -1 ■v MEMORANDUM ' I >*>.• »' ■<*Vi « t ‘ I > I t •..V I . T, p 5ed -r _ ' r - ■ fV -•/ I n«. .... »'*••'’_ • ■ f t • « « V 'Ci# ' t'» - ’ • v< ' • S ,•, Jr.M xvv.. r» * . L; > ; ; 4 V« ‘s' j ^ <■ •*:. •‘I . ^ -Vvi'* I. '*•*.*'.I,v,‘ 'nT’-'t**'.. U 1 '•' - . » ' : V V- .>- M • f-\ _fv*,.-';!', .;• nv 1.1 •. *' m'-'> *<• *■ i.i» ■: . ; c ^ - U‘ • ' »iVy. I- ■ ..I^ \J> V .-51 . .#lWWv*V4iy .i?.\ i . ir: i* -it. va* * -if) - M i- * "W i . W Vp s . '#4«* • •-. •, *r»»i ,.y »' c '’4- ••. - ■ i ^ * ' ' ' ( ' : i ** • Y *- i>i « '~i i" ^ ' ' ■ .•r •j''*.!' '• -.- V- - 7y » ' rs-i.' -• It C ■ • * ,[y ..,'^•■'^•4^ •• : . 5 e *>•<» ““ lilf t-4 * I. irv,. .••.'Vk, t ., ; ; ■ u , • ‘ , •• •••-■;'•, 1. * ■ w . -i ii” ' ' .»• . t ^4-; ■ \ >Z ME M GRAND ■ '"n ' ll--- ; ■ -.. H I, i r • ■ ■ 'X. f I •4 * > - • 'I’j . • f ■■' i-(»j 4 ;. v Par. 702 CHAPTER VII Dependency I Poor Laws and Administration 701. Organization of Poor Law Districts: Each county in the State constitutes a poor district under the supervision of the county commissioner. Under decision of the courts “the general duty is im¬ posed of providing for the poor; the place, method, and extent of relief are invested in the judgment and discretion of the county com¬ missioner.” 701. A. The Board of Commissioners—Its Function and Powers: The board of commissioners of each county is authorized to provide by taxation for the maintenance of the poor, and to do everything ex¬ pedient for their comfort and well-ordering. They may employ bien¬ nially some competent person as superintendent of the county home for the aged and infirm, and may remove him for cause. They may institute proceedings against any person coming into the county who is likely to become chargeable thereto, and cause his removal to the county where he was last legally settled; and they may recover from such county by action all charges and expenses incurred for the main¬ tenance or removal of such poor person. (C. S. Chapter 24, Vol. 1). 701 B. Duties of Superintendents of Public Welfare: It is part of the duties of county superintendents of public welfare to have the care and supervision of the poor, and to administer the poor funds under control of the county commissioners. 701 C. Applications for Relief: Indigent persons may at any time make application for admission to the county home for the aged and infirm. This application must be made to the board of county commissioners. 701 D. Taxation for Poor Law Purposes: “The board of com¬ missioners of each county is authorized to provide by taxation for the maintenance of the poor, and to do everything expedient for their comfort and well-ordering.” (C. S. Chap. 24, Article 8, Vol. 1.) 702 Legal Settlement: Legal settlements may be acquired in any county in North Carolina, so as to entitle the party to be sup¬ ported by such county, in the manner following, and not otherwise: (1) By One Year’s Residence: Every person who has resided continuously in any county for one year shall be deemed legally settled in that county. (2) Married Women to Have the Settlement of Their Husbands: A married woman shall always follow and have the settlement of her husband, if he have any in the state; otherwise, her own at the time of her marriage, if she then had any, shall not be lost or sus- Par 703 SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA pended by the marriage, but shall be that of her husband, till another is acquired by him, which shall then be the settlement of both. (3) Legitimate Children to Have Settlement of Father: Legiti¬ mate children shall follow and fiave the settlement of their father, if he has any in the state, until they gain a settlement of their own; but if he has none, they shall in like manner, follow and have the settlement of their mother, if she has any. (4) Illegitimate Children to Have the Settlement of Mother: Illegitimate children shall follow and have the settlement of their mother, at the time of their birth, if she then have any in the state. But neither legitimate nor illegitimate children shall gain a settle¬ ment by birth in the county in which they may be born, if neither of their parents had any settlement therein. (5) Settlement to Continue Until New One Acquired: Every legal settlement shall continue till it is lost or defeated by acquiring a new one, within or without the state; and upon acquiring such new settlement, all former settlements shall be defeated and lost. (C. S. Chap. 24, Vol. 1). 703. Removal of Indigent to County of Settlement: Upon com¬ plaint made by the chairman of the board of county commissioners, before a justice of the peace, that any person has come into the county, who is likely to become chargeable thereto, the justice by his warrant shall cause such poor person to be removed to the county where he was last legally settled; but if such poor person is sick or disabled, and cannot be removed without danger of life, the board of commissioners shall provide for his maintenance and cure at the charge of the county; and after his recovery shall cause him to be removed, and pay the charges of his removal. The county, wherein he was last legally settled, shall pay all charges occasioned by his sickness, maintenance, cure and removal, and all charges and ex¬ penses whatever, if such person die before removal. If the board of commissioners of the county to which such person belongs refuses to receive and provide for him when removed as aforesaid, every com¬ missioner so refusing shall forfeit and pay forty dollars, for the use of the county whence the removal was made; moreover, if the board of commissioners of the county, where such person was legally set¬ tled, refuses to pay the charges and expenses aforesaid, they shall be liable for the same. If an housekeeper entertains such poor person without giving notice thereof to the board of commissioners of his county, or one of them, within one month, the person so offending shall forfeit and pay ten dollars. (C. S. Chap. 24, Vol. 1). 704. County Homes For Aged and Infirm: All persons who be¬ come chargeable to any county shall be maintained at the county home for the aged and inform, or at such place or places as the board of commissioners select or agree upon. 704 A. Support of County Home: The board of commissioners DEPENDENCY Par. 710 may provide for the support of the persons admitted by them to the home for the aged and infirm by employing a superintendent at a certain sum, or by paying a specified sum for the support of such persons to any one who will take charge of the county home for the aged and infirm, as said board may deem for the best interest of the county and the cause of humanity. 705. Outdoor Relief: No pauper shall be let out at public auc¬ tion, but the board of commissioners may make such arrangements for the support of paupers with their friends or other persons when not maintained at the county home for the aged and infirm, as may be deemed best. 706. Families of Indigent Militiamen to be Supported: When any citizen of the state is absent on service as a militiaman or mem¬ ber of the state guard, and his family are unable to support them¬ selves during his absence, the board of commissioners of his county, on application, shall make towards their maintenance such allowance as may be deemed reasonable. (C. S. Sec. 47, Chap. 24, Vol. 1). 707. State Board of Pensions: The governor, attorney-general and auditor shall constitute a state board of pensions, which shall examine each application for a pension. Applications which are ap¬ proved by the state board shall be paid by the treasurer upon the warrant of the auditor. The auditor sends the list of pensioners to the clerk of the court of the county and he with three reputable ex- Confederate soldiers, or sons of ex-Confederate soldiers, constitutes the county board of pensions in each county. All persons entitled to pensions under this law, not now drawing pensions, shall appear before the pension board in their county in each year before the first Monday in July for examination and classification, and those unable to attend shall present a certificate from a creditable physician that applicant is unable to attend. There are four classifications of pensioners. But no one is pensioned who owns property in excess of five hundred dollars. 708. Burial Expense of Confederate Soldier or Widow: When¬ ever in any county of this state a Confederate pensioner, or the widow of a Confederate soldier may die, it shall be the duty of the county commissioners of such county upon certificate of such fact and recommendation of the chairman of the pension board of the county to pay a sum not exceeding twenty dollars to be applied to¬ wards defraying the burial expenses. 709. Burial of Paupers: Burial of the dead at the county homes for the aged and infirm shall be paid for by the county. Some of the cities provide for the burial of their poor. 710. Vagrants Defined: If any person should come within the following classes he shall be deemed a vagi'ant, and shall be fined not exceeding fifty dollars or imprisoned not exceeding thirty days: Par. 711 SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA provided that the limitation of punishment shall not be binding after the first offense: (1) Persons wandering or strolling about in idleness who are able to work and have no property to support them. (2) Persons leading an idle, immoral or profligate life who have no property to support them and who are able to work and do not v/ork. (3) All persons able to work having no property to support them and who have not some visible and known means of a fair, honest and reputable livelihood. (4) Persons having a fixed abode who have no visible property to support them and who live by stealing or by trading in, bartering for or buying stolen property. (5) Professional gamblers living in idleness. (6) All able-bodied men having no other visible means of sup¬ port who shall live in idleness upon the wages or earnings of their mother, wife, or minor children, except of male children over eigh¬ teen years of age. (7) Keepers and inmates of bawdy-houses, assignation houses, lewd and disorderly houses, and other places where illegal sexual intercourse is habitually carried on: Provided that nothing here is intended or shall be construed as abolishing the crime of keeping a bawdy-house, or lessening the punishment by law for such crime. (C. S. Article 38, Chapter 81, Vol. 1). 711. Tramp Defined; Certaim Persons Excepted. If any person shall go about from place to place begging or subsisting on charity, he shall be denominated a tramp, and shall be punished by a fine not exceeding fifty dollars, or by imprisonment not exceeding thirty days: Provided, that any person who shall furnish satisfactory evidence of good character shall be discharged without cost. Any act of begging or vagrancy by any person, unless a well-known object of charity, shall be evidence that the person committing the same is a tramp. This section shall not apply to any woman, to any minor under the age of fourteen years, or to any blind person. 712. Trespassing; Carrying Dangerous Weapons; Malitious In¬ jury. Entering a dwelling house or kindling a fire on the land of another without consent of the owner or occupant, kindling a fire on a highway, carrying any firearms or other dangerous weapon, threat¬ ening to do any injury to person or property of another, is forbidden. The punishment is twelve months imprisonment or less at the discretion of the court. For malicious injury to person or property the punishment is three years imprisonment or less at the discretion of the court. 713. Duty to Arrest. Any person upon view of an offense de- DEPENDENCY Par. 714-A scribed in the two preceding paragraphs shall cause the offender to be arrested upon a warrant and taken before some justice of the peace for examination. (C. S. Article 38, Chapter 81, Vol. 1). 714. The State Board of Charities and Public Welfare: (Au¬ thorized by Chap. 170, Laws 1917 and amended by Chap. 46, Laws of 1919. See also The Bulletin. Vol. 3, No. 1). The scope of this Board covers all branches of social worJc in the State, but as care of “the poor, the unfortunate and orphans” is a fun¬ damental object and given in the Constitution as the reason for its creation, description of the Board is placed in this chapter. The Board has a membership of seven, at least one of whom must be a woman. It is nominated by the Governor and elected by the General Assembly. The members serve without pay. The terms are of six years, and are so arranged that retirements fall in different years. Vacancies, except by expiration of term, aile filled by the Governor for residue of such term. The Board holds quarterly meetings and whenever called by the chairman. It makes its own rules and regula¬ tions for its proceedings. 714 A. Powers and Duties of the State Board: (1) Appointment of Commissioner of Public Welfare: The Board shall have the power to employ a trained investigator of social service problems, v/ho shall be known as the Commissioner of Public Welfare; and to employ such other inspectors, officers, and agents as it may deem needful in the discharge of its duties. (2) Supervision of Public Charities: The Board shall have power to investigate and supervise the whole system of charitable and penal institutions of the State, and recommend such changes and addi¬ tional provisions as it may deem needful for their economical and efficient administration. The Board may require the superintendent and other officers to report to it any matter relating to the inmates, and furnish statistics and reports upon request. (3) Study of Social Evils. It shall study the subjects of non¬ employment, poverty, vagrancy, housing conditions, crime, public amusement, care and treatment of prisoners, divorce and wife deser¬ tion, the social evil, and kindred subjects, and their causes, treatment, prevention, and the prevention of any hurtful social condition. (4) Inspection of Child Agencies: It shall have power to in¬ spect, and demand reports from institutions and agencies for children, and to issue licenses which shall be renewable yearly. It shall study and promote the welfare of the delinquent and dependent child, and provide either directly or through a bureau of the Board for the plac¬ ing and supeiwision of dependent, delinquent, and defective children. (5) Formation of Public Opinion: It shall issue bulletins and in other ways inform the public’as to social conditions and the proper treatment and remedies for social evils. (6) Summoning of Witnesses: It shall have power to issue subpoenas and compel attendance of witnesses, administer oaths, and Par, 715 SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA send for persons and papers whenever it deems necessary in making investigations provided for in the law or in the other discharge of its duties. (7) Inspection of Jails: The Board shall have power to inspect county jails, county homes and all prisons and prison camps, and to require reports from sheriffs and other county officers, and any de¬ sired statistics upon demand. Before construction is begun on new jails and almshouses, plans and specifications shall be submitted for approval of the Board. (8) Care of the Insane: Whenever the Board shall have reason to believe that any insane person, not incurable, is deprived of proper remedial treatment, and is confined in any almshouse or other place, whether such insane person is a public charge or otherwise, it shall be the duty of the Board to cause such insane person to be conveyed to the proper state hospital for the insane, there to receive the best medical care. (9) Study of Conditions Causing Insanity: The Board shall also give special attention to the causes of insanity, defect or loss of the physical organization, thus to be able to afford the General Assembly data to guide them in future legislation. (10) Biennial Report. The Board shall submit a biennial re¬ port to the General Assembly showing its doings during the preced¬ ing two years and the actual condition of all state institutions under its supervision with such suggestions as it may deem proper and per¬ tinent. (C. S. Chapter 87, Vol. 2). (11) Supervision of Private Institutions.. .The Board shall li¬ cense, supervise and regulate all private hospitals, homes and schools for the cure and treatment of insane, idiots, feebleminded persons, and inebriates. (C. S. Chapter 101, Vol. 2). 715. County Boards of Charities & Public Welfare: The State Board shall appoint three persons in each county to be known as the county board of public welfare. They are to advise with and assist the county superintendent of public welfare. They elect one of their number chairman. They seiwe without pay for terms of three years and alternating. They meet monthly with the county superintendent of public welfare who seiwes as secretary. 715 A. County Superintendent of Public Welfare: The county co?nmissioners and the county board of education shall in joint session appoint a county superintendent of public welfare, who shall serve at the pleasure of said boards, and whose salary shall be fixed and paid jointly from the public funds of said boards. In counties where the population is not more than twenty-five thousand, the county superin¬ tendent of public instruction may be appointed superintendent of pub¬ lic welfare, but no person shall be appointed superintendent of public welfare who has not a certificate of qualification from the State Board of Charities and Public Welfare. In counties where there are cities DEPENDENCY Par. 761 Which already have a local board of welfare or other social agencies, or may wish to establish such, the governing bodies of the cities may make arrangements with the county commissioners to consoli¬ date the work. They must in this case decide upon such division of expense as may be equitable. They may delegate to the county board of charities and public welfare all necssary power. 715 B. Duties of the County Superintendent of Public Welfare: (1) Care of the Poor: To have, under the control of the county commissioners, the care and supervision of the poor, and administer the poor fund. (2) Agent of the State Board. To act as agent of the State Board in relation to any work to be done in the county by the State Board. (3) Follow-up Work. Under direction of the State Board to look after and keep up with the condition of persons discharged from hospitals for the insane and from other State institutions. (4) Oversight of Prisoners on Parole or Probation: To have oversight of prisoners in the county on parole from penitentiaries, re¬ formatories, and all parole prisoners in the county. Also of all pris¬ oners on probation. (5) Oversight of Dependent and Delinquent Children: To have oversight of dependent and delinquent children and especially those on parole or probation. Also oversight of dependent children placed in the county by the State Board. (6) Promotion of Recreation: To promote wholesome recrea¬ tion and to enforce such laws as regulate commercial amusement. 7. Care for Unemployment: To assist the State Board to find employment for the unemployed. To investigate into the causes of « distress, under the direction of the State Board, and to make such other investigations in the interest of social welfare as the State Board may direct. (Chap. 170 Public Laws 1917, amended by Chap. 46, Public Laws 1919). (8) Probation Office: The county superintendent of public wel¬ fare is the chief probation officer of the county (Juvenile Court Act, Chap. 97, Public Laws, 1919) and he is used by the state authorities in caiTying out the Child Labor Law and the inspection of manufactur¬ ing and business plants. He shall investigate and prosecute all vio¬ lations of the school attendance law (Compulsory School Attendance and Child Labor Law, Chap. 100 Public Laws 1919). II Institutions 751. Care of the Poor by the County: Under the above laws the duty of caring for the poor is entrusted to the county commis¬ sioners, and in the carrying out of this task their discretion is practi¬ cally unlimited. Each county is authorized to provide its owm home for the aged and infirm. Ninety-two of the counties have occupied * Par. 752 SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OP" NORTH CAROLINA county homes. Six counties, Clay, Graham, Hoke, Jones, Onslow and Polk have no homes, but support their poor by out-door relief, send¬ ing very helpless cases to a nearby county if absolutely necessary. Two counties, Bladen and Dare, have homes which are no longer used. Nearly all the counties, whether they have homes or not, give out¬ door relief. At the end of 1919 the number of inmates in all the homes was 1471. A still larger number of persons was receiving out-door relief. The total cost to the State was over $200,000 a year. The buildings employed in the county homes are of various types. Some are brick and equipped with all modern comforts, but the ma¬ jority are frame buildings. The population varies from two or three to about one hundred in a few counties. Nearly all have farms at¬ tached. The State Board of Public Welfare is endeavoring to bring all county homes to a uniform standard. Until this is done, a per¬ sonal investigation of an almhouse should be made by the social worker before determining its character. 752. (idd Fellows Home for Aged and Infirm: Goldsboro, N. C. Auspices: The Order of Odd Fellows. Superintendent: Charles Baird. Capacity: Sixteen. Population: Three. Admission: By application from subordinate lodge to which applicant belonged. Maintenance: The Home is a department of the orphanage work and is financed from the general orphanage fund. Description of Property: A two-story brick building with all modern equipment. 753. Masonic and Eastern Star Home: Greensboro, N. C. Aus¬ pices: Masonic Lodge. Purpose: To provide a home for the aged and dependant who are of the Masonic Fraternity or of the Order of the Eastern Star. Superintendent: H. C. Butler. Capacity: Thirty- four. Admission: By recommendation from a Masonic Lodge hold¬ ing a charter from the Grand Lodge of North Carolina, A. F. & A. M., or by an Eastern Star Chapter holding a charter from the Grand Chapter of the Order of the Eastern Star of North Carolina. The applicant for membership must be a member of the Masonic Frater¬ nity or of the Order of the Eastern Star, or eligible to Order of the Eastern Star. Applicants must be unable to earn a living for them¬ selves, and without relatives or friends able to support them. They must be of good character and habits, free from insanity, epilepsy, or any form of contagious or infectious disease. No applicant shall be admitted for money compensation. Doctor’s certificate necessary and at least one letter of reference other than that furnished by chap¬ ter of lodge. Maintenance: By voluntary contributions of Masonic Fraternity and the Order of the Eastern Star. Descriptilon of Prop¬ erty: A two-story brick building; equipped with all modern conven¬ iences, a horse barn, a sanitary dairy barn, a pump house, chicken and hog houses, thirty acres of land with twelve under cultivation. 754. Home for Confederate Veterans: The North Carolina Sol¬ diers’ Home for the care of needy Confederate veterans is located at DEPENDENCY Par. 754 Raleigh. It is managed by the Soldiers’ Home Association and by a board of lady managers who are to assist the directors when requested to do so. It is supported by the State. It is for the care of such “needy Confederate soldiers as shall have served in the Confederate army and shall be a bona fide citizen of the State.” The directors are empowered to make their own rules and regulations and to prescribe the rules for admission and discharge of inmates. Application blank must be filled out and sent to the executive committee of the Home for action. The applicant must have served honorably during the war, have borne a good character since and be sound mentally. He may not own property to the value of more than five hundred dollars. The application blank must be signed by the Clerk of the Court of his county and by proper witnesses. Appli- cants must remain at their homes till notified by the Secretary of the Executive Committee that they will be admitted. 754. Confederate Woman’s Home: This institution is managed by the Confederate Woman’s Home Association with a board of direc¬ tors and with an advisory board of lady managers. It is a home for the deserving wives and widows of North Carolina Confederate soldiers and other worthy dependent women of the Confederacy who are bona fide residents of the state. The board makes its own rules and regu¬ lations and prescribes the rules for admission and discharge. Appli¬ cation must be sent to the secretary of the board of directors. The Home is located at Fayetteville. .in’t , .. \ \' •' , .f i ■ ,» < ' _ y -4 ■ .V‘ik4iiK^<^:jLS.V!.. . >’T' • h* '<-v i • Uv'* -V /ct.-^ .V i, Y'-f b-.A; rtoitaboei'A h‘»v./jms/j( ki il b‘l.^fe*::rVr'»'^>r(y o^ Vj/* oH /r >,f,: Kn-r/'t vIvh/^.Vo rtUtn 1«» t«'> \\ J'r ^rtJ' fio^Yric^q ob'bt ’ ‘‘irtf /If' n-^a’uY^tff ^-'rt iciiibb's* '>lirViM3'Abfi'” • fl^. oKT ''.W^? 4tooti />4*rrrj?.<‘,»iq; f'^rt 5!n>>i/»lirso7 ftictK ^.fitin a/A) HbuH'Mj/bff c?) b'^r^.v'jq/tcj ' • • ' .I'Wi/jitfT^ "h)'>:>1iM‘4'ii#'n) boi»'^-ffi' Jii/ffhK rof‘-,^>tt/*r i' ' j ‘jVIj, •>♦ trotia wt.{<4yt''^^* U»V5'^>'^yr/tf’*^n/r-''./torbit ii^V Sfif/>n '»i'; ‘‘♦^Mrntraoif ):*y dtoTxtv jod v,isf« ji^i^o* - iid'i- f*''r ‘ .fiij-Ilb^ iWtf^at/if 'Jvrt y>i''bno ’tm J‘fi.'V.» It). '■ lu Y’iiiy'i :V^#-r?'bffJ b‘»f5rjT»rf iV^ ‘^ig jiVairYT >fa‘■ ! ' ^ ^’ . ..Mi .Mjjrbllrti-Mf lib/ ^.fJ'fftf{v4u4uU ^iU •-l.'.-;!).r•^ 1 - fi'.Mi Yi jn/»i T • fv'}»”i*'i»'>trt «'■> prll '9irl it'l H'i;r K' ,v*:Y^^:2ni%n4iii '’Itr )iTrv«« ri^n 4’j_!»ibkiir iir?4o'i<<^> ff^i'//+1a.)jwobi»YT «rv, » arfb ‘AUsmi /yir.r' i’yiiT ■ )!?x'-i idi K44ftn«»b'-*y ''bi> v »V»'. l*'.- * ;; r4 .-.of*';/Jit i'. rSl'ff ’’•»'A*''"- • ■••'*>. iV^ *'■ ,' .'V ‘ !Fp h'i '>1T. • t 1 ^ ‘ f »• • •• '' t ci. • jh^if*** * ■•'' .''^\ 1 ^lUi '• ■'!>< •’ r ;• . '•*. V *■ ." • ■;ni; t ..>■■' ' t, • .- . ^ • V , j * \i'!' ■•• .; .'Vt. , «• ''m 1' -'i. * ’ *. 1 >*v ^ • r ,r. •'> (• .rf ’ ,U'‘. ’. -Tj ''.i •. ; * ', »•.- f/f' ' ? »'V . f » 1/ ^ . "i 4“i . < . . .' '! s.Y'.Vr'^' Uw> “^J^£ •< J (:: •> i a\1 r. i » ■ r* ■ ^ . 4 . . \* ( •i',A . ' tf Iwi:" ti'<' ' 'U, '''ijflii ri '.’>'■ ) n'.o; )h*>r 1 ' ;^T ;.,i f -' 1 •' /. *.’ ■ r t tj^ ■l) .')»>»■: T, lifijiitt; I'" -’•-I ■ s . * t I. , , ((.-Jkl , ' orvf-V Vr ( • «'iwl." )".. ' ■•'.i' 'c ’ - ' >v.^ .CO "';; t'Vi> X-'..-•. 'Vii )wf •■ '• ' ,'•S.;v'!>• Y,. '> •'"*• by Vf4i:A:i;,’Y »fut '. I.-,’ f ' . 'V. .,.'0';-l-^ t 4.lt“}: Sj 4»C f , ..I ■ra «■ %' t 'I \Y ■ -4 , ^•< l y ■ / ■ f ■■, i' •• T)v( vbb c: ,'• ' ‘‘.'-’b'.* I\.:' " j?'^''’’ 'i . ..,.'* .it - ‘\t-}\'.'i. :i'.- ..';:i<' \'' r A.i',-' . VY- iv':"il;.' ' 0,',1'; '.•? ••.V*. ■ f „*-» 0 Doiiie^iic R&laiu.n , tl • [ ‘’V^ if h 5^nA*.:'T M-rrlag*. A ;4ftn>r'4 n f/5 i.-eix-a: r 'twiiiift dlif n'j« . /. r *v»4 Iviih. «‘4 '..'ji- A?__ il. «•' ». 'is.{. ^''ut,i'-':’,. id ‘jlfer i; U^x' ^ ■•; . a- ■ • . - ■'^. - '-;•' ''-•' 'u ;ciU4',,« 'if Efteaiisrf*- VfSieni Jti«j'(1.«to.-J>t ;•}. fUSi; v'-f : <«ihav f.- p.'u>ri^,,*cfeqi«<^* ■'lA' .' ftc- y,: ’ ^ pTf^f'.&^ui, h:id tijf> h^zpd:7f> isirmmm:::^^ r .ft, ^ ^Aa ad»«otut& ->f^ a!^ fS^Kt^ v* ,\ B ' Anrtv lyuk . Jgv^A:. ^ i , uv- 4i\3r oiUi? r bh m ' ns^ f:udr;w^ 4» 0^ ' '^ .<■'• : .-j ^ - \., 'vj *'"' • . ■' y 4V . filfi. !*r.^<.4t/Stljhu I.f M-.,ttiKi vi;,rv»s 'VUi. th^ ' i- vjjtt-tf- ^'' «»s, n. ■■ i- 'V 5'&‘ --n & ri i'‘ W,'< f ' ■. - ■ fef*^ M» •' ■?%• of fchf ib$ Cfjsfet of ;the a J" ' i™ , , . • ’ ■»/*: ;;V-■ ■-' ’ *■ " A -; ''‘'A aii^. ‘* ViV T*Vwi'^4i)mjela5, af A® Bojmf .<)f %'A t^- *-f PubHc IftstTtii'^i:. i^e ♦^»r. ri^(^Vl?ll -tettd, t!^ CoLU,^ ,t)ou&'fe>j€ni lU'^go- ; n €*f^KoinT>-a -^.1 iif 'V4»sr^%ft2 * t%ar S^p«::iri*‘'xtiifc-m q 4 PiA?^ . <*' V;“ '^r^- •i^^-^V*' »U't ci:'.>/^ 3^ ^ j^ith all ori f^. ' ifc ,^ivi^vctner,1i of Vi»o iftto F>ibd*' y- ^«. . * * * _ ' _ 'i>-.« ' leituo- V oict>~, 5|i 2' Ihi; rM Vr^'p^i aii#*ar»]^/ i*? ■^liPll, ’ ^lK^^^ V oi ^> %^Uo\3 arA itddi>^»4J^ W«Tt^ ^'< Ue is * L lol^, plfijl ix:\^ f^f tli# p\^ "Rf.ifx poMi* ^’!f»^rrt\..-nt fc-r »'^» K- J^virct Xgrf tvHttjliion »» f. • ' . ra^'ya ' :'_- ffiMi?: '. ■■' •■'■a » mm 11*1 " < >"i _ ^ ,v^U bsx pr.>^wiirty. X -Jv ■’I e^"® . C3J ih.^ f%;>or<,v Ti *’‘y^. mivI'’;- h<"'tw* t^r*’ u’- '.*;-ii; 'ilicy tary |je » T^^c. hlRfct^rUy %vAi iir'VuV'if »N)4 « ^ %t i^0 ... hlRfctvarU^ iir'**’Vutf''''f »N)4 ^* ii%Ii''^i<.^i4iB|pji tUt* .pio^^T c5>?W' s- • ''• flctkm tt> .it)mpH ttic i t > jjivc iBc ,'>Vr .••'■ :.'*t}*^* a iP^OivwS tv,; ^hj; ^ *A iW .r * -,* * w • a\ . i t ‘ ^ i(j» i^.-f^ '' ’‘w -i ^ ►.' ■■?:•?. p.*xn)KU^Ct <»y iic^th, Vkl n >k * '^' 4*1 '*'.' Jbi«i - J •* * ,'. i->' ■’‘'■f '*'^ StL*: ^ ■ ; ’ '• • J'^ .. *: i i Par. 902-C CHAPTER IX. Education A. Laws and Adnainistration. I. The Administrative System 901. Introductory. The laws dealing with education in North Carolina are to be found in Chapter 95 of the Consolidated .Statutes of North Carolina. They are published in book form and may be had from the office of the State Superintendent of Public Instruc¬ tion. In the following digest of these laws, the order of the sub¬ chapters has been followed as far as possible. 902. State Organization. This consists of the State Board of Education, the State Superintendent of Public Instruction, the State Board for Vocational Education, and the College Commission Regu¬ lating Degrees. 902 A. The State Board of Education, composed of the Gover¬ nor, Secretary of State, Treasurer, Auditor, Superintendent of Pub¬ lic Instruction and Attorney-General, is created a corporation, having the right to sue and to be sued, to take, hold, and dispose of property, and is vested with all other powers conferred on corporations in so far as such powers are necessary in the performance of its duties. The State Board has full power to legislate and make all needful rules and regulations for the government of the public schools and for the management of the State Educational Fund. 902 B. The State Superintendent of Public Instruction is em¬ ployed to look after the school interests of the State and to report biennially to the Governor. He directs schools, and enforces and con¬ strues the public school law. He receives evidence as to the county Superintendents’ performance of their work. He is required to send circular letters to school officers enumerating their duties. He inves¬ tigates the school systems of other States. He acquaints him¬ self with the local educational needs, and takes all proper means to supply each need by advising with county boards of education and county superintendents, by lectures before teachers’ institutes, and by addresses before public assemblies. He is required to have the public school laws published, and to print and distribute such educational bulletins as he deems necessary for the professional im¬ provement of teachers and the cultivation of public sentiment for public education. 902 C. The State Board for Vocational Education consists of Par. 902-D SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA the state Superintendent of Public Instruction and three other mem¬ bers appointed by the Governor, representing respectively, agriculture, home economics, and trades and industries. The Board is directed to co-operate with the Federal Board for Vocational Education in the promotion of vocational training in agri¬ culture, trades and industries, and home economics. It has authority to formulate plans to this end and to provide for the preparation of teachers of vocational subjects. The State Superintendent is executive officer of this Board. The Board reports annually to the Governor as to the condition of vocational education in the State, giving a detailed statement of the expenditures of federal funds and State funds, and the number of vocational schools aided. 902 I>. The College Commission Regulating Degrees consists of the State Superintendent of Public Instruction and four other mem¬ bers, appointed by the Governor for a term of five years. It is em¬ powered to grant to educational institutions license to confer degrees. 903. The County Board of Education is a corporate body author¬ ized to purchase and hold real and personal estate, to build and repair school houses, to sell and transfer the same for school pur¬ poses, and to prosecute and defend suits for or against the Corporation. The members are nominated in county primaries and appointed by the legislature. The board meets on the first Monday in January, April, July, and October. It is required to audit the accounts of the treasurer of the county school fund, and to publish annually an itemized state¬ ment of receipts and expenditures of school funds. It has general control of all matters pertaining to the public schools of the county, is charged with the execution of school laws, and fixes the time of opening and closing of the public schools each year. Together with the county superintendent it makes rules and regulations dealing with the conduct of teachers and pupils as to attendance, discipline, and the general government of the schools. It has the power.to investigate the moral character of the teachers, and to discharge any teacher if found of bad moral character. It has also power to remove the county superintendent or school committe- men from office for cause. All new school houses must be built under the control of and by contract with the county board of education. The board may receive gifts, grants or donations for the use of any school within its juris¬ diction. Whenever it is unable to obtain a suitable site for a school building by gift or purchase, it has authority to condemn a school site of not more than two acres. EDUCATION Par. 904 903 A. The Comity Superintendent of Public Instruction is elected by the county board of education biennially. He must be a practical teacher, a person of good character, and hold a Superin¬ tendent’s certificate. It is his duty to advise with teachers as to the best methods of school government and instruction. He has authority to collect abuses; and, with the concurrence of a majority of the school committeemen, he may suspend any teacher who is guilty of immoral or disreputable conduct, or who proves incompetent in the discharge of her duties. He is required to visit the public schools while they are in session; to hold teachers’ meetings; to attend meetings of State and district associations of superintendents; and to look after fines, forfeitures, and penalties due to the school fund. He is secretary ex-officio of the county board of education. It is his duty to distribute to the school committeemen and teachers all blanks furnished by the State Superintendent of Public Instruction for reports of school statistics and for use in the administration of the schools. It is his duty to require of the school committeemen a state¬ ment of the number of deaf, dumb, and blind children between the ages of six and twenty-one years, and to furnish such information to the principals of the deaf, dumb, and blind institutions. He must report annually to the State Superintendent in detail concerning the number of public schools taught in the county, number of children of school age in each district, number enrolled and the average daily attendance, and the number of persons between the ages of tv/elve and twenty-one who cannot read and write; and he must report also all such other matters as the tState Superintendent may require. 903 B. The County Treasurer has charge of the county school fund. A separate bond is required. He receives and disburses school funds and keeps an account with each township and district. He must report annually to the State Superintendent and to the county board. 904. The School Committee is composed of three members, who should be men or women of intelligence, of good business qualifica¬ tions and good moral character, and known to be in favor of public education. They are appointed by the county board of education for a term of three years. The school committee is charged with the custody of all schoolhouses, grounds, books, apparatus, and other public school property, and has full power to control the same as it may deem best for the cause of education. It has authority to purchase supplies necessary to conduct the schools and for repairs, to an amount not to exceed the sum of $25.00 for each year; but a school committee has no right to make expenditures without the order Par. 905 SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA of the county board. It is required to keep a record of receipts, ex¬ penditures, and contracts with teachers. 905. School Districts are created by the county board of educa¬ tion, which is given authority to consolidate school districts wherever and whenever such consolidation, in its judgment, will best serve the educational interests of the county or any part of the county. Boundaries between districts may be changed by the county board of education, but not if such change would release any tax¬ payer from the obligation of paying his school taxes. II. Revenue. 906. The State Public School Fund is derived for the year 1920, from an ad valorem tax of thirteen cents on every one hundred dollars value of real and personal property in the State required to be listed by the revenue laws of the State; and on each taxable poll on males between the ages of twenty-one and fifty years, except the poor or infirm whom the county commissioners may declare and report fit subjects for exemption, a tax of thirty-nine cents. This fund is apportioned by the State Board of Education on or before the first day of January every year so as to provide for each county a sum sufficient to pay one-half the annual salary of the county superin¬ tendent, and three months salary of all teachers employed in the public schools of the county, and one-half of the annual salary of all city superintendents. Whenever the school governing body of any county, city, town, township, or other special tax district which has voted special taxes for schools before the passage of this act (Ch. 1, Special Session 1920) in order to increase the school term beyond the constitutional limit of six months shall find that the amount to be derived from those special taxes is insufficient to maintain the school term for the year 1920-’21 of the same length of term as maintained in the year 1919-^20, the school governing body is authorized to make a detailed state¬ ment to the county board of education as to the amount needed; and the county board of education is authorized to borrow from the State Board of Education an amount sufficient to maintain the school or schools the same length of term as they were maintained in 1919-^20. The State Treasurer, when authorized by the State Board of Education, shall borrow for the State Board of Education for the purpose specified above an amount not to exceed three hundred thousand dollars to be loaned for the purposes specified above under such lilies and regulations as the State Board of Education may deem advisable. The loans under the provisions of this section are payable in not more than five annual installments. Any amount loaned under the provisions of this section is a lien upon the total school fund of such county. EDUCATION Par. 907-A 906 A. Elimination of small Schools Encouraged: The apportion¬ ment of the State public school fund shall be administered so as to encourage consolidation of districts and the elimination of small schools or small districts, and the State Board of Education may refuse to apportion any part of the fund to any, school or district having an average daily attendance of less than fifteen pupils, or to any new school or district created since January first, one thousand nine hundred and nineteen, if the number of districts or the number of separate schools in a county has been increased thereby: Provided, that no district shall be abolished if the geographical conditions are such that the children of the district cannot be annexed to some adjoining district without seriously limiting their educational oppor¬ tunities. 906 B. Number of Teachers Based on Attendance. No school is entitled to receive an apportionment from the State Public School Fund or from the county school fund of any county for more than one teacher, except as follows: in a school where, during the pre¬ ceding school year, except in case of an epidemic, the average number of children in daily attendance was not less than thirty pupils, funds may be apportioned for paying the salaries of two teachers; similarly where the daily average of pupils was not less than sixty- five, three teachers may be employed; for not less than ninety-five, four teachers, and for every additional thirty pupils above ninety-five, one additional teacher. Provided, that for the encouragement of high school instruction the State Superintendent of Public Instruc¬ tion may formulate rules and regulations that will permit the pay¬ ment of salaries to high school teachers having a smaller attendance of pupils per teacher than that specified in this section. 906 C. Specific Charges on State Fund: These include, (a) the salary and expenses of the Superintendent of the State Colored Normal School ($1500); the salaries and expenses of the State Board of Examiners and institute conductors, ($25,000); the biennial appropria¬ tion for the rural libraries, ($7,500); and (b), an appropriation for teacher training in the several counties, the improvement of teachers now in service, and the better supervision of rural schools. 907. County School Funds: The following sections of the laws of 1919 apply to county school funds. 907 A. County Board of Education Submits Budget: On or before the first Monday of November of each year the county board of education must submit to the State Board of Education, its county school budget for the ensuing year. It must make oath that adequate provision has been made for a six months school term in every school district of the county, including city or town public schools; and state the rate of special county school tax levied therefor, and the Par. 907-B SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA aggregate fund derived or to be derived therefrom. No county can receive any part of the funds appropriated by the State until this regulation has been complied with. 907 B. County Comm'«sioners Levy Required Tax: On or before the first Monday in May of each year the county board of education shall submit an itemized county school budget to the county com¬ missioners setting forth the amount of money needed to maintain the public schools of the county for six months. Such budget shall state the number of teachers, both white and colored, employed in each district, and the salary fixed for each; and such other informa¬ tion as may be required by the State Superintendent of Public In¬ struction in the blanks furnished by him. The budget shall be sworn to and subscribed by the chairman of the county board of education and the county superintendent of schools. A copy shall be filed in the office of the State Superintendent of Public Instruction. It shall then be the duty of the board of county commissioners, after deduct¬ ing the amount to be received from the State Public School Fund, to levy annually a special tax on all property, real and personal, and on all taxable polls, subject to the constitutional limitation of the poll tax in their county, sufficient to make up the budget to the required amount. This tax shall be levied annually, and collected at the same time and in the same manner as other county taxes; and the funds derived from it, together with other school funds in their hands, shall be apportioned and expended by the county board of education for maintaining one or more public schools in each school district for a term of six months in each year; Provided, that no county shall be compelled to levy a special county tax of more than thirty-five cents on every one hundred dollars valuation of property, real and personal, and a corresponding tax on every taxable poll for said purpose, except as provided in the next succeeding section; and after every county has levied and collected the special county tax to the limit stated above, if the funds derived therefrom be insufficient, the county shall receive from the State Public School Fund an apportionment sufficient to bring the school term in every school district to six months. 907 C. Incidental Expense and Building Funds; How Provided. All poll tax, fines, forfeitures, penalties, and all public school revenues, other than those derived from the .State Public School Fund and the special county tax, shall be placed to the credit of the incidental expense fund .and the building fund, as provided in the budget, and if this amount is insufficient for these funds, the county board of education may provide in the county school budget for an additional amount not to exceed twenty-five per cent of the teachers' salary fund; and the county tax may be increased sufficiently beyoud the maximum levy of thirty-five cents to provide this amount if it shall appear necessary to the county board of education and the county commissioners. EDUCATION Par. 907-E 907 D. Procedure if the County Board of Education and the Com¬ missioners Disagree: In the event of a disagreement between the county board of education and the board of county commissioners as to the amount to be provided by the county for the maintenance of a six months school term, and as to the rate of tax to be levied there¬ for, or in the event of the refusal of any board of county commissioners to levy this tax, the county board of education shall bring action in the nature of a mandamus against the boai’d of county commissioners to compel the levying of such special tax under the provisions of the article entitled Mandamus of the chapter on Civil Procedure. 907 E. The Budget Provides Three Separate Funds: The county budget must provide three separate school funds; (1) a teachers’ salary fund; (2) an incidental expense fund; and (3) a building fund. The budget for both the regular county schools and the specially chartered schools shall be made on blanks supplied by and in accor¬ dance with the directions of the State .Superintendent of Public Instruc¬ tion, and it shall be unlawful for any part of the teachers’ salary fund to be used for any other purpose than that specificied in the budget after it has been approved by the State Board of Education. (a) Teachers’ Salary Fund: Scale of Payment. In estimating the amount necessary for the teachers’ salary fund, the county board shall take as a basis for the year 1919-1920 the monthly salaries of the teachers of every school of the county for the year 1918-1919 and shall increase that amount for each school as follows, subject to such exceptions as may hereafter appear. (1) For teachers holding elementary certificates not less than twenty-five per cent increase; (2) primary and grammar certifi¬ cates not less fifteen per cent increase; and (3) high school certifi¬ cates ten per cent increase; (4) principals’ certificates not less than ten per cent increase; (5) all superintendents of county and city schools an increase of not less than ten per cent. The salary of each teacher holding a second grade certificate shall not be greater than forty-five dollars per month. Nothing in this section shall make it compulsory upon the county board of education to fix the monthly salaries of the teachers for any school larger than the following: (1) for inexperienced teachers, a salary not larger than the average salary of 1918-1919 of the teachers in the county holding the same grade certificates; (2) for teachers of successful experience of two or more years, holding elementary certificates, sixty-five dollars per month; (3) special primary and grammar grade certificates, seventy dollars per month; (4) high school certificates, seventy-five dollars per month; (5) principals of elmentary schools of three teachers or more, one hundred dollars per month; (6) principals of high schools, one hundred and twenty- Par. 907-F SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA five dollars per month; and the apportionment from the State Public School Fund shall be made upon this salary basis. A teacher holding a certificate of one class and teaching in another class of work shall be paid according to the class of work done and not according to the class of certificate held. The county board of education may in its discretion fix a salary schedule, not inconsistent with this article, based upon successful teaching experience and professional study; and nothing in this article shall operate against increasing the salary of teachers out of special tax funds. In no case shall the salary of any teacher be reduced by the operation of this section. (b) The Incidental Expense Fund: This provides for janitors, school supplies, insurance, rent, professional study, special supervision of all sorts, and all administration expenses other than the salary of the county superintendent. The amount of this fund shall be derived by ascertaining the incidental expenses of the specially chartered schools for two-thirds of the annual expenses of the year 1918-1919, and the amount for the regular county schools for twelve months for the year 1918-1919 with an addition of ten per cent for expenses not otherwise provided for. After deducting the contingent fund, the expense oi the county superintendent, traveling expenses and per diem of the county board of education, and the fees or salary of the county treasurer from the total incidental expense fund, the per cent of the remainder that shall be apportioned to the special chartered school shall be the .same as the per cent of the teachers^ salary fund ap¬ portioned to said specially chartered school. (c) Building Fund: A building fund not to exceed twenty-five per cent of the total teachers’ salary fund for the entire county may be set aside each year to be used in erecting school buildings, addi¬ tions to buildings, dormitories, teachers’ residences, repayment of loans to the State loan fund, sinking fund, permanent improvements, and other necessary buildings, and the percentage of this fund apportioned to the specially chartered schools shall be the same as the percentage of the teachers’ salary fund apportioned to such specially chartered schools. 907 F. Officials must Furnish Statement of Fines. Clerks of courts and other officials having in custody the records of any city or town are required to furnish to the county board of education semi¬ annually a detailed statement of fines, forfeitures and penalties which go to the school fund. 907 G. The Fiscal School Year begins the first of July and closes on the thirtieth day of June following. 908. Vocational Education Fund. The Federal Vocational Edu- EDUCATION Par, 909-C cation Act in all of its provisions is accepted by the State, and an appropriation equal to the Federal appropriation to the State of North Carolina is made each year from the State Public School Fund. The State treasurer receives and disburses the Vocational Educational Fund. 909. Special School Taxes. The Law provides that when nec¬ essary, special school taxes may be raised, with the consent of the electorate, as follows: 909 A. Special County School Tax. Upon petition of the county ) board of education presented to the county commissioners, an election to levy a county special tax of not over thirty cents on the one hundred valuation of property, and ninety cents on the poll, may be held. The election is held under the same rules and regulations as in special tax districts. If the election is carried the tax must be levied and collected in the same manner as other taxes. If the collection fails to carry, a subsequent election may be held in any later year. Ex¬ penses of the election are paid out of the school fund. 909 B. Special High School Township Tax. One-fourth of the free holders of any township, upon petition approved by the county board of education, may have the board of commissioners call an election upon the question of levying a special township high school tax of not over thirty cents on the hundred dollars valuation of property and not less than ten cents. If the election is carried, taxes shall be levied and collected in the same manner as other taxes. All moneys collected for a tov/nship high school by special tax will be placed in the hands of the treasurer of the school fund to the credit of the township high school committee, to be by them expended exclusively in establishing and maintaining one or more high schools in the township. Township high schools may be established without the levying of the special township high school tax if the public funds are sufficient. High school subjects may be taught in all public schools employing more than one teacher, but only in accordance with the rules and reg¬ ulations of the State Superintendent of Public Instruction. 909 C. Special City and Town Tax. Upon petition signed by one- fourth of the free-holders of any incorporated city or town not now ) levying a special tax for schools, the board of aldermen or commis¬ sioners shall order an election to be held on the question of levying a special tax of not over thirty cents on the one hundred dollars valua¬ tion of property, and ninety cents on the poll. The election shall be held under the rules governing muinicipal elections in such cities or towns. If the election carries the tax shall be levied and collected annually in the same manner as other taxes. Moneys levied and collected shall be placed to the credit of the city or town school com- Par. 909-D SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA mittee and by them expended exclusively upon the public schools of the city or town. 909 D. Special Tax in School Districts Containing Cities or Towns* Upon petition of one-third of the qualified voters of any « graded school, public or high school district which includes an in¬ corporated town, an election upon the question of levying an additional special annual tax to an amount to be specified in the petition shall be ordered by the governing body of the incorporated city or town, or, in case the district includes a part of the county, by the county board of commissioners. In case the election is carried, the tax shall be levied and collected in the same manner as other taxes, and all moneys so collected shall be placed to the credit of the board of trustees to be by them expended exclusively for the maintenance of the school within that district. All elections ordered under this law must be held within sixty days after filing of the petition, and unless the election is held prior to the first day of June in any year, the tax authorized by the election cannot be levied until the following year. 909 E. Limit of Special Taxes. The aggregate of all school taxes annually levied and collected under this law, except taxes collected for the purpose of paying interest and principal of school house bonds, shall not exceed one dollar on the one hundred dollars worth of property. 909 F. Special Tax in Special School Districts. Upon the petition of one fourth of the free holders within a proposed special school district endorsed by the county board of education, the board of county commissioners shall hold an election upon th© question of levying in such districts a special annual tax of not more than thirty cents on the one hundred dollars valuation of property, and ninety cents on the poll. The election in a special district must be held under the rules governing general elections as near as may be. A new registration is required. In order to carry the election it is necessary that a majority of the registered voters cast their ballot for the special school tax. If the election is carried, the taxes must be levied and collected in the same manner as other taxes. Special districts may be formed from portions of contiguous counties in which case both county boards of education must endorse the petition. Upon a written request of a majority of the committee of a special tax district, county boards of education may enlarge the boundaries of a special tax district so as to include contiguous territory, and an election in such territory must be ordered held in the same manner as prescribed for elections in special tax districts. Upon petition of two-thirds of the qualified voters residing in EDUCATION Par. 913 any special tax district established under this rule, which petition must be endorsed by the county board of education, the county board of commissioners shall order an election in the district for submitting the question of revoking the tax and abolishing- the district. A special tax district in debt m.ay not be abolished. An election for revoking special tax districts may not be held oftener than once in two years, nor can it be held within less than two years after election at which the tax was voted. Upon petition of one-third of the qualified voters of a special tax district, endorsed by the county board of education showing that the special tax levied under this election is inadequate, a second election may be held to increase the special tax levy to an amount not exceed¬ ing fifty cents on the one hundred dollars valuation of property, and one dollar and fifty cents on the poll. Moneys collected under the provisions of this law, when collected, must be placed to the credit of the school committee in the district. The school committee shall be appointed by the county board of education and must apportion the money among the schools of the district. III. The Public School System. 910. Provision for Education in the Constitution. The constitution of North Carolina declares that the people have the right to the privilege of education, that it is the duty of the tState to guard and maintain that right,and that the General Assembly shall provide by taxation and otherwise for a general and uniform system of public schools wherein tuition shall be free of charge to all children of the State between the ages of six and twenty-one years. It further de¬ clares that children of the white race and the children of the colored race shall be taught in separate public schools, but there shall be no discrimination in favor of or to the prejudice of either race. 911. Separate Schools for Indians. The Indians of Robeson, Richmond and Sampson counties and their descendents have by law separate schools for their children, and school committees of their own race and color, and are allowed to select teachers of their own choice, subject to the rules and regulations applicable to teachers in the general law. The general public school law is applicable in all respects to these separate schools for Indians. 912. Women Eligible for Committees etc. Women are eligible to serve on committees for public schools, boards of trustees of State schools and colleges for women, and sub-text-book commissions. 913. Schools may be Closed for Insufficient Attendance. Schools may be closed for non-attendance when a monthly or weekly report in a district containing not over 150 children shows an average daily attendance of less than one-fifth of the school census. Par. 914 SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA The county board of education upon recommendation of the State Superintendent of Public Instruction has authority to close any school in case the attendance does not justify its continuance. Funds remain¬ ing to the credit of such schools must be turned over to the general county school fund for re-apportionment. 914. Subjects to be Taught. The branches to be taught in all public schools shall be spelling, reading, writing, arithmetic, drawing, language lessons and composition, English Grammar, geography, the histoiy of North Carolina and the United States, elements of agri¬ culture, and oral and text book instruction in elementary physiology and hygiene, including the nature and effect of alcoholic drinks and ’ narcotics: Provided, that in public schools employing more than one teacher the elements of civil government, containing the constitution of North Carolina and the United States, and such other subjects of study as the State Board of Education may direct, shall be taught after adequate provision shall have first been made for the thorough teaching of the branches before named. 914 A. Instruction in Temperance must be given in each school year below the ninth grade in all public schools. 915. County Farm-Life Schools. County farm life schools to pre¬ pare boys for agricultural pursuits, and girls for home making and house keeping on the farm, may be established in any county com¬ plying with the following provisions of the law: for the maintenance of the school there must be provided annually, by taxation on other¬ wise, not less than twenty-five hundred dollars, and the following equipment must be provided by bond issue or otherwise: a school building with dormitories and suitable accomodations for not less than twenty-five boys and twenty-five girls, a barn and dairy building with proper equipment, and a farm of not less than fifty acres of good land. An election upon the question of levying a special tax on all property and polls of the county for the maintenance and equipment of a farm- life school may be held upon written request of the county board of education presented to the board of commissioners. When an election 01 this sort is held, a new registration is required. If the election is carried, then the special tax authorized shall be annually levied and collected in the same manner as other taxes. A special election may be held in a township to secure the location of the county school within the township. If the election in the county to, support a farm-life school fails to carry, another election in townships may be held in order to establish such-a school. A high school - department must be conducted, in connection with the. county farm-life school. The certification and employment of teachers in such schools must be approved by the *State Board for Vocational Education. It it the duty of the faculty of farm-life schools EDUCATION Par. 920 to conduct agricultural and domestic extension work in the county in co-operation with the State Department of Agricultural. When all the provisions of the law regarding the establishment of such schools have been complied with, the sum of twenty-five hundred dollars annually to aid in the maintenance of such schools is available by Slate appropriation. If funds available for the maintenance of the farm-life schools are insufficient, the county board of education is empowered to appropriate an additional amount not to exceed one ^ thousand dollars. 916. Teaching of Agriculture and Domestic Science. When the county provides annually a sum not to exceed twenty-five hundred dollars and adequate buildings and equipment, which must be approved by the State Superintendent of Public Instruction, an appropriation not to exceed twenty five hundred dollars annually for the main¬ tenance of such work in public high schools is available by State grant. 917. Kindergartens. Upon petition of the school board of any school district endorsed by the county board of education, the county commissioners shall order an election upon the question of levying a special annual tax of not more than fifteen cents on the one hundred dollars valuation of property, and forty-five cents on the poll, for the establishment of a kindergarten department in the schools of such district. 918. Arbor Day. The Friday following the first day of November in each year is known as Arbor Day, and is to be observed appro¬ priately by the public schools of the State. A program for the ob¬ servance of Arbor Day in the schools is issued each year by the State Superintendent of Public Instruction. 919. Orphanage Children at Public Schools. Children at orphan¬ ages are permitted to attend the public schools of a district in which the orphanage is located. Three fourths of the extra expense for a term of six months as a result of the attendance shall be paid out of the State Public School Fund and one-fourth out of the county fund. After the six months term, tuition fees may be charged for the at¬ tendance of each child upon the public school. ^ 920. Instruction of Illiterates. Schools for adult illiterates may be conducted under the rules of the State Board of Education and supported by appropriation by the county board of education, and the State, Board of Education. Miss Elizabeth Kelly of the Department of , Public Instruction, Raleigh, is director of this work. (a) The law: An Act ratified March 7, 1919, makes all schools organized to teach adult illiterates a part of the State Public School system, to be supported as other schools of the State are supported. Par. 921 SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA It requires that the county board of education shall upon direction from the State Superintendent of Public Instruction provide annually in the county school budget, unless otherwise provided, a sum nec¬ essary to teach the adult illiterates in accordance with rules and regulations of the State Board of Education, and that a like sum shall be apportioned from the State Public School Fund. It authorizes the State Board of Education to use annually a sum not to exceed five thousand dollars of the State Public School Fund for the organization and direction of this work for teaching adult illit¬ erates under direction of the State Superintendent of Public Instruc¬ tion. (b) Plans and policies: To teach adult illiterates in groups gath¬ ered together in community schools, or to teach scattered illiterates in their homes or in groups. It is planned to put on one whole-time worker in each county in July 1920, whose business will be to organize and conduct for the whites five community schools of at least two months’ duration each in each county. Five community schools for negroes in each county are also planned. These negro schools will be under the direct supervision of the negro school supervisors in each county, and will be reported through the county director of community schools. (c) Activities: Community schools for teaching adult illiterates have been organized in fifty-eight counties. The work has been done by whole-time workers and by day-school teachers in connection with their regular school work. (d) Results: About 400 schools have been taught, in addition to scattered illiterates. Five thousand illiterates were in these schools for a period of not less than one month. As many as 5,000 who were not illiterate were also in these schools. 921. Contracts with Private Schools. The school committee of any school district may contract with the teachers of any private school, which is not sectarian or denominational, to give instruction to all pupils between the ages of six and twenty-one years, and may pay such teachers out of the funds apportioned to the district. In case of such contracts, the duty of the teachers of private schools as to certificates, courses of instruction and reports, is the same as that of other public school teachers. Private schools entering into such contracts shall be open to all children between the ages of six and twenty-one years. 922. Commercial Schools: Before any business or commercial school receives or solicits students it must secure a license from the State Board of Examiners under regulations to be made by the Board of Examiners and upon payment of an annual fee of ten dollars. Any school when applying for license is required to file a report setting EDUCATION Par. 925 forth that it has sufficient building accommodations, suitable equip¬ ment, trained faculty, and has adopted an approved course of study. 923. Rural Libraries: When the patrons of any public school in which a library has not already been established, raise ten dollars and tender this to the county treasurer, the county board of education shall appropriate a like sum for this purpose. After a school district has had a library for ten years, it is entitled to receive a second appro priation. When the county board of education has made its appro- ) priation for a library, it is the duty of the county Superintendent to inform the *State Board of Education of the fact, whereupon the State Board of Education will permit ten dollars additional for the pur¬ chase of books. Libraries may be enlarged by raising locally five dollars, securing an appropriation from the county board of five dollars, and an appro¬ priation from the State board of five dollars. Not more than six new libraries may be established in any one county, and not more than six supplementary libraries may be secured every two years. Schools in incorporated towns having a population of more than 1,000 people may not receive State aid in the establishment of libraries. 924. Motion Pictures. Moving pictures to be given in rnral school houses of the State must be provided by the State Superin¬ tendent of Public Instruction upon application by the county board of education, when it agrees to pay two-thirds of the cost of such enter¬ tainments. The State will pay the other one-third. Any rural com¬ munity can be entitled to this seiwice by depositing v/ith its county board of education two-thirds of the cost of the entertainments desired. Twenty-five thousand dollars is appropriated annually by the State for this service. IV. Teachers. 925. The State Board of Examiners and Institute Conductors. The State Board of Examiners consists of six members—three men and three women, appointed by the Governor for a term of four years. It is the duty of the Board to plan, direct, and conduct county teacher institutes, or county summer schools, biennially, in each county of the State, and they have power to mak,b all necessary regulations governing them; but not more than one-half the cost shall be paid out of the State Public School Fund. The Board is authorized to cancel the certificate of any teacher failing to attend an institute or summer school biennially. It has entire control of examining, accrediting without examination, and cer¬ tificating all applicants for teachers’, principals’, supervisors’, and superintendents’ certificates in North Carolina. Certificates issued by the State Board of Examiners are not valid until approved and signed by the superintendent of the county or city where the examination was Par. 926 SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NOR'l’.'! CAROLINA held. The Board is required to prepare questions for the examination of teachers who apply for certificates, These questions are sent to each superintendent or other person appointed to conduct the exami¬ nation, which shall be held on the second Tuesday in April, July and October. 926. Teacher’s Health Certificate. Any person teaching in the public school or serving as superintendent of public instruction in any county must secure each year before assuming his or her duties, a certificate from the county physician, or other reputable physician of the county, certifying that the said person has not an open or active infectious state of tuberculosis, or any other contagious disease. The physician shall make the certificate on a form supplied by the State Board of Health and without charge to the teacher. Teachers and superintendents who enter upon their duties without this health certificate will be guilty of a misdemeanor and subject to a fine of not more than $50.00 nor more than thirty days imprisonment. 927. Employment of Teachers. Teachers are employed and may be dismissed by the school committee. No teacher may be dismissed by the committee until written charges have been filed with the county superintendent and after a hearing has been had before the committee of the district, following two days notice to the teacher. The school committee is required to meet at convenient times and places for the employment of teachers for the public schools, and it must give notice of each meeting at three public places. No teacher shall be employed by any committee except at regularly called meetings of such committees, and no person may be employed as a teacher who does not hold a certificate issued by the county super¬ intendent, or first grade certificate issued by the State Board of Examiners. No member of a school committee nor of a county board of education may be elected to teach in a public school. No election of the teacher is valid until approved by the county superintendent. 928. Duties of Teachers. It is the duty of teachers to maintain good order and discipline, to encourage morality, industry, and neat¬ ness in all of their pupils, and to teach thoroughly all branches which they are required to teach. Pupils who wilfully and persistently violate the rules of the school, and are of immoral life and character, shall be dismissed by the teacher. Every teacher is required to keep such records as may be pre scribed by the State *Superintendent of Public Instruction or the county board of education. At the end of each term the teacher or principal of the school must exhibit to the school committee a report of the number of pupils, average daily attendance, the length of term, and the number of pupils completing the grades. But monthly and even weekly reports, if required by the county superintendent, EDUCATION Par. 931 must be made. At the end of each term the teacher or principal must report to the county superintendent giving a statement as to the length of the term, the number, sex, and average daily attendance of pupils, the number of children not attending any school, the number under seventeen years of age not attending school, the number of families having children of school age who do not send their children to school, stating causes for non-attendance and the personal effort of the teacher to secure regular attendance of pupils. 929. Salaries of Teachers. A teacher holding a first grade cer- ) tificate may receive such compensation as shall be agreed upon. Holders of second grade certificates shall receive not more than $45.00 per month. Holders of third grade certificates may receive not more than $20.00 a month, but no third grade teacher may be employed except as an assistant teacher. Twenty school days of not less than six hours and not more than seven hours each shall be a month. The county board shall fix within the limits above prescribed the max¬ imum salary to be paid teachers in each county. Teachers’ salaries are paid on voucher forms filled out and signed by two members of the school committee. The treasurer will not pay such voucher until countersigned by the county superintendent. Teach¬ ers’ salaries are not paid by the treasurer unless the teacher holds a teachers’ certificate, nor will a teacher’s voucher be countersigned by the superintendent unless the teacher holds a certificate, nor until a copy of her contract has been filed in the office of the county board of education, nor until the teacher’s register and final report in proper form are filed with the county superintendent. The law requires the county board of education to make provision for the prompt payment of the teachers’ salaries at the end of each school month. V. School Buildings. 930. Building and Repairing School Houses. The building of new school houses must be by contract with the county board of edu¬ cation. The county board is not authorized to invest any money in any new house that is not built in accordance with plans approved by the State Superintendent of Public Instruction. The county board is required to meet not exceeding one-half the cost of a new school building. Contracts for school buildings must be in writing. All buildings shall be inspected, approved, and received by the county ) . Superintendent before final payment is made. 931. Loans for School House Building. Loans for building school houses may be made by the State Board of Education under such regulations as it deems advisable, such loans to be made to the county board of education for building and improving schoolhouses, dormitories, teacherages, and buildings for farm-life schools. Loans are payable in ten installments and bear interest at four Par. 932 SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA per cent payable annually. These loans are secured by the note of the county board of education deposited with the State Treasurer. _ • The amount lent to the county board of education from the State Loan Fund is relent to local school districts, and the amount lent by the county board of education is payable in ten annual installments with interest thereon at four per cent. When the county board of education makes its appropriation to the several districts of the county, it is authorized to deduct the amount of the annual installment and interest from the apportionment of that district. 932. Bonds for Schoolhouses in Counties, Townships, and School Districts. Upon petition of the county board of education in any county, the board of county commissioners, after thirty days notice at the court house door and a publication of four weeks in some newspaper published in the county, shall order an election to be held in any county, township, or school district which embraces an in¬ corporated city or town, in which there is maintained a public high school, to ascertain whether the voters are in favor of issuing bonds for building, furnishing, repairing, or rebuilding schoolhouses. The petition of the county board of education must set forth the amount of the bonds, the rate of interest they are to bear, which shall be not more than six per cent payable semi-annually; and the length of time the bonds are to run, (not more than twenty years); and the maximum tax that may be levied, which shall not exceed thirty cents on the one hundred dollars and ninety cents on the poll. This information concerning the bonds also must be set forth in the order of election made by the city or county commissioners. If the election is held in a county, not over $100,000 may be author¬ ized. If in a town or district, not more than $25,000 may be authorized. When the bonds are issued it is the duty of the county board of education to sell them and hold the proceeds for the benefit of the building fund of the township or school district building fund in which the election was held. 933. Bonds for Schoolhouses in Cities and Towns. Whenever the board of aldermen or duly constituted authority in any city or town deems it necessary to purchase lands or buildings or to erect build¬ ings, for school purposes, they are empowered to issue bonds in the name of the town or city in such amount as they deem necessary. The question of the issuance of such bonds shall be submitted to a vote of the qualified voters of the town or city under the rules pre¬ scribed for the election of the mayor and members of the board of aldermen. If the election is carried, the bonds, which shall not run for more than thirty years, or bear interest at a greater rate than six per cent per annum payable semi-annually, may be issued and sold. EDUCATION Par. 937 VI. Text Books. 934. Eiementary Text Books. Elementary text books in North Carolina are adopted by a Text Book Commission whose members are the same as the State Board of Education. The law requires the appointment by the State Superintendent and the Governor of a Sub- Commission of six members to be elected from the teachers and county superintendents, whose duty it is to examine all books sent to the State Text Book' Commission as specimen copies or samples. The State Text Book Commission and the Sub-Committee in joint session select and adopt the books best suited for use in the public schools of the State having due consideration of the prices at which the books are bid. Books adopted for elementaiy use must be used exclusively. 935. High School Text-Books. In the adoption of high school text-books the unit of adoption shall be the county. The county high school text-book committee is composed of the county superintendent, the superintendent of the largest city or town school in the county, and three high school teachers or principals. The adoption in each county must be made from a State approved multiple list of books which is recommended to the State Superintendent of Public Instruc¬ tion by a State high school text-book committee consisting of five members appointed by the State Superintendent. The list, in order to be adopted, must be approved by the State Superintendent, 936. Text Books Rented by School Boards. County boards of education, or boards of trustees in any special tax district, are author¬ ized to rent public school text bookjs to children at a rental price not to exceed fifty per cent of the publisher’s contract with the .State. VII. School Census and Health. 937. School Census. The school committee is required to furnish annually to the county superintendent a census report of all the children in the township or district by name, age, date of birth, sex and race, and the names of their parents or guardians. Census reports must show also the number of children of com¬ pulsory attendance age, and the committee shall furnish the attend¬ ance officer a separate list of all children subject to compulsory at¬ tendance, giving age, date of birth and race of each, and the names of their parents or guardians. The census report must also show the number of persons betv/een the ages of twelve and twenty-one who cannot read and write, and the names of persons over twenty one who cannot read and write. The names of deaf, and blind children, between the ages of six and twenty-one, with the names of their parents, must also be reported. Blanks for these reports are fur¬ nished by the county superintendent of public instruction. Par. 938 SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA The school committee may designate the teacher or some other competent person to take the school census. The school census mnst be reported to the teacher, who is required to record it in her register. Committeemen or other persons taking the census are allowed a sum not exceeding three cents per name for names of all persons between the ages of six and twenty-one reported. 938. Physical Examination of Pupils: The State Board of Health and the State Superintendent of Public Instruction make rules and regulations governing the physical examination of school children. These examinations must be made by teachers, and each child must be examined at least once every three years. A record of the teacher’s examination must be sent to the State Board of Health on blank forms furnished by the Board. It is the duty of the Board of Health to examine the record sent in by the teacher, and to notify the parent or guardian of every child whose card shows a serious physical de¬ fect, to bring such child before an agent of the Board of Health on a day designated, for the purpose of having the child thoroughly ex¬ amined. Failure to bring the child before the agent of the Board without good cause shown renders a parent or guardian guilty of a misdemeanor and subject to fine or imprisonment. Provided that the distance the child must be carried shall not exceed ten miles. No pupil shall be compelled to submit to medical examination or treat¬ ment whose parent or guardian makes written objection. 938 A. I’ree Dental Treatment: Fifty thousand dollars per year is set aside from the State Public School Fund for the purpose of providing free dental treatment for as many children as possible each year. 939. School Privies: By the laws of 1919 C. .213, S. 1 it is required that in each county the board of education provide two privies at each public school house, one for boys and one for girls. Twenty- five per cent of these have to be installed before September 1919, and twenty-five per cent in each year following, the whole to be com¬ pleted before tSeptember 1922. The county superintendent and the county board of education are held responsible for the execution of this law and are legally liable for failure to carry out its terms. The local district or township committeemen are required to keep the privies in a sanitary condition. VIII. Compulsory Attendance at Schools. 940. General Compulsory Attendance Law. (Chap. 100 Acts of 1919.) Parents or guardians in charge of children between the ages of eight and fourteen years are required to keep such children in school continuously for a period equal to the time which the public school in the district in which the child resides shall be in session. The EDUCATION Par. 961 principal or teacher in charge of the school has the right to excuse a child for temporary absence on account of sickness or distance of residence from school, or other unavoidable cause which does not cons¬ titute truancy. Truancy is defined by the State Board of Education as “being absent from school on the part of the child without the consent of the parent or guardian.” Violation of the compulsory school attendance law subjects the parent or guardian to a fine of not more than twenty-five dollars, and upon failure to pay the fine, imprisonment not exceeding thirty days in the county jail. 940 A. Compulsory Attendance of Indigent Children. If it is found by the attendance officer that a child of compulsory attendance age cannot attend school because his assistance is needed in the sup¬ port of himself or of the family, then the juvenile court shall find and state whatever is necessary for the family to enable them to comply with the compulsory attendance law. The court shall transmit its findings to the county board of education or to the city school board according to where the case arises. The county board of education in its discretion must appropriate from its incidental fund a sum not exceeding $10.00 per month for such child during the compulsory attendance period, and shall require the attendance officer to see that the money is used for the purpose for which it is appropriated. 940 B. Compulsory Attendance of Deaf Children. Deaf children between the ages of seven and seventeen must be sent by their parents or guardians to some school for the instruction of the deaf children, at least five teians of nine months each. 940 C. Compulsory Attendance or Blind Children. Blind child¬ ren between the ages of seven and seventeen must be sent to some school for the instruction of the blind at least eight terms of nine months each. Parents failing to send such child to school are guilty of a misdemeanor. B. Institutions and Agencies. 951. The University of North Carolina. Chapel Hill, N. C.. The University was established in 1776 in obedience to the first Constitu¬ tion of the State. It was opened in 1795. Starting with one, the Old East Building, the University now comprises twenty-six buildings. The campus contains forty-eight acres of land. Contiguous to the campus are five hundred acres of forest land owned by the Univer¬ sity. Government: “The University is governed by a board of trus¬ tees elected by the Legislature and is free from sectionalism, sec¬ tarian or political control. The Governor of the State is ex-officio Pres- Par. 951-A SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA ident of the Board of Trustees.” Location. The seat of the University is Chapel Hill, Orange County, twenty-eight miles northwest of Ra¬ leigh. Two daily passenger trains run between Chapel Hill and Univer¬ sity Junction a station on the Southern Railway. A regular automobile service is maintained between Durham and Chapel Hill, leaving Dur¬ ham at 9:30 a. m., 12:40 p. m., and 8:00 p. m. The site for the institution was selected because of its healthfulness, its freedom from malaria, its supply of pure water, its beautiful scenery, and its central loca¬ tion in the State. Courses and Degrees: The University offers courses in the College of Liberal Arts, School of Applied Science, School of Education, School of Commerce and Finance, School of Law, School of Medicine, School of Pharmacy. It confers the degrees of Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science, Master of Arts, Master of Science, Doctor of Philosophy, Bachelor of Laws, Bachelor of Arts and Laws, Bachelor of Science in Commerce, Graduate of Pharmacy, Doctor of Pharmacy, and Pharmaceutical Chemist. Admission, (a) By certificate from accredited schools, (b) by examination. The Uni¬ versity accepts uniform exa.mination papers of the Association of Col¬ leges and preparatory Schools of the Southern States. It also accepts the certificate from the college entrance examination board. Fifteen un¬ its are required for unconditioned entrance. At the discretion of the committee on entrance certificates, the student is admitted on thirteen units. Units in vocational subjects are accepted—two units on entrance into the college of Liberal Arts, three on entrance to the School of Ap¬ plied .Science. R. O. T. C. The War Department has established at the University an Infantry Unit of the Reserve Officers Training Corps. 951 A. Student Aid. The University lists in its catalogue a number of scholarships and fellowships which are open to all students except those in the departments of law, medicine and pharmacy. Ap¬ plications must be made on blanks prescribed by the University, and be in the office of the President by September the first. Loan Funds of the University are limited in amount and are loaned only on securi¬ ty to young men of merit who need financial assistance in order to complete their college course. Applications must be filed in the office of the President on or before September fifteenth. Free Tuition. Tuition is free to students of the ministry, to the sons of ministers, to young men of bodily infirmity, to teachers, to young men preparing to teach on condition that they agree to teach in North Carolina for two years. Self Help. The faculty committee on Self Help assists stu¬ dents in securing positions in the University and in the town. A limited number of students are appointed as waiters in Swain Hall. Other¬ wise, all the opportunities available in the University and town must be secured by the personal efforts of the individuals, or with the assistance of the Faculty Committee on Self Help. EDUCATION Par. 951-B 951 B. University Extension Service. (.Some sections of this subject will be found dealt with under Chaps, II and V.) The Bureau of Extension of the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill was organized in 1912 under Dr. Louis R. Wilson as director. It attempts to answer all inquiries directed to it in one of the following ways: (1) by asking some member of the University Faculty or depart¬ ment or school, who is an expert in the particular field, to give the information sought: (2) by referring the inquirer to a state or national agency: (3) by furnishing material from the University Li¬ brary or a departmental library, or (4) by sending a representative ofi the University to give information in person. No charges are made for service except when a representative is sent or material is loaned. In these cases the traveling expenses of the representatives, and the postal charges on library material, are borne by the person or organization to whom the service is rendered. The Bureau also offers particular service through the following divisions: (a) Public Discussion and Debate. The High School Debating Union is an organization under this Division. A handbook, published annually, and package libraries on subjects of public interest are furnished. Mr. E. R. Rankin, Secretary, is in charge of this Division. The following publications have been issued: Woman Suffrage, The Initiative and Referendum, Enlargement of the Navy, Government Ownership of Railways, Compulsory Arbitration of Industrial Dis¬ putes, Immigration Restriction, Public Discussion and Debate. (b) Home Study. Courses in elementary school, secondary school, and college subjects are offered through correspondence. A statement of courses offered, together with fees charged, is issued annually. Dr. L. A. Williams is in charge of this Division. (c) Lectures. A lecture service is maintained, through which services of members of the Faculty may be secured for single lectur¬ ers, lectures in series, and addresses for school commencements and other special occasions. A particular effort is made to furnish lectures relating to community activities. The traveling expenses of the lec- tiarer are met by the organization securing his services. A list of the lectures offered is issued annually. Dr. W. W. Pierson, Jr. is in charge of this Division. (d) Social and Economic Survey. Special investigations and surveys concerning economic and social conditions are undertaken through this Division. The following publications have been issued: Cooperative Institutions among Farmers of Catawba County, Syl¬ labus of Home-County Club Studies, Country Life Institutes, Local Study Clubs, North Carolina Club Year Books 1915-16, 16-17,17-18, and the University News Letter, issued weekly. Economic and social studies have been issued for the following counties: Wake, Sampson, Par. 951-B SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA Durham, Rockingham, and Rutherford. Dr. E. C. Branson is in charge of this Division. (e) Municipal Reference. See Chap. V. Par. 518. (f) Educational Information and Assistance. The School of Education Service is a clearing house for information concerning city and county school systems, courses of study, educational tests and measurements, school consolidation, and all other matter in the partic¬ ular field of education. Surveys and special investigations are made upon request, and special educational meetings are furnished. The following publications have been issued: A Professional Library for Teachers in Secondary Schools; Addresses on Education for use in declaiming, essay writing, reading and teaching of county geography; measurements; and a study of the public schools in Orange County. Inquiries concerning these subjects should be addressed to the Bureau of Extension. (g) Good Roads Institute. In cooperation with the State High¬ way Commision, the North Carolina Geological and Economic Survey, and the Department of Civil Engineering, the Bureau holds an annual Good Roads Institute for the benefit of road commissioners, engin¬ eers, and all persons interested in the development of better roads. Inquiries should be addressed to the Bureau of Extension. See also Chapter II. Par. 265 c. (h) Programs for Women’s Clubs. Programs of study for the North Carolina Federation of Women’s Clubs are prepared annually, books are loaned from the Library, lectures are supplied for special discussions or programs, and suggestions for the preparation of papers are made upon request. A small charge is made for copies of printed programs. Books are loaned and lecturers are sent upon the usual conditions. Programs have been issued upon the following subjects: Latin America, Literary and Historical Background of the Great War, What to Read, Americanization and Citizenship. Miss Nellie Roberson is in charge of this Division. Cf. Chap. V, Par. 526. (i) Community Music. See Chap. V. Par. 535. (j) Community Drama. See Chap. V. Par. 534. (k) Community Playgrounds and Recreation. The Department of Physical Education offers assistance in the planning and equipping of gymnasiums and playgrounds, and in suggesting forms of outdoor exercise for schools and municipalities. The Library maintains a special collection of books and pamphlets on these and related sub¬ jects. A leaflet entitled Physical Education, containing a list of books which may be borrowed, has been issued. Professor T. J. Browne is in charge of this Division. See aiso Chap. V. Par. 532. EDUCATION Par. 952 (L) Country Home Comforts and Conveniences. See Chap. II. Par. 265 A. (m) Package Library Service. See below, Par. 966-C (n) List of Free Publications: The Bureau maintains the fol¬ lowing publications, any of which will be furnished to residents of the State free of charge. Extension Bulletins, Extension Circulars, Ex¬ tension Leaflets, and the University News Letter. Inquiries regard¬ ing these should be addressed to Dr. Louis R. Wilson at the University. The list of free publications to date includes: ) EXTENSION SERIES RI.CORDS. A Professional Library for Teachers in Secondary Schools. Addresses on Education For Use in Declaiming. The Initiative and Referendum. Cooperative Institutions Among Farmers of Cawtaba County. Syllabus of Home-County Club Studies. The Teaching of County Geography. The Enlargement of the Navy. Country Life Institutes. North Carolina Year Book, 1915-1916. Government Ownership of Railways. Measurement of Achievement in the Fundamental Elementary School Subjects. Public Discussion and Debate. North Carolina Club Year Book, 1916-1917. Local Study Clubs. Compulsory Arbitration of Industrial Disputes. Standard Educational Tests and Measurements As a Basis for Cooper¬ ative Research Plan. Comparative Results of a State-Wide Use of Standard Tests and Meas¬ urements. North Carolina Club Year Book, 1917-1918. Compulsory Military Training. A Study of the Public Service in Orange County, North Carolina. Immigration Restrictions. No. 1. No. 2. No. 5. No. 8. No. 9. No. 12. No. 14. No. 16. No. 17. No. 19. No. 21. No. 22. No. 23. No. 25. No. 26. No. 27. No. 29. No. 30. No. 31. No. 32. No. 34. (2) EXTENSION CIRCULARS. No. 1. Our Country Church Problems. No. 2. Our Carolina Highlanders. No. 3. County Government and County Affairs. No. 4. Outline Studies of the County Church. (3) EXTENSION LEAFLETS. Vol. I, No.11. Selections for Speaking in the Public Schools: The Present Crisis. Vol. I, No. 12. American Ideals in American Literature—ASyllabus. Vol. I, No. 14. National Ideals in British and American Literature. Vol. II, No. 7. Studies in the Social and Industrial Conditions of Women As Affected by the War. Vol. II, No. 8. A Course On Americanization. Vol. II, No. 9. Sanitation In the South. Vol. II, No. 10. America’s Creed. Vol. Ill, No. 1 Citizenship for Women. Vol. III. No. 2. County Home Comforts and Conveniences. Vol. III. No. 5. Community Music. (4) COUNTY STUDIES. No. 1. Sampson County: Economic and Social. No. 2. Wake County: Economic and Social. No. 3. Durham County: Economic and Social. No. 4. Rutherford County: Economic and Social. No. 5. Rockingham County: Economic and Social. 952. The State College of Agriculture and Engineering, West Ra¬ leigh, N. C. (See also Chap. II, Par. 255.) Par. 952-A SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA Admission. Each applicant for admission must be sixteen years of age, and must bring a certificate of good moral character from school last attended. Begining September 1920, the applicant must submit fourteen units of credit, eight and a half of which are specified. Admission may be secured by certificates from preparatory schools oj^ approved standing. Courses of Study: (a) Agriculture. Four years course in general agriculture; four year specialized courses; two year course in practical agriculture; a winter course of three weeks, (b) Engineering, Mechanic Arts and Chemistry; four year course in chemical engineering; four in civil engineering; four in electrical engineering; four in mechanical engineering; a two year course in mechanic arts, (c) Textile Courses. Four year course in textile chemistry and dyeing; a two year textile course. The degree of Bach¬ elor of Science or of Engineering is conferred upon those who com¬ plete the four year course. The short courses do not lead to a degree, and are intended for students who desire the manual training. 952 A. Student Aid. Students may receive financial assistance by one of the following means: (1) Scholarships. Of these there are (a) regular scholarships covering tuition, to one hundred and twenty young men of good char¬ acter who are unable to pay for their education; appointments are made by the President of the College, and, as far as possible, are distributed among the different counties; (b) Agricultural scholarships. The Legislature of 1913 authorized College Trustees to give a limited number of Agricultual scholarships to students who agree to teach for two years in an agricultural school, or to serve in an agricultural experiment station, or to farm in the State for two years after graduation. Applicants must furnish proof of their inability to pay their own expenses, and evidence of moral worth; (c) Textile scholarships. Fifteen scholarships have been awarded by cotton mills and individuals as an encouragement to young men to take the textile course. The recipient of one of these scholarships must have a good record both in scholarship and deportment. (2) Loan Funds, (a) The Finley Loan Fund is a National Foundation to William Wilson Finley, established by the Southern Railway Company for needy ’ students in agriculture. The fund is administered by the Bureau of the College, and the beneficiaries are named by the college, (b). Students Loan Fund. The Alumni Asso¬ ciation of the college established this fund to be lent to needy students. The loans are at six per cent, and good security is required. The fund is administered by the Bureau of the college and the President. (3) Self Help. There is an opportunity for a limited number of students to earn part of their expe'^.ses in college by doing work at odd hours on the farm, in the orchard, the bam, and the dairy, also in the dining room and elsewhere. EDUCATION Par. 955-A 952 B. Extension Service. The extension work which the College carries on in connection with the Department of Agriculture is described in Chapter II. 953. The North Carolina College for V/omen. (The State Nor¬ mal College.) Greensboro, N. C. The College was established by Act of the General Assembly of 1891, and was opened for students in 1892. The chief purpose is to train teachers, but instruction is also offered in other branches. The institution has grown steadily, and has now eighteen buildings with accomodation for 575 boarders, and a staff of 93. Admission: Applicants must be sixteen years old, and must have completed the State high school course of North Carolina or its equivalent, that is, must present fourteen units. Entrance may be secured by certificates or by examination. At the discretion of the committee on secondary schools students are admitted with two units conditioned. These conditions must be removed, however, at the begining of the sophomore year. Courses and Degrees. The col¬ lege offers five courses of study conferring degrees of Bachelor of Education, Bachelor Arts> Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of Science in Home Economics, Bachelor of Music. In addition to the regular college course, the Institution offers short courses for teachers, for nurses, and for business training. 953 A. Student Aid. .Scholarships include the Esther Marks Scholarship: the Sarah and Evelyn Bailey Scholarship; six scholar¬ ships of about $75.00 each, offered by the United Daughters of the Confederacy to the descendants of Confederate veterans; scholarships for post graduate work maintained by the Alumnae. There are also a number of loan funds. Certain money prizes are offered each year by the Department of Agriculture. Free Tuition: Free tuition is given to young women ‘‘who signify their intention to teach, upon such conditions as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors.” 954. Other State Colleges for the White Race. The State also maintains (a) The Cullowhee Normal School, Cullowhee, N. C. (b) The Appalachian Training School, Boone, N. C. (c) The East Carolina Teachers' Training School, Greenville, N. C. For information apply to the Information Service of the American Red Cross, or to the Colleges direct. 955. State Institutions for the Colored Race: These include: (a) Negro Agricultural and Technical College, Greensboro, N. C. (b) State Colored Normal School, Elizabeth City, N. C. (c) State Colored Normal School, Fayetteville, N. C. (d) State Normal and Industrial .School, Winston-Salem, N. C. 955 A. The Negro Agricultural and Technical College of North Carolina, Greensboro, N. C. Established in 1891 and generally known as the A. and T. College, this institution has for its main object in- Par. 955-B SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA struction in practical agriculture, the mechanic arts and kindred sub¬ jects, The government is in the hands of a Board of Trustees con¬ sisting of fifteen members elected by the General Assembly or ap¬ pointed by the Governor. Admission: “Applicant must be sixteen years old, must understand fairly well the forms and rules of the English language, must know addition, subtraction, multiplication and division of whole numbers, and have a knowledge of geography and history.” Students who have completed the eighth grade are admitted v/ithout examination. For admission to the Freshman class ten units of secondary school work must be offered, six of which are specified. Expenses: For the first month about $26.50, and for subsequent months from $12.00 to $14.00. Free tuition is limited to one student for each county representative of the Legislature. Free tuition is also allowed any student for one year following a year in which he is on the Honor Roll for three consecutive terms. Student Aid. A number of scholarships are awarded each year on Commencement Day. The college offers opportunities for work to those students who wish to defray their expenses. Courses and Degrees. In agriculture there is a four-year preparatory course, a two-year course, a three months’ winter course, and a one week’s course. In the Mechanic Arts there is a four-year course leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science; and, in cooperation with the iSmith-Hughes Act, various Trade School, Shop Teacher and Auto Mechanics courses, for which certificates are granted. Reserve Officers Training Course. This is under the charge of a U. S. Anny Officer. The course is for four years and quali¬ fies for commissions in the Army Reserve Corps. The U. S. Gov¬ ernment furnishes students taking this course with free uniform, hat and shoes each year, and in the Junior and Senior years $100 in cash for board and lodging. 955 B. The State Normal Schools for Negroes. These schools are for the purpose of training men and women teachers for the public schools. Tuition is free to those who intend to teach in the public schools of the State. For others the tuition fee is $10.00. Board and laundry expenses run to about $12.00 a month. All students are required to give at least one hour of service daily, or its equiva¬ lent, to the institution. Some of the women students may reduce their expenses by washing dishes and waiting tables. There are nor¬ mal, industrial, and musical departments. 956. State Normal School for Indians. The Indian Normal School at Pembroke, in Robeson County is a tState institution for the training of teachers for the Indian Schools. 957. Denominational Colleges. The educational standards of these colleges vary considerably, some of them approximating to that of the State University, others falling beneath it. Information on stand¬ ards, entrance requirements, courses of study, scholarships, loan funds. EDUCATION Par. 957 etc may be had from the colleges direct or from the Information Serv¬ ice of the American Red Cross, 249 Ivy St., Atlanta, Ga. The colleges may be classified as follows: (a) Male and Coeducational. Atlantic Christian College, Wilson. Belmont Abbey College, Belmont. Catawba College, Newton. ^ Concordia College, Conover. Daridson College, Davidson. Elon College, Elon College. Guilford College, Guilford. Lenoir College, Hickory. Rutherford College, Rutherford. Trinity College, Durham. Wake Forest College, Wake Forest. (b) Female Carolina College, Maxton. Chowan College, Mufreesboro. Davenport College, Lenoir. Flora MacDonald College, Red Springs. Greensboro College for Women, Greensboro. Louisburg College, Louisburg. Meredith College, Raleigh. Mitchell College, Statesville. Normal and Collegiate Institute, Asheville. Oxford College, Oxford. Peace Institute, Raleigh. Queens College, Charlotte. Salem Female Academy and College, Winston-Salem. St. Mary’s School, Raleigh. (c) Prominent Colleges and Schools for Negroes: Albion Academy, Franklinton. Allen Industrial Home and School, Asheville. Bennett College, Greensboro. Biddle University, Charlotte. ) Christian College, Franklinton. Eastern Normal and Industrial Institute, Edenton. Eastern N. C. Industrial Academy, New Bern. Gregory Institute, Wilmington. Henderson Normal School, Henderson. Immanuel Lutheran College, Greensboro. Joseph K. Brick Normal and Industrial Institute, Bricks. Kent Home, Greensboro. Par. 958 SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA Kinston College Kinston. Kittrell College, Kittrell. Lanrinburg Normal and Industrial Institute, Laurin- burg. Lincoln Academy, Kings Mountain. Livingston College, Salisbury. Mary Potter School, Oxford. National Training .School, Durham. Normal and Industrial Institute. High Point. Palmer Memorial School, Sedalia. Peabody Academy, Troy. Roanoke Collegiate Institute, Elizabeth. Rich Square Academy, Rich Square. Scotia Seminary, Concord. Shaw University, Raleigh. St. Augustine School, Raleigh. St. MichaeTs Training and Industrial School, Char¬ lotte. Thompson Institute, Lumberton. Waters Normal Institute, Winton. (d) County Training Schools for Colored Teachers. Anson County Training School, Wadesboro. Berry O’Kelly Training School, Method. Bertie County Training School, Powellsville. Bi-unswick County Training School, Shelby. Columbus County Training .School, Whiteville, R. F. D Gates County Training School, Sunbury. Greene County Training School, Snow Hill. Halifax County Training School, Print. Hyde County Training School, Sladesville. Johnson County Training School, Smithfield. Martin County Training School, Chapel Hill. Pamlico County Training School, Bayboro. Pender County Training School, Rocky Point. Pitt County Training School, Grimesland. Sampson County Training School, Clinton. 958. Professional Schools. (a) Law Schools. University of North Carolina, L. P. McGehee, Dean; Trinity College, Durham, S. F. Mordecai, Dean; Wake Forrest College, N. Y. Gulley, Dean. (b) Schools of Medicine. University of North Carolina, G. H. Manning, Dean; Wake Forrest College, W. L. Poteat, Dean; Colored —Shaw University, Raleigh, G. H. Stoddard, Dean. EDUCATION Par. 959 (c) Schools of Pharmacy. University of North Carolina, E. V. Howell, Dean. Colored—Shaw University, G. H. Stoddard, Dean. 959. Southern Association of College Women. The S. A. C. W. was organized at the University of Tennessee in 1902. The object of the Association, as stated in its Constitution, is “first, to unite college women in the South for the higher education of women; second, to raise the standard of education for women; third, to develop preparatory schools and to define the line of demarcation between preparatory schools and colleges.” The Association is trying to create such public sentiment as will demand, throughout the South, College Work for College degrees; a larger appropriation for rural and city schools, better trained teachers, and better salaries for teachers, better buildings, more effective supervision of the physical welfare of children, and an increased attendance. (a) Standing Committees. These comprise (1) Committee on College Day. To arouse an interest in attending college by organizing college clubs and by establishing college day exercises in city and rural high schools. (2). Committee on Scholarships. To secure scholarships in the leading colleges for women to be awarded high school students on the basis of competitive examination. (3)Commit¬ tee on College Standards. To investigate the standards of southern colleges, and to inform the public, especially the prospective college girl, of the actual standing of all institutions in the South bearing the name “College for Women.” (4) Joint Committee. Representa¬ tives of the (Southern Association of College Women with a committee from the Association of Secondary Schools and Colleges of the South¬ ern States form a Joint Committee whose purpose is to work for legislation restricting the granting of charters with degree-conferring privileges. (b) Membership. Members must be graduates of colleges re¬ cognized by the Association of Collegiate Alumnae, Carnegie Founda¬ tion, or the Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools of the Southern States. (c) Colleges Recognized. The Association recognizes graduates of (a) Colleges belonging to the Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools of the Southern States, which require a minimum of four units of foreign language for entrance, and a mininium of six hours of foreign language for graduation; (b) colleges on the accepted list of the Carnegie foundation; (c) colleges recognized by the Associa¬ tion of Collegiate Alumnae; (d) specially approved colleges from outside the territory covered by group (a) and not included in groups (b) and (c). (d) Graduates from the following colleges are eligible: Georgia, Agnes Scott; the University of Georgia; North Carolina: The Uni- Par. 960 SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA versity of North Carolina; Trinity College. South Carolina: Con verse College. Tennessee: Durham University of Chattanooga; George Peabody College for Teachers, University of Tennessee, Van¬ derbilt University. Florida: Florida State College. 960. The Commission on Accredited Schools of the Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools of the Southern States. Created by the Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools of the Southern States in annual session at Tuscaloosa, Alabama November, 1911, the Commissions is composed of three members from each state in the Association. One member is the State Inspector of Secondary Schools, another is a representative of some college belonging to the Association; both are appointed by the executive committee of the Association for a term of three years. These two members appoint a third member, who shall be connected with a secondary school ac¬ credited by the Association. Duties. The duties of the Commission are to agree upon a uniform blank to be used for reports by high school principals; to prepare a uniform certificate blank for admis¬ sion to college; and to describe and define unit courses of study in the various secondary programs based upon the recommendation of the Carnegie Foundation and the rules of the Association. 960 A. Minimum Standard for Crediting Schools. To be accred¬ ited a school must require for graduation a four-year high school course embracing fifteen units as defined by the Association. Three- fourths of the secondary school teachers of academic subjects must have scholastic attainment equivalent to graduation from a college belonging to the Association, or approved by the Commission, and teachers should have had professional training or one year’s exper¬ ience. The number of daily periods of class instruction given by any teacher should not exceed five per day. The laboratory and library facilities must be adequate for the needs of instruction in the courses taught. The library should have five hundred volumes exclusive of duplicates and government publications. The physical features of the plant should be such as to insure hygienic conditions for both pupils and teachers. The school must have at least four teachers of academic subjects giving their full time to high school instruction. Not more than thirty pupils should be taught by one teacher at one time. The Commission recommends nine hundred dollars as the minimum salary for teachers. The time for which schools are accredited is limited to one year, dating from the time of the adoption, of the list by the Association. 960 B. List of Accredited Schools. Each State Committee pre¬ pares a list of accredited schools of its State according to the condi¬ tions of accrediting, and furnishes the list to the Commission at its annual meeting. From the lists thus submitted the Commission at its annual meeting makes up the list of Southern Accredited Schools. EDUCATION Par. 961 The Secondary Schools in North Carolina that are Accredited by the Association are: Asheville School, Asheville. Bingham School, Asheville. City High School, Asheville. Normal and Collegiate Institute, Asheville. St. Genevieve’s Academy, Asheville. High School, Burlington. High School, Chapel Hill. Homer Military School, Charlotte. City High School, Charlotte. City High School, Durham. Trinity Park School, Durham. High School, Edenton. High School, Elizabeth City. High School, Goldsboro. High School, Greensboro. High School, Greenville. Blue Ridge .School for Boys, Hendersonville. Fassifern School, Hendersonville. City High School, Hendersonville. High School, Kinston. High School, Laurinburg. Mars Hill College. Mars Hill. High School, Monroe. Oak Ridge Institute, Oak Ridge. High School, Raleigh. High School, Rocky Mount. High School, Scotland Neck. High School, Smithfield. High School, Tarboro. High School, Wilmington. High School, Wilson. City High School, Winston-Salem. Salem Academy, Winston-Salem. 961. Vocational Education under the Smith-Hughes Act. The passage of the Smith-Hughes Act by Congress in February of 1917, made it possible for the states in the Union to secure certain federal funds for the promotion of vocational education provided the states matched the federal fund dollar for dollar. The law restricts the use of these funds to the promotion of vocational education in agriculture, trades and industries, and home economics, and apportions the money to the states on a basis of population. The funds may be used for three distinct purposes (1) Agriculture. The fund available for paying the salaries of teachers and supervisors of Vocational Agri- Par. 961-A SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA culture in schools of less than college grade is apportioned on the basis of the ratio the lairal population of the state bears to the total rural population of the United States. (2) Trades and Industries and Home Economics. The fund available for salaries of teachers of trades and industries and home economics in classes of less than college grades is apportioned on the basis of the ratio of the urban population of the state to the total urban population of the United *States (3) Teacher Training. The fund available for teacher training depart¬ ments maintained in colleges is apportioned on the basis of the ratio of the total population of the state to the total population of the United States. 961 A. General Conditions. The law provides for all-day schools and classes, part-time and general continuation part-time classes, and evening classes. The time of the student is divided between the class¬ room work in technical and related topics and the practical work. The amount of time given to each subject varies in the particular field of vocational work studied, and is proportioned by the State Board of Vo¬ cational Education. The following requirements are conditions of the grant. (1) The instruction must be under public supervision and control. (2) The controlling purpose must be fit for useful employment. (3) The instruction must be less than college grade. (4) The instruction must be designed to meet the needs of persons over fourteen years of age who have entered upon or who are preparing to enter upon em¬ ployment. (5) Every dollar of federal funds must be matched by a dollar of local or state funds, or both. (6) Federal funds can be expended only for salaries of teachers and maintenance of teacher training departments. 961 B. State Organization for Vocational Education. By the law of 1919 the administration of vocational education is in charge of the State Board of Vocational Education. (See above. Par. 902 C.). The Executive Staff consists of a State Director of Vocational Education and special supervisors for agriculture, trades and indus¬ tries, and home economics. The duty of the State Director is to aid in coordinating the vocational work in the schools with other work, and in advising the supervisors as to location of classes, plans and methods, and in such other ways as may tend to bring into the school activities. 961 C. Progress of North Carolina in Vocational Education. In the three years which have passed since the Smith-Hughes Act went into force, much progress has been made in entering into the oppor¬ tunity thus created, but the fignares given below represent only a be- gining, and the next few years will probably see a great extension of the work. Since North Carolina is primarily a mral state, agricul¬ tural education has naturally received most attention. The chief need in every branch is qualified teachers. If the supply of these were anything like equal to the demand the work of carrying out the pro- EDUCATION Par. 961-F gram of vocational education in every part of the State might be accomplished much more rapidly. 961 D. Agricultural Education. Agriculture is taught in two distinct types of school, the farm life school, and the rural high school. In the former there must be at least fifty areas of arable land with live stock, farm machinery, and laboratory apparatus; in the latter there must be a small plat of land of about an acre, also labora¬ tory apparatus, reference books and periodicals. In all the types of schools aided by the Smith-Hughes Act, half the pupil’s time is devoted to vocational, and half to non-vocational subjects. The practical work may be carried on at home as well as on the school farm. In 1920 thiidy-one schools for whites were in operation. Of these twelve were farm life schools, and the remainder departments of agriculture in high schools. Among the negroes, the work was carried on in eleven of the training schools. The training of teachers for vocational edu¬ cation in agriculture is carried on at the .State Colleges. Nineteen white and seven colored students were enrolled in 1.919-20. 96! E. Tredes and Industries. These are lausght in ev'ening schools or classes, and in part time schools or classes. Because of the fact that the cotton mills and furniture factories are the dominant industrial plants in North Carolina, the intention of the Board is to give vocational training in these subjects special proiuinence. In the evening schools the minimum age is sixteen. \n adequate equip¬ ment is required. The instructioTi is intended to suppunnent the daily employment. In the part-time school the boy or girl must be over four¬ teen. The plant and equipment of the shop or factory may be used for the actual shop work, the school board supplying the necessary classrooms. The length of the term must be at least 144 hours, and may be divided so as to give four to six hours a week or twelve hours a week, alternating. In 1919-20 seventy-three evening classes and one part-time class were conducted, and the following subjects taught: cotton manufacturing, auto mechanics, house wiring, industrial motors, industrial chemistry, dynamo-electric machinery, hydraulic turbines, power-plant operation, blue-print reading, mechanical drawing, sketch¬ ing for machinists, roof framing, printing, air-brake operation. In most cases the teacher is selected from among the tradesmen found in the mill or local community. 961 F. Home Economics: Home economics under the Smith- Hughes Act is taught in evening classes, part-time schools or classes, and day schools or classes. In evening schools the minimum age is sixteen, and a certain equipment is necessary. The object is to sup¬ plement the work of the home. Such subjects as the following are taught: millinery, plain sewing, care and repair of clothing, reno¬ vating and remodeling, starches and sugars, fruits, vegetables and cereals, care of sick room, furnishing the house. During 1919-20 Home Par. 962 SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA Economic courses were given in twenty-three day schools and in fifteen evening schools. 962. Organizations for the Promotion of Education Among Ne¬ groes. Provisions for the education of the colored race in North Caro¬ lina may thus be summarized. They include: (1) The public ele- mentai’y schools under the direction of Mr. N. C. Newbold, Raleigh, assisted by supervising teachers in forty-two counties salaried by The Jeanes Fund; (2) Training in vocational subjects in thirteen county training schools under Mr. T. E. Browne, Director, Raleigh, and in farm and home demonstration work, by seventeen field agents under Dr. B. W. Kilgore, Director of Farm Extension, Raleigh; (3) Eigh¬ teen county training schools for colored teachers; (4) The three State Normal Schools, and the State AgTicultural and Technical Col¬ lege; (5) Some thirty institutions for higher education and profes¬ sional training supported mainly by private philanthropy. (See above Par. 955.). 962 A. The County Training Schools. The county training schools for colored teachers are established by the County Board of Education on the recommendation of the county superintendents, and are supported by the public school authorities, the Slater fund, the colored people of the county, and the local white friends of negro education. The regular State public school course of study is followed in all the schools through the seven elementary grades. In the eighth and ninth grades, where there is a ninth grade, the State high-school course is followed with negro history substituted in most cases for ancient history and simple teacher training and industrial work for the classics. An effort is made to teach home industries throughout the school. These consist of cooking, sewing, housekeeping, laundry work, gardening, manual training, and the like. 962 B. The Anna T. Jeanes Foundation. This is an endowment established in perpetuity for the maintenance and assistance of ele¬ mentary schools for negroes in the southern states. The fund is ad¬ ministered by a Board of Trustees, Dr. James H. Dillers, President. The Negro Rural School Fund of the foundation is administered by Dr. Dillard for maintenance of supervising teachers, and of summer schools for the extension of school terms. These supervisors are known among the negroes as walking teachers and work under the direction of the county superintendents of education. The purpose of these super¬ visors is to introduce into the small country schools simple home in¬ dustries, and to give talks on sanitation and personal cleanliness to the school children and community groups; to encourag’e the improve¬ ment of school houses and school grounds; and to conduct gardening clubs and other kinds of clubs for the betterment of the school and the neighborhood. The supervisors are appointed by the county sup- EDUC ATION Par. 962-E erintendent and, as far as possible, during the winter session of the school their salary is paid by the negro people- among whom they work. Home Makers Clubs: The General Education Board pays the salaries of the Jeanes supervisors during the summer months, at which time these young women give demonstrations in canning, preserving, cooking, and the proper care of the home to the negro women in the county.. State Supervisors The Jeanes Foundation supports a State Worker whose duty it is to supervise all of the industrial teachers. Her salary and traveling expenses are paid in part by the General Education Board. 962 C. The Rosenwald Fund for Colored Rural School Buildings. Mr. Julius Rosenwald, of Chicago, offers through the Y. M. C. A. of that city $25,000.00 to every city in the United .States which will raise by public subscription $75,000.00 for the purpose of erecting a Y. M. C. A. building for colored men and boys; the total cost of the land, building, and furaiture to be not less than $100,000. To assist in the erection of rural schools for negroes in the South Mr. Rosenwald offers, through the Tuskegee Institute, to donate a sum not greater than $400.00 for a one-teacher school, and $500.00 for a two-teacher school, provided that the community where the school is to be located has previously secured from public funds, or raised by subscription, a sum equivalent to, .or larger than, the amount to be donated. In addition it is stipulated that the total sum be suf¬ ficient to complete the school house, and that the school term be at least five months. In those schools erected under this plan whose term is less than seven months, grants of not less than $30.00 per annum may be made for the purpose of lengthening the term, provided, as above, that the community matches that sum. Where the maximum term is seven months, the joint contribution made is applied to the salary of the teacher or teachers. 962 D. The John F. Slater Fund. Secretary, Miss G. C. Mann, Box 418, Charlotesville, Va., Treasurer, The Metropolitan Trust Co. This is a trust fund of a million dollars created to assist public or private negro schools of the South, where proper standards of efficiency are maintained, and where there are normal and industrial departments. The purpose of this fund is to prepare teachers and to provide education in the industries. 962 E. The General Education Board. 61 Broad St. N. Y. City. The Board is empowered to assist in the improvement of primary, industrial, technical, and normal schools, training schools for teachers, institutions of higher learning, and schools of any other grade. As the work of the Board in North Carolina is devoted chiefly to the colored population, it is listed in this section. The following are among Par. 962-F SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA its activities: (a) Contribution to Higher Education. The General Education Board maintains a Department of Secondary Education in the State University. The Professor of Secondary Education at the State University acting through the Department of Education serves as High School Inspector, (b) . State Agents for Negro Rural Schools. The Board pays the salaries and traveling expenses of the State Agents for negro rural schools. These agents work under the county superintendent or education in carrying out the definite program which is outlined by the State Department of Education, (c). Supervising Industrial Teachers. It contributes to the Negro Rural School Fund of the Anna T. Jeanes Foundation in order to assist counties in the employment of competent supervising industrial teachers, (d) County Training Schools. It contributes to the John F. Slater Fund in developing and maintaining County Training Schools for negroes. These schools propose to cover two or three years of high school work and offer to the graduating class a simple course in teacher training to equip the members of the class for teaching small rural schools. (e) Home Makers Club. It defrays the expenses of the county sup¬ ervising industrial teachers (Jeanes Industrial Teachers) during the summer months. The purpose of the Jeanes Club Agents is to teach the negroes in the rural communities better habits of daily living. (f) Summer Schools: Through the State Department of Education, it assists in conducting summer schools for negro teachers. 962 F. The State Association of Negro Teachers. President, Dr. James E. Shepard, Durham, N. C., Secretary, Prof. S. D. McRae, Reidsville, N. C. Its purpose is to advance educational interests by improvement of schools and quickening of professional standing, and to promote the general v/elfare of the teaching profession. The Association was in¬ strumental in establishing the mral school commission out of which developed the Rosenwald Agenqy; the railroad commission, out of which developed the organization for better traveling accomodations. The Association cooperates with the State Department of Education, private donors, and Mr. Rosenwald, of Chicago, in supporting a visit¬ ing field supervisor for negro public schools of the State—Mr. C. H. Moore, 232 Mebane St., Greensboro; and with the Jeanes Fund direc¬ tors and the State education authorities in the direction of the Jeanes industrial teachers and the home-makers clubs. 962 G. The State Association of Negro High School Principals. R. E. Malone, president, A. and T. College, Greensboro, N. C., W. M. Cooper, secretary, Smithfield, N. C. The purpose is to standardize and promote the efficiency of the Negro High .Schools of North Caro¬ lina; to help place a high school for Negroes in every county in the State; to provide the negro with secondary educa.tion at home. The Association has succeeded in having the same curriculum as is used in the white schools of the State adopted for use in negro schools. EDUC ATION Par. 963 963. Educational Facilities for Ex-Service Men. Under the Fed¬ eral Board for Vocational Education, the discharged soldier, sailor or marine is free to choose the occupation for which he desires training unless expert opinion shows this choice to be inadvisable. After thorough training is given, he is further assisted in securing perma- ment employment, and after he goes to work, his case is followed up to insure that the employment is satisfactory. In cases where it is impossible to determine the best course of training for a man to pursue, a try-out preparatory course is provided in either a school or shop, f Those eligible for training are thus defined by Section 2 of the Vocational Rehabilitation Act, as amended July 11,1818: “every per¬ son enlisted, enrolled, drafted, inducted or appointed in the military or naval forces of the United States, including members of training camps authorized by law, who, since April 7,1917, has resigned or has been discharged or furloughed therefrom under honorable conditions, having a disability incurred, or aggravated while a member of such forces, or later developing a disability traceable in the opinion of the board to service with such forces, and, who, in the opinion of the Federal Board for Vocational Education, is in need of vocational re¬ habilitation to overcome the handicap of such disability, shall be fur¬ nished by the said board, where vocational rehabilitation is feasible, such course of vocational rehabilitation as the board shall prescribe and provide.” There are two classes, men eligible under Section 2 of the law, and men eligible under Section 3. By the regulations now in force, the former receive $80.00 a month while under training, and a further provision graded according to the number of their dependents, but not exceeding $150.00 in all; the latter receive payment for their instruc¬ tion and the expense incidental thereto, but no maintenance fund for themselves or dependents. To be eligible for training under Section 2 a man must be able to meet the following conditions: “(a) He must have been separated from the military or naval forces of the United States under honorable conditions since April 7, 1917. (b) He must have a disability that was incurred, increased, or aggravated while a member of such forces, or that is traceable, in the opinion of the Board to service with such forces, (c) His disability must, in the opinion of the Federal Board, be of such a nature as to cause him to be in need of vocational re¬ habilitation to overcome the handicap of such disability, (d) His physical and mental condition must be such as to make vocational rehabilitation feasible.” To be eligible for training under Section 3 a man must have been awarded compensation for at least a temporary period by the Bureau of War Risk Insurance. In the case of men receiving training under Section 3, payments from the Bureau of War Risk Insurance are unaffected by the fact Par. 963-A SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA of this training. In the case of men under Section 2, payments from the Bureau cease during the period of training unless the man is entitled to receive more from the Bureau than is being paid him under the Federal Board, in which event he is due to receive the difference from the Bureau. 963 A. Y. M. C. A. Scholarships for Returned Soldiers. Representative for North Carolina, G. A. Huntington, Central Y. M. C. A. Charlotte, N. C. The Y. M. C. A. Scholarship Fund is prorated to the individual states by National Headquarters The purpose is to help ex-soldiers to carry on their education. The scholarships are from fifty to two hundred dollars in value, and are open to white and colored men equally. Applications are dealt with in the first instance through county committees, and are then forwarded by the tState rep¬ resentative to National Headquarters. Up to the end of September, 1920, 707 scholarships had been assigned in North Carolina, repre¬ senting an expenditure of $61,268. Of those who have received scholar¬ ships, 64 elected to study in Y. M. C. A. schools, 183 in other schools, 289 in colleges, and 261 through Home Study courses. A “rolling college” or traveling automobile is engaged in distributing information through the rural districts of the State, and in interviewing men. 963 B. Knights of Columbus War Activities Schools. Secretaiy, A. B. Cummings, Southeastern Department of K. of C. Atlanta. There are schools for service and ex-service men. Tuition is free, and books and other equipment are furnished. An employ¬ ment bureau is run in connection. Civilians are also admitted to these schools, provided they qualify in certain subjects. North Carolina has two such schools, one at Charlotte, and one at Wilmington. In addi¬ tion the Knights of Columbus carry on welfare work in the U. S. P. H. S. Hospital at Asheville. 964. Educational Work in the Mountain Districts. A number of churches carry on more or less extensive mission work in the great mountain region of the Appalachians. Part of the territory covered lies in North Carolina. The work is varied in character, but much of it is educational. In the total region some 200 schools are main¬ tained, both elementary and secondary. These are generally coeduca¬ tional and aim at giving some vocational training. Among the churches which are active in this work are the Southern Baptists, Northern and Southern Presbyterians, Northern Methodists, Congrega- tionalists. Episcopalians and Disciples. Some of the schools‘are very well equipped, and by affording dormitory facilities at a cheap rate, enable children from isolated mountain farms to receive a good edu¬ cation. In addition to schools, colleges and orphanages, district nurses, hospitals, clinics and community workers are maintained, and encour¬ agement given to such activities as home industries, cooperative asso- EDUCATION Par. 966-A ciations, the building of roads, and the improvement of housing and* agriculture. For a list of all schools carried on by denominational and private agencies in the Southern Highlands and a full account of their work, the reader is referred to a book by the late Mr. John C. Camp¬ bell of the Russell Sage Foundation now in process of publication. 965. The Junior Red Cross in the Schools. (See Chap. XVII Par. 1703 C.) • The Junior Red Cross is in a medium for bringing to the minds of the children, and enabling them to put into practice, sound ideas on citi¬ zenship, health, and helpfulness towards others. In all cases the unit of membership is the school. No school is approached except by per¬ mission of the Superintendent. The organization can be made an instrument for raising the tone, and quickening the sense of community interest in the school. 966. Libraries. North Carolina has fifty-two public libraries, two of which are for the colored population. There are in addition thirty-two college libraries, eight of which are attached to negro in¬ stitutions. The largest library in the State is that of the University of North Carolina with over 88,000 volumes. Next in size come the library of Trinity College with 55,000 volumes; the .State library with 46,000; Davidson College with 27,000; the Supreme Court library with 22,000; and Wake Forrest College with 22,000. These are the only libraries which at present number more than 20,000 books. 966 A. The North Carolina Library Commission, Raleigh, N. C. The objects of the Library Commission are to encourage and aid in the establishment of new libraries, to increase the efficiency of those already established, to serve as a central office or clearing house for information relating to books and libraries, and to send out traveling and package libraries to rural communities. Mary B. Palmer is Secre¬ tary and Director. (a) Service to Towns and Cities. For towns and cities planning to establish public libraries, the Library Commission furnishes infor¬ mation regarding library campaigns, library laws, building plans, equipment and furniture, etc. Whenever it is desired, the Director participates personally in the campaign. The Commission renders assitance also to libraries already es¬ tablished, giving advice to small libraries, and to those without a trained librarian, regarding the selection and purchase of books, clas¬ sification, cataloging, and other administrative problems. (b) Free Traveling Libraries. If every town in North Carolina had free library facilities, there would remain in the rural districts a large majority of the people of the State who had no access to books. The rural school libraries (see above Par. 923.), for which the State Par. 966-B SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA appropriates $7,500 biennially, do something to meet this need. The traveling library system of the N. C. Library Commission is another contribution to the same end. These traveling libraries are made up in sets of about forty volumes, and are selected according to the object in view, schools, general community reading, or some special interest. They are sent free to rural districts and small towns in which some society or individual is willing to assume responsibility for their distribution. They may be kept three months, and renewed once for the same period. Another branch of the same service is the Package Library. These are small collections of books and magazine articles, or magazine ar¬ ticles only, bearing on a single subject, which are sent by mail to organizations and individuals not having other library facilities. They include debate libraries for rural schools and debating societies; study club collections; The Farmer’s Library, a collection of twelve vol¬ umes on agriculture and county life; special collections on child wel¬ fare, social work, agriculture, the South, and household arts. Materials on a wide variety of additional subjects are supplied. No charge is made except for postage. For further information apply to the Library Commission, Raleigh. 966 B. Legislative Reference Library. See Chap. V, Par. 511. 966 C. Library of the University of North Carolina. The Bureau of Extension, through the general library of the University, the special Library of Rural Economics, and also the other departmental libraries, offers books and pamphlets on subjects connected with the Extension work. It is also prepared to loan any book from the general library which is not in use at the time the request is made, and which is not governed by special regulations which require it to be kept constantly in the building. It is also able to furnish books upon the following special subjects: North Carolina History and Literature, Public Health,Public Welfare, Rural Social Science, and Schools. Re¬ quests for library material should be addressed to the Bureau of Ex¬ tension of the University, rather than to the particular division. 966 D. Library Service for Public Health Nurses. State Library center for North Carolina, University of N. C. Chapel Hill, Dr. Louis R. Wilson, Librarian. The National Organization for Public Health nurses provides library facilities for its members in the following ways: (a) By means of the State Library Center. From this, by paying postal charges, material on any phase of public health nurs¬ ing may be boiTOwed and kept as long as needed, (b) Through the Central Library at 156 Fifth Ave., New York. From this also a package of pamphlet material may be borrowed and kept as needed. The Central Library maintains as well a collection of reference books, (c) The Librarian of the National Organization publishes a special EDUCATION Par. 966-D article each month in the “Public Health Nurse” giving information about new books, pamphlets, bibliograhies, etc. (d) Selected arti¬ cles are reprinted each month from the “Public Health Nurse” and offered for sale at a cheap rate, (e) Booklets, posters, and other propaganda material, designed to help the nurse to educate her public, are supplied free to members of the organization in limited allot¬ ments for distribution. t-b * . ’> W -. — .*■ -. "''' ' ..-V^ I m i<«>st. «>- /.4 . _L . _ffirfvK^'OI^ iI'PIHI^BB . t- SV ■Vf ■! . .■ nt-ftnci; of I'tsf >?»!!!ir. :i(ity^M ^ JtVri i^.* rjH. ry, • -i? V*iA .« * < .< 4 ^% t ^ It -* ■ i". . I' ■ 4 --.■*^r ** * .*/! a.«We^lid^ilijiiru* .f.,r wr? •pJ'iSSi** 1,^ • ' ^ ^ •-&!/:''■«' !S»^ 8 mv>Hcrf, ''i«*,«ihRfj^ri#^^^ :■ * * /'J t’ft^ I Cii>r ,i - ’•• ^ 9 -‘i 4 .‘iV^^' t\rfk^ r-J|^j^iS.__ %1,, ',. vVar^f/ v'uv^ivijim }i>K|4>r^ •.'■*4 t ta'ft?»tva)?ti^‘*Jllif^ ‘ ■ ■- )^t vA vik- liviftin •ji-. w- 5 vl 5 r>*\ {•.■#■-r ■:■♦■<, -^. ►t _ .4 _■ ■ . ■ . _.. . '■•-.O' V .mh^w-' - .•*k — ' •' ^ ^ »>t v*iv ■ •• • tiJ %i ^ ifc:cisr>t\ ?'f t.-ifr- raihct th^ir^ t- 4 'ibi-ji' 5 ii»t^i^y d|v*' 3 fW"S * -*- ■ • •' ;* n 1 ^ ■. “ i ^ t i'/l . f H - ri^y.^«'br43r7n-«red u/ thW f^','C. r:.^'‘l,>jtn:^ry it Avw^ Y*-^ tioia ' ,^ 7 '.*»ir^ii|*\ f pro*>|*h 4 *nt ^n^ktoHal ^ ‘.«edci^^^ . s *? . . »y^ ‘ 4 ii ,fn».*»y ‘,^;j ^ ?t.fff#V 3 e 1 >oo <^\ . *-.^‘ 5dfi4? V4 ihr3^ifc?4ivt|i>i?. a spt?viixS ''i V-. .<’■ * ■ . vJ* i.. I. Lftws for DeMors and iilOt, IntTvt^xitihiM Of the Ijr^/iffwtitjjif familytKora vn fJjJs chf^tpT fall the tvco h^HV^is ‘'Tabt*" ar,4 *4co5jt4- ir»tir*, nxti litijj^njTft i»t U»<«lr 'Wn^« on ibt* nr ^i>^e dealing with ^ m»rn«»o Hft\d :p;i(p5pKft>i^a'e " '' V,'.- n-:. ■ • % ~i !- ■;' '■* A^iiifi for Oehtl^ Th?i*t gr« IhTeg cso^i? in •whi^ii «Cp ih*m tti^Ty b« Miforeodv * ^t, *, • • > « u)i the (b^ also Chap. I, Pay-. H>4 E (b)/i. h;»y0 jurisaietion a? elvll action#, founded on coair^H damj^aded riot exceed |^0 and oo title to real ia^ io jedfr;^ $1^00.00, fdjf Ktontha. Jtid^rm'n' -^ oX tlte^ Courts ’may hft^doc1sdioi> in'-Has oiiifo of the ci«h. of the Sttp< rl»> CiAXt. nnd ttv4^4w»m** jt^d^rraentt of ihi* Superior Cnurt for all of execaUdh mh! atv. m^dn by « utafcaie a igen pjK.o nil ih#‘rfjtl pvoperiy of thS!;^.t5*,jtute fisi tranarndpia of iiTd4finetit to K- Jaifiiajd at tt'5a«st of the plalntif-f and fty thne, wK^a ihren yiam of its rhidirlon. tf tbyi^ tyive elapsed^ howevr^r, tb& i% issutvs o^'iy ufte .npphcatk»r* by af/idavil of noivpayTi^eBd amJ n» Atc^t t* ’ ‘he ^deXeadant of such c^pplicfttioti. AppenliJ ajrtsvtxken .U\ fW^ ^tUeise courts ^ tb*» SiaYri^mr Cwti. hut eniy ii?<^ mattera^ of law InfiBrvne^: Krocul^n ,i3.'i^i gUytd oj^ .thSe ;*>- peals UiWs A )xjrd la bie«i. . , (e> Ibe likipr^e Court cenaf'jtli Ja^ sits only at u ''*• A'i • jf-r isdj^ik- iai' .'J' <■ » * .'* I) < :v?;" f ,ft CHAPTER X Family Welfare I. Laws for Debtors and Decedents Par. 1002 1001. Introduction: Of the laws affecting family welfare, those given in this chapter fall under the two heads of ‘debt’ and ‘deced¬ ents’. Other laws not less important in their bearing on the home, such as those dealing with marriage and divorce, guardianship of children, public health, dependency and the like must be looked for in the appropriate chapters. 1002. Actions for Debt: There are three courts in which ac¬ tion may be enforced :- (a) . Justice of the Peace (see also Chap. I, Par. 104 E (b).). These courts have jurisdiction of civil actions founded on contract wherein the sum demanded does not exceed $200 and no title to real estate is in controversy. In all cases there is a right of appeal from the judgments of these courts to the Superior Court, but the judg¬ ment is not vacated unless the appellant files a supersedeas bond. Upon the filing of this bond execution may also be stayed without appeal in actions founded on contracts if prayed for at the trial by the defendants as follows: if the judgment is not for more than $25.00, one month; if above $25.00 and not more than $50.00, three months; if above $50.00 and not exceeding $200.00, six months. Judgmrncj of these courts may be docketed in the office of the clerk of the Superior Court and thus become judgments of the Superior Court for all purposes of execution and are made by a statute a lien upon all the real property of the defendant. Appeals from this court are heard de novo in the Superior Court. (b) Superior Courts. (For organization and jurisdiction see Chap. I. 104 D). As stated in preceding paragraph judgments of the court may be made a lien on the real estate of the defendant. Provision is also made in the Statute for transcripts of judgment to be issued at request of the plaintiff and docketed in any other county of the State in which plaintiff may desire to have it docketed, and when docketed it becomes likewise a lien upon the defendant’s real estate in that county. Execution upon a judgment of the Superior Court issues as a matter of course at any time within three years of its rendition. If three years have elapsed, however, then it issues only upon application accompanied by affidavit of non-payment and notice to the defendant of such application. Appeals are taken di¬ rectly from these courts to the Supreme Court, but only upon matters of law or legal inference. Execution is not stayed upon these ap¬ peals unless a supersedeas bond is filed. (c) The Supreme Court consists of five judges and sits only at Par. 1003 SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA the Capital of the State, Raleigh. The right of appeal to it is not limited by the amount involved. Its decisions in particular cases are certified to the court below from which the appeal was taken, and judgment is there entered upon such certificate. (See also Chap. I, Par. 104 C). 1003. Exemption Laws. (a) Personal Exemption. Personal property of any resident of the State to the value of $500.00 to be selected by such resident is exempted from sale under execution or other final process. This right is personal. (b) Homestead and Insurance. Every homestead and the dwelling and buildings used therewith not exceeding in value $1,000.00, is exempt from sale under execution or other final process. This right of exemption remains attached to the homestead, in case of the death of the homesteader, until his youngest child becomes of age, if he leaves children; or if he leaves no child, then during the widow¬ hood of his widow. The husband may insure his life for the benefit of his wife and children and in case of his death the amount of such insurance shall be free from claim of any of his creditors. (Constitution, Article 10). See below Par. 1005. (c) Property of Married Woman. The real and personal prop¬ erty of a woman acquired before her marriage and all property to which she may become entitled after shall remain her sole and sepa¬ rate estate; and is not liable for any debts, obligations, or engage¬ ments of the husband; and may be devised and bequeathed; and, with the written consent of her husband, conveyed by her as if she were unmaiTied. (Constitution, Article 10, Sec. 6). See also Chapter VIII Par. 806. 1004. Landlord and Tenant Laws. There is no lien for rent except in case of agricultural leases, and no common law distress for rent in arrears. Rent is apportioned in case of death, and the landlord is given the right of summary ejectment. Notices to quit are as follows: from year to year, one month or more before the end of the cuiTent year of the tenancy; from month to month, by a like notice of seven days; from week to week, by notice of two days. (Code 1905, Sec. 1984-87). 1004 A. Agricultural Tenancy. The lands are rented or leased by agreement, written or oral. For agricultural purposes any and all crops raised on the land shall be deemed to be vested in posses¬ sion of the lessor until the rents are paid, all stipulations in the lease are performed, and until the lessor is paid for all advancements made and expenses incurred in making and saving the crops. Re¬ moval or disposition of crops by a tenant without these payments having been made is a misdemeanor, and unlawful seizure by the landlord is also a misdemeanor. (Code 1905, Sec. 1993). See also Chap. XIII, Par. 1304 D. FAMILY WELFARE Par. 1008-C 1005. Chattel Mortgages. Before these can be valid, they must be registered in the county where the mortgagor resides. They are not valid at all upon household or kitchen furniture if executed by a married man and his wife does not join with privy examination in their execution. The statute provides a short form with cheap regis¬ tration where the debt secured does not exceed $300.00. (Code 1905, Sec. 1039, 1941). 1006. Loan and Usury Laws. The legal rate of interest is 6 per cent. More than this directly or indirectly reserved or paid con¬ stitutes usury. Such reserving or charging a greater rate of inter¬ est than 6 per cent, when knowingly done, constitutes a forfeiture of the entire interest. If a greater rate of interest has been actually paid, the person paying it may recover double the amount of inter¬ est paid by way of a penalty. A few Morris Plan Banks have been chartered in the State to make small loans, and they are permitted to charge a nominal fee of $1.00 to pay the expense of an investigation into the character of the applicant. 1007. Imprisonment for Debt. There is no imprisonment for debt except in case of fraud. 1008. Intestacy Laws. The following are the laws and proced¬ ure in the case of a person dying intestate. 1008 A. Appointment of an Administrator. A suitable person is appointed as administrator by the Clerk of the Superior Court of the county in which decedent was domiciled at the time of his ‘death. Preference in the appointment is given to the next of kin but no person resident without the iState can be appointed. 1008 B. Order in Which Debts Must be Paid. Debts of decedent are payable in the following order: 1st, debts which by law have a specific lien on property to an amount not exceeding the value of the property; 2nd, funeral expenses; 3rd, taxes; 4th, dues to the United States; 5th, judgments; 6th, wages due domestic servant or laborer which became due within one year of the death, and also medical services for the same period; 7th, all other debts and demands. 1008 C. Order in which Heirs Inherit. Order of distribution of surplus of personal property is as follows: Where there is one child and a widow, the child takes two-thirds and the widow one-third. In all other cases the widow takes a child’s part. If there are no children, or representative of a deceased child, the widow takes half and the next of kin the balance. If there is neither widow nor children, the surplus is distributed equally to all next of kin who are in equal degree and those who legally represent them. If a child dies v/ithout leaving issue, with his father and mother surviving him, the father and mother take equal shares in his estate. If only one parent survives, that parent takes the whole of it. If the decedent Par. 1009 SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA leaves no child nor legal representative of such child, nor any next of kin, then his widow takes the whole. 1009. Execution of Will. There are three kinds of wills. (a) A paper written by decedent or someone under his direction with intent that it should be his last will and testament, and signed by him in the presence of two witnesses who sign as witnesses in his presence; (b) A holograph will written v/holly by himself and signed by himself and deposited among his valuable papers or lodged in the hands of some other person for safekeeping; (c) A nuncuputative will. By the last, only personal property can be bequeathed. The testator, in his last sickness and in his own habitation, may specially require at least two credible witnesses to bear witness to the fact that he then and there disposes of personal property as he tells them. This verbally expressed will must be re¬ duced to writing within ten days after it is declared. The testator appoints his own executor in the will. 1009 A. Probate of Will. This is usually done by the executor named in the will, accompanied by the witnesses thereto, presenting the same to the Clerk of the Superior Court of the county in which testator is domiciled at the time of his death. Resident executors do not usually execute the bond required by law of administrators, whereas non-resident executors do. This bond must be in double the amount of the estimated value of the personal property of the de¬ ceased, and both executors and administrators have to qualify by tak¬ ing an oath of office before they can legally meddle with the estate. 1010. Rules for Descent of Real Property. 1. Every inheritance lineally descends forever to the issue of the person who died last seized, entitled, or having any interest therein, but does not lineally ascend, except as hereinafter provided. 2. Females inherit equally with males, and younger with older children. 3. The lineal descendants of any person deceased represent their ancestor, and stand in the same place as the person himself would have done had he been living. 4. On failure of lineal descendants, and where the inheritance has been transmitted by descent from an ancestor, or has been de¬ rived by gift, devise, or settlement from an ancestor, to whom the person thus advanced would in the event of such ancestor’s death, have been the heir or one of the heirs, the inheritance descends to the next collateral relations, capable of inheriting, of the person last seized, who were of the blood of such ancestor, subject to the two preceding rules. 5. On failure of lineal descendants, and where the inheritance FAMILY WELFARE Par. 1051 has not been transmitted by descent or derived as aforesaid from an ancestor, or where if so transmitted or derived, the blood of such an¬ cestor is extinct, the inheritance descends to the next collateral relation, capable of inheriting, of the person last seized, whether of the paternal or maternal line, subject to the second and third rules. 6. Collateral relations of the half blood inherit equally with those of the whole blood, and the degrees of relationship are com- ■puted according to the rules which prevail in descents at common law; Provided, that in all cases where the person last seized leaves no issue capable of inheriting, nor brother, nor sister, nor issue of such, the inheritance shall vest in the father, and mother, as tenants in common if both are living, and if only one of them is living, then in such survivor. 7. No inheritance shall descend to any person, as heir of the person last seized, unless such person shall be in life at the death of the person last seized or shall be born within ten lunar months after the death of the person last seized. 8. When any person dies leaving none who can claim as heir to him, his widow is deemed his heir, and as such inherits his estate. 9. Every illegitimate child of the mother, and the descendants of any such child deceased, shall be considered an heir; Provided, however, that where the mother leaves legitimate and illegitimate children, such illegitimate child or children shall not be capable of inheriting of such mother any land or interest therein which was con¬ veyed or devised to such mother by the father of the legitimate child or children; but such illegitimate child or descendant shall not be allowed to claim, as representing such mother, any part of the estate of her kindred, either lineal or collateral. 10. Illegitimate children are considered legitimate as between themselves and their representatives, and estates descend accordingly in the same manner as if they were born in wedlock. And in case of the death of any such child or his issue, without leaving issue, his estate descends to such person as would inherit, if all such chil¬ dren had been born in wedlock: Provided that when any illegitimate child dies without issue, his inheritance shall vest in the same man¬ ner as is provided in rule six above. 1011. Inheritance Taxes. See Chap. XVI. II. Agencies 1051. Introductory. In dealing with this subject it has to be kept in mind that many of the agencies which affect family welfare most intimately are to be found under other heads, such as. Agencies for Child Welfare, (Chapter IV.); Agencies for care of the Poor, (Chapter VII.); the American Red Cross (Chapter XVII.); Those chapters should also be consulted. ' Of the institutions given below some are nation wide in their Par. 1052 SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA field of action; others merely local. Of the latter only those are mentioned whose work, in character and operation seems to be of more than local interest. Family Welfare work as here understood, relates merely to assistance rendered families found to be in need of material relief or of advice for the purpose of general rehabil- tation to normal financial and social functioning. Agencies are listed regardless of whether they have been passed upon by any standardiz¬ ing agency in reference to the quality of their work. The appear¬ ance or non-appearance of any agency in this chapter has no rela¬ tion to endorsement of its activities. 1052. Associated Charities. There are organizations of Associat¬ ed Charities in the following towns: Asheville, Charlotte, Durham, (combined with the office of .Superintendent of Public Welfare), Gas¬ tonia, Goldsboro, (consolidated with the Red Cross), Greensboro, (combined with office of Superintendent of Public Welfare), High Point, King’s Mountain, (consolidated with the Red Cross), Mount Airy, Morganton, North Wilkesboro, Raleigh, Salisbury, (work done by Superintendent of Public Welfare), Wilmington, Winston-Salem, Statesville, Hendersonville, New Bern. All except five have paid employees. 1053. Hebrew Charities. Goldsboro, Greensboro and Raleigh have local organizations for the care of Hebrew dependents. They work in co-operation with the Associated Charities in those cities, relieving the latter of responsibility for Jewish cases. 1054. The Salvation Army. International organization with Headquarters at 101 Queen Victoria Street, London. National Head¬ quarters at 120 Fourteenth Street, New York City. The South Atlantic Division covers the States of North and South Carolina, Georgia, and Florida, and has Headquarters in Atlanta. Activities in the Sal¬ vation Army are varied but may be grouped under the following heads: Ministerial; Employment Bureau; Prison; Relief and Hospital Vis¬ itation; Anti-Suicide Bureau; and Inquiry Departments. The local unit of the organization is the corps. The work of the Salvation Army in North Carolina falls into the following Divisions: 1. Corps. In the following places: Asheville, Charlotte, Durham, Greensboro, High Point, Kinston, New Bern, Raleigh, Wilmington, Winston-Salem and Salisbury. 2. Emergency Homes for Women. In the following places: Asheville, 28 South Ann Street; Charlotte, 507 North Brevard Street; Durham, 101 Morris Street; Greensboro, 630 South Elm Street; New Bern, 27 Hancock Street; Raleigh, 412 South Bloodworth Street; Wil¬ mington, Front & Dock Streets; Winston-Salem, 33 Burk Street. ' 1055. St. Vincent de Paul Society. ' A layman’s organization within the Catholic church. It operates in the local parishes for the. purpose'of giving relief to distressed FAMILY WET.FARE Par. 1059 Catholics or other needy persons. It is generally found active in all communities containing a Catholic church of reasonably large mem¬ bership. 1056. International Order of Odd Fellows. In cities in which the order is represented by a number of Lodges, these combine in maintaining a General Relief Committee, the object of which is to provide relief and assistance for distressed Odd Fel¬ lows, their wives, widows, and orphans. For information apply to member or secretary of the local lodge. 1057. Masonic Board of Relief. In the larger centers, the Masonic Order maintains a Board of Relief for distressed Masons, their wives, widows and orphans. For information apply to the local lodge. 1058. Legal Aid. There is no State lav/ providing legal aid for the poor, but the Associated Charities receive all necessary legal advice gratis from lawyers in their communities. Any lawyer who is affiliated with the home service work of the Red Cross or any other charities will as¬ sist with advice when necessary. 1059. Local Institutions. The majority of relief agencies are local in character, being at tached to churches and other community organizations. The social worker should make acquaintance with those in his neighborhood. X V-T. ■ w • «» r* - tr. [■^r r> yj r-V'tS-r ’* K^v 4 .'f..v 5 '-,tx , 4 .■ V '• •: \v ' * * ♦■■„-;* — ' -i * *'■ T ' “T^*- , ■" ■‘(i., ' • • '• ' *1 ■' .* - i . .. J 0v : ni. 1 \x’rrlim4r,'Jvioa. • '■ ;»( ir. U# a,vf c.'T.j t4i^''* * W*ii44f/-*iti • ■'•>> v.r;i (X^l^ ^ y <^ 4^ - :• ‘ '4^ vV^v:«5vri. '■y- A I r M,f ' -h .* TU ''■.*' iirlBfir v :• I?? '*■“ '' -5 ^. , . l ; ’'I.'* ,Y ■■> T • ^ I '. (t »>' . ♦*". m, Ap> ' |S^’> ■ V'^i/'- >< -i 1 '-,. r> L h • v.-,- cyi-fU,-! iv ; 'V'- ■ •*■, ■■ -■■ '' 'i ' Vfho .P- *'% u .‘'in-i ••;;:• I,::f i ■ v; ,. #' T-* {»^ ' ilk ■.' - -'•■,i 4 '.Tn' '<>i* 'fjjs!’!?'# 3 #_'.ikuo'> •-f’?8f t •♦ !?*: ,tvf.,<^- f; kW/Jif f If ^.c r<4«. U) t.- :5. • r» j ■ ■ •*' 'Uvc <■4 "J! ‘•a f‘‘"' ^ v/^jip,|iy4_^jV M », .Iijj f^:;it. •■!£•; 1»»» »* k ^ Ik ^ , tif- ^ _ . t' - * *1 ‘i. \i> *(.■& 'iji. ti'- ,* it. ?'tss’4ir. >vi *'-c V-..-.' I;#'l&j^|f|pitl^i.y, 4Sil¥<-, ‘'a- i'xAtiw^ . IK J c »»»-iv *'■ , 'i‘ »' 1^ ';r : ,** Slo r? dfe;-; . .^(!k f3SB ■ 'i ■ -■r . • ; si w »jr; 4 > ‘«i.!" «►*>> 'S'*:' ■ .f # - . »)f i4? - rV.'-.- • ^ ■ ■■'•A V , Ijjp ^ pewl^' -yji*qi44;gt, #'•*»« • iV't * >1 -■ .'iimW' 5n t? c.-t ■- Ji^V 4*5^ '.-v-i , . .- M ;*v. ’’ . ' •. * 'i*'b-iPu., ^ii ’ i- .^.. i»L_|f5^.-- ‘ “T, - .' w t.\r. >v'i,'v;t% t;r*'tok , f . V -‘ ♦ ► '*r" ^. I 2 •.Ak 1 . CHAPTER XL Health I. Laws and Administration. 1101 Introductory. Most of the laws dealing with health mat¬ ters in the State are to be found in the Consolidated Statutes under Chapter 117, “Public Health;” Chapter 118, “Public Hospitals;” and Chapter 109, “Medicine and Allied Occupations-” For treatment of this subject so far as it relates to mental de¬ fectives and insane, and to the physically handicapped see below. Chapters, XIV and XV. 1102. The State Board of Health. (Consol. Stat., Chap. 117, Art. 1.) The North Carolina State Board of Health is charged with the pro¬ tection of the public health and the administration of the laws enacted by the General Assembly relative to the same. It was created by Public Laws of 1879, in accordance with which it was organized on May 21, 1879. The personnel of the Board consists of nine members; four are elected from its membership by the Medical Society of the State of North Carolina; five are appointed by the Governor. Of the ap¬ pointees of the Governor, one is required to be a sanitary engineer. The terms are for six years. The State Board of Health is required to employ a secretary- treasurer from the registered physicians of the State, to be the execu¬ tive officer of the Board, and who, under its direction, devotes his entire time to public health work, and is known as State Health Officer. 1102 A. Duties of the State Board. It is the duty of the Board of Health to look after the general health interests of the poeple, and to be medical advisor to the Government. They must direct the attention of the State to such sanitary matters as in their judgment affect the lives and welfare of the people, and -as a consequence, the industries and prosperity of the State. To this end they must investigate the causes of diseases dangerous to the public health, especially epidemics; the sources of mortality, the effect of locations, employments and conditions; and must distribute among the people such information as will help in the prevention of disease. Second, it is the duty of the Board to advise the Government in regard to the location, sanitary construction, and management of all State Insti¬ tutions, and once a year to make an inspection of such institutions including all convict camps under control of the State’s Prison, report on their sanitary condition, and make suggestions and recommendations to their respective boards of directors or trustees. Third, in times of epidemics of smallpox, yellow fever, scarlet fever, diptheria, typhus Par.'1102-B SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA fever, bubonic plague, and cholera, it is the duty of the Board to exercise sanitary jurisdiction in all cities and towns not having regu¬ larly organized local boards of health, and to make all such regulations as they may deem necessary to protect the public health- 1102 B. Organization of the Board of Health. For the purposes of its work, the Board is composed of a general executive and nine separate bureaus or departments. The executive office is at Raleigh in charge of Dr. W. S. Rankin, the State Health Officer, who is also secretary-treasurer of the Board. Each of the Bureaus is in charge of a special piece of health work of such importance as to require a separate force, often with special training. Below, an account is given of the activities of each of these, bureaus and some of the laws under which they operate or which are closely related to their work. 1103. The State Laboratory of Hygiene. (Consol. Stat. Chap. 117, Art. 2). This makes diagnostic examinations for diphtheria bacilli for tubercle bacilli, for gonococci, for malaria, for intestinal parasites, and Widal reaction. It also makes Wassermann tests. The Laboratory is required to make periodic analyses of water from sources of public supply, and water from mineral springs that is offered for public sale. It makes examination of sputum for tuberculosis, blood for ma¬ laria, blood for typhoid, throat swabs for diptheria, pus for gonnorhea, brains for rabies, intestinal parasites, tissue for cancer, urine and blood for syphillis. This service is without charge. There is manufactured for distribution to the people of the State typhoid vaccine, diptheria antitoxin, whooping-cough vaccine, smallpox vaccine, tetanus antitoxin, material for the Cohick test, and tuberculin. A charge of twenty-five cents per package, regard¬ less of size of unit, is made for diptheria antitoxin. The others are distributed free. The Pasteur treatment is given free at the labora¬ tory, or the treatment furnished patient at his home. Dr. C. A. Stone is Director of the State Laboratory of Hygiene. 1104. The Bureau of Tuberculosis. (Consol. Stat., Chap. 117, Art. 13). The State Board of Health has direction over the State San¬ atorium for the Treatment of Tuberculosis. The law authorizes the Board to maintain a Bureau of Tuberculosis. This Bureau has super¬ intendence of all measures looking to the stamping out of the disease. It receives reports of cases, and keeps a register, which is confidential, of all persons in the State affected with Tuberculosis. It maintains a correspondence school with such persons. Physicians and hospi¬ tal officials are bound to report all cases of which they have knowl¬ edge on blanks issued by the ^Bureau. The governing bodies of towns and cities and the board of commissioners in counties are HEALTH Par 1105-A authorized to send their indigent tubercular patients to the State Sanatorium and pay for their treatment there a sum not exceeding one dollar a day. From its inception the Bureau has received full support, financial and otherwise, from the State Tuberculosis Asso¬ ciation. Dr. L. B. McBrayer, Superintendent of the State Sanatorium, is Director of the Bureau of Tuberculosis. 1104 A. Tuberculosis Among Prisoners. (See also Chap. VI Par. 655 and 661). It is the duty of the sheriff to have any prisoner sus¬ pected of tuberculosis examined, and if found to be infected lodged in a separate cell. Cells thus occupied must be fumigated before being inhabited by other prisoners. No prisoner suffering with tuber¬ culosis may be kept in any county convict camp, or on any public or private works, or, except when awaiting trial, in any jail, but must be sent to the State Farm within forty-eight hours after the diagnosis has been made, provided he has given his consent thereto in writing. Suitable provision for such prisoners must be made on the State Farm by the Board of Directors of the Central Prison and State Farm, subject to the approval of the State Board of Health. Tubercular prisoners may not be transferred without full report being made to the State Board of Health. Further, they must be pro¬ vided with such extra food, and do only such work as the prison phy¬ sician recommends. 1105. The Bureau of Engineering and Inspectfon. This Bureau seeks to safeguard the public health in the matter of water supply and sewage. It enforces the law by which all towns and cities are required to have for each residence or place of business a sanitary privy of a type approved by the Board of Health. (See Chap. XIII, Par. 1302 D.) Dr, H, E, Miller, C. E. is Director of this Bureau. 1105 A. Protection of Water. (Consol. Stat., Chap. 117, Art. 8). The State Board of Health has general oversight and care of all inland waters, may examine their sources and surroundings, test their value for drinking purposes, and make reasonable rules and regulations to prevent their contamination. The Board must be con¬ sulted by all State institutions, towns, etc. before they proceed to install any water or sewage system; and all plans for such must receive its approval. Surface water supplies must be inspected quarterly and in case of large creeks or rivers, the area to be in¬ spected includes the fifteen miles of watershed above the intake. In case in the opinion of the local health board there is reason to suspect any particular locality as d, source of ir^ection, the water company concerned must make an inspection of that spot at least once a week. Inspectors have authority to enter buildings situated on the watershed, and persons living there must carry out any reasonable instructions. No unpurified sewage may be allowed to enter Par. 1105-B SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA above the intake of any stream used for water-supply; no cemetery may be established on the watershed nearer than 500 yards to the source of supply, and villages and hamlets within the limits must con¬ form to sanitary regulations imposed by the Board of Health. 1105 B. Provision as to Sanitary Privies. (Laws of 1919, Chap. 71.) The Bureau of Engineering and Inspection is entrusted with the carrying out of what is known as the State Sanitary Privy law. The purpose of this law is to prevent the spread of typhoid fever, diarrheas, dysentery, hookworm and other fecal borne diseases from open, insan¬ itary privies by requiring the privies in towns and villages to be constructed and maintained in a sanitary manner. If this purpose is to be achieved, it is necessary to exclude flies, and prevent the polu- tion of the surrounding soil with the eggs and larvae of hookworm; and to this end the sanitary protection of the privies which now exist is no less important than new constmction of a more hygenic type. The law requires that in the towns and villages of the State, every residence which is located within ^300 yards (fly range) of another residence must be provided with a sewer connection or a sanitary privy; and that every such privy be maintained in a sanitaiy manner and be open to inspection by the Bureau. This supervision is carried out by a force of ten sanitary inspectors, provision for which is made by a tax of 40 cents on each privy. 1106. The Bureau of Vital Statistics (Consol. Stat., Chap. 117, Art. 7.) Accurate vital statistics are absolutely essential to the pub¬ lic welfare, to show where health work is needed and to test its results; they are no less necessary for the individual to enable him to trace his ancestry or prove his age. The law, therefore, requires the more important facts concerning the birth and death of every citizen of the State to be Recorded, and from these records card indices and tabular classifications are prepared in order that information on the following points may be readily available on inquiry: (1) The total number of deaths occuring annually in the State. (2) The rate per 1,000 population. (3) Deaths from most important causes by races, ages, and by months. (4) The birth rate of the State per 1,000 population by races. Number of still-births, number of illi- gitimate births. Comparing birth and death rates so that the net gain in population can be told. Each city, incorporated town, and township constitutes a local registration district. The Secretary of the State Board of Health is State Registrar. The present incumbent of this office is Dr. F. M. Register. , ,1106 A,, ,Requirements as.to Births . Births must be reported within. five, days to the, local registrar on blanks. furnished, by the State Board of Health. Each still-birth must be reported both as a birth and death, and twins must have a certificate of each twin. The HEALTH Par. 1107 duty of reporting attaches to the physician, midwife, or person acting as midwife, or in case none was present, then to the father or mother of the child, householder or owner of the premises, or the manager or superintendent of the institution where the birth occurred. 1106 B. Requirement as to Deaths. It is the duty of the under¬ taker or person acting as such to file a certificate of death with the local registrar in whose district the death occurred, and to obtain from him a burial or removal permit. The certificate must contain required personal and statistical particulars from the person best qualified to supply them, evidence from the attending physician or coroner as to the cause of the death, and the date and place of the burial. No body of any person dying or found dead within the State may be buried or otherwise disposed of without such permit from a regis¬ trar. All casket dealers must report to the Bureau monthly all sales of coffins and caskets. 1106 C, Duties of State Registrars. The State Registrar must issue all the blank's necessary to registration, fully examine the certi¬ ficates received monthly, and maintain systematic card indices of a permanent nature. He must inform local registrars what diseases are to be considered communicable and dangerous to the public health in order that when deaths occur from such diseases, proper precautions may be taken to prevent their spread. Any cemetery company, church, society or individual possessing vital statistic records is invited to file them with the State Registrar for permanent keeping. 1107. Bureau of Epidemiology (Consol. Stat., Chap. 117, Art. 9.) This Bureau operates under two laws, one for the control of conta¬ gious and infectious diseases, the other for the prevention of blindness in infants. Dr. J. S. Mitchener is Director. (a) Control of Epidemic Diseases. The law requires physicians, teachers, parents and guardians to report communicable diseases to the county quarantine officer within twenty-four hours, and not to allow the infected person to attend school or go to any public place. The quarantine officer is elected every four years by the county board of health. It is his duty to receive these reports, and further them promptly to the State Board of Health. The law makes special pro¬ visions for the quarantine of infected travelers, the transportation of bodies of persons dying of infectious diseases, and for preventive measures against smallpox, diptheria, hydrophobia and tuberculosis. (b) Prevent' n of Blindness. To prevent blindness in the new¬ born due to gonorrheal infection, and to improve the practice of midwifery, the law requires the Bureau to secure an accurate regis¬ tration of midwives and physicians; to distribute free of cost a 1% solution of silver of nitrate and see that this is used as a preventive Par. 1108 SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA on the eyes of the newborn; to secure reports of cases “of any inflamation or swelling of the eyes of an infant occurring within two weeks after birth,” and to keep a record of such cases. All physicians and midwives are required to register with the State Board of Health, use the silver nitrate solution, and notify the county health officer of any case of inflamed eyes in infants. 1108 The Bureau of Venereal Diseases. (Chap. 206, Pub. Laws 1919). All cases of venereal disease are required by law to be reported to the Director of this Bureau. Under its supervision free clinics for the treatment of venereal diseases are conducted in all the larger cities of the State. The laws for the prevention of venereal dis¬ eases and the repression of vice are administered by this Bureau. The present Director is Dr. Millard Knowlton. The duty of this Bureau is to carry out the provisions of the Act for Prevention of Venereal Diseases which is contained in Chapter 206 of the Public Laws of 1919. By this law exposure of another to venereal disease b / an infected person is made illegal; physicians and managers of n.edical, penal or charitable institutions are required to report cases c ming to their knowledge; supects must submit to examination, and persons infected to treatment and isolation or quar¬ antine; all prisoners must submit to examination and, if infected, to treatment, and prison authorities are required to make available such portion of any State, county, or city prison as may be necessary for a clinic or hospital for the treatment of venereal cases. The Board of Health is authorized to make such rules and regulations for the en¬ forcement of the act as it deems necessary, and its officers are re¬ quired to cocp'^:'ate with those whose duty is the repression of prosti¬ tution. The ri les and regulations adopted under the above provision in 1920 include the following: Persons under arrest for sex offenses are to be considered proper subjects for examination. No person may issue a certificate of freedom from venereal disease in such form that it may be used for purposes of solicitation. The word ‘isolate’ is held to mean restriction of the infected person to his or her home or domicile, with the exclusion of all other persons except¬ ing medical officers and the immediate family. The word ‘quarantine’ is held to mean detention in a place other than the infected person’s usual home, and quarantine rather than isolation shall be the pro¬ cedure used for pimps and prostitutes. Persons isolated or quaran¬ tined may apppeal to the Board of Health for another examination, in which case they may be required to deposit with the written appeal the sum of $10 to cover expenses. Rules for Patients. Any person knowing or suspecting that he or she is infected with venereal dis¬ ease is required to place- himself or herself under the care of a physi¬ cian or the health officer and to continue under treatment until pro- HEALTH Par. 1108-A nounced non-infectious according to standards laid down by the Board of Health. No person infected with syphillis in communicable form may engage in any occupation which involves intimate contact with children. Rules for Physicians. Cases for venereal disease are to be reported within forty-eight hours of diagnosis on blanks prepared by the State Board of Health. Doctors who are willing to assume responsibility that a patient will not expose others to infection may report such cases by number without disclosure of the name. Doctors are required to give to persons diagnosed as having venereal disease a pamphlet of instructions furnished by the State Board of Health. They must also report the name and address of any patient refus¬ ing or discontinuing treatment before becoming non-infectious. Rules for Health Officer. It is enjoined that all reports of venereal disease must be regarded as strictly confidential. Officers must im¬ mediately investigate cases reported to them, and if the investigation reveals the presence of communicable disease, must issue a written order for carrying out one of three procedures, treatment till non-in¬ fectious, isolation with placarding of house, or detention under quaran¬ tine. This order shall be issued to the infected person, or to the parent or guardian in case of a child under sixteen, and specify the course which the diseased person must follow. Twenty four hours notice of intention to move must be given by a person thus under surveillance. The burden of paying for the treatment of indigent patients is placed upon the counties. When no other suitable place of quarantine is available, a jail or prison may be used. The penalty for violating any of the provisions of this act is a fine of from $25 to $50 or im¬ prisonment for not more than thirty days. 1108 A. Sale of Venereal Disease Remedies must be Reported. Chap. 214 of the public laws of 1919 contains an act, the purpose of which is to obtain information concerning persons infected with vene¬ real diseases from druggists who sell remedies for such diseases. This information is desired primarily in order that infected persons may be instructed in regard to the importance of proper treatment and the necessity for protecting others from infection. Also a knowl¬ edge of the sales of venereal disease remedies by druggists is an aid in estimating the prevalence of such diseases. For these reasons druggists are required to make weekly reports of their sales of vene¬ real disease remedies to the State Board of Health, and to keep pre¬ scriptions calling for such remedies on separate files. This act also makes it unlawful for any person other than a licensed physician to prescribe or give away any medicine for the treatment of venereal dis¬ ease. The giving of a false name or address to a physician or drug¬ gist when seeking treament or remedies for venereal disease is pro- Par. 1108-B SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA hibited. The penalty for violation is a fine of from ten to fifty dollars, or imprisonment for not more than thirty days. 1108 B. Measures for the Repression of Prostitution. (a) The Legislature of 1919 passed an act (Chap. 215) which is designed to place in the hands of law enforcing officials more ef¬ fective means for combating prostitution in its various forms. The object is two-fold: first, to make the law so broad as to prohibit the use of any building or any act that may favor the practice of prosti¬ tution or assignation, and second to provide graded punishment for a sufficient length of time to deter persons from repeating such acts. The law defines in a very comprehensive manner certain acts of prostitution or assignation that are declared to be unlawful. The terms “prostitution’’ and “assignation” are themselves defined in such a manner as will contribute towards the enforcement of the laws. Of¬ fenders are divided into two classes. (1) Those violating two or more provisions within one year are deemed guilty in the first degree, and are subject to imprisonment in, or commitment to, any penal reforma¬ tory institution in the .State for not less than one, or more than three years. Reformatory sentences are indeterminate and the prisoner may be paroled. (2) Those persons committing a single violation of the law are deemed guilty in the second degree, and are subject to imprisonment for not more than one year, any part of which sentence may be suspended and the prisoner placed on probation in the care of a probation officer. Probation or parole may be granted to a person infected with venereal disease only on such terms as shall insure medical treatment and prevention of the spread of the disease. No girl or woman may be placed on probation or parole except under the charge of a v/oman probation officer. (b) Under “an act to prevent the depraving of public morals” (Chapter 761, Pub. Local Laws of 1913 as amended by Chap. 288, Laws of 1919.) the following are forbidden: (1) The Sale of Narcotics. (See below. Par. 1120 B.) (2) Prostitution. The law forbids prostitution, the keeping of a house for immoral purposes, detention of any female by force, fraud, or intimidation, allowing any unmarried female under eighteen to live, board or room in a house where prostitution is practiced, the partici¬ pation in any obscene or immoral play, exhibition or entertainment. (3) Official Corruption. Any city prosecuting attorney, sheriff, police officer or constable can be removed from office by the judge of the superior court, if proved guilty of one or more of the follow¬ ing offenses: Wilful or habitual neglect of duty, wilful misconduct, or maladministration, corruption, extortion, conviction of felony, in¬ toxication. HEALTH Par. 1109-A (4) Use of Buildings for Immoral Purposes. The use or leas¬ ing of any building for immoral purposes such as prostitution, gamb¬ ling, or the illegal sale of intoxicating liquors is declared to be a public nuisance. The building itself, as well as the furniture and fixtures therein, is also made a public nuisance. Two methods of abatement are provided. In the first place if the existence of such nuisance is established in criminal procedure, the court is required to order its abatement as a part of the judgment in the case. In the second place, civil action may be brought in the name of the State, by a prosecuting attorney or solicitor or by any citizen of the State, for the abatement of such nuisance. In the trial of such action, upon adequate proof that a nuisance exists, the court is required to order its abatement. This means the removal from the building or place for sale by the sheriff of all fixtures, furniture, musical instruments or movable property. The building in which the nuisance has been committed must be closed and kept closed for one year unless sooner released. 1109. The Bureau of Public Health Nursing and Infant Hygiene. The Director of this Bureau is given supervision of all Public Health Nurses employed by counties and Red Cross Chapters in the State. Nurses employed by industrial corporations and municipali¬ ties are free to call on the State Bureau for consultation and help. They are encouraged to send in monthly reports through the organi¬ zation for which they v/ork, and when this is done the nurses’ ser¬ vice is considered to be affiliated with the State Bureau of Public Health Nursing. The Bureau, through its nurses, cooperates closely with all other Bureaus in the State Board of Health. Miss Rose M. Ehrenfeld R. N. is the present Director. The Bureau of Public Health Nursing and Infant Hygiene special¬ izes in infant care and service to expectant mothers. A registry of babies, under two years, and of expectant mothers is kept in the office. Cases are reported by physicians, nurses, social workers, home demonstration agents, midwives and women’s clubs. To each ex¬ pectant mother there is sent a series of pre-natal letters, giving care¬ ful advice regarding the care of herself and baby, the need for early medical advice, the employment of midwives, etc. Letters are also sent to mothers of young babies, and a series of diet lists for children up to six years is provided. All information on pre-natal and infant care is indorsed by the consultant pediatrician who is appointed by the State Board of Health. 1109 A. Agreement Between the State Board of Health, and the American Red Cross with Regard to Public Health Nursing. In view of the fact that little more than a beginning has been made in most States in the development of public health nursing, the Amer- Par. 1109-B SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA ican Red Cross has made it one of its chief immediate aims to con¬ tribute, through its Chapters, to this development whenever State Departments of Health are willing to receive its cooperation. In of¬ fering this service the Red Cross maintains that public health nursing will and should become a public service conducted by the State, count¬ ies and municipalities, through their regular officials, and looks for¬ ward to the full assumption of this responsibility by the State. Ac¬ cepting this offer in its purpose and spirit, the State Board of Health of North Carolina has entered into a working agreement with the Red Cross, having in view the attainment of the following objects: (a) To develop both public health nurses and public health nursing; to place as large a number as possible of the former, to de¬ velop the latter on a county basis and obtain public health results in rural communities,—the bureau assuming such supervision of local service as may be assigned to it by the Executive Health Officer of the State. (b) To correlate the nursing activities and the other agencies in the .State, such as the Red Cross and State Tuberculosis Association. (c) To study public health nursing needs in the State and assist in meeting these needs, as well as in coordinating independent effort and assisting municipalities and other agencies in organizing public health nursing upon the basis of established principles. (d) To encourage and secure the cooperation of Red Cross Chapters for development of this work by Chapters throughout the State in conformity with the plans of the State Board of Health. (e) To render definite service to prospective mothers (advising through correspondence and proper literature and by the county and other public health nurses) in minimizing the dangers of childbirth and in making preparation for confinement. (f) To render service to mothers of babies (through correspond¬ ence and proper literature, such a diet slips, and through the local public health nurses) in demonstrating and teaching proper care of babies, as well as care of the big group of children of pre-school age who have not heretofore shared the benefits of the infants or school children. (g) To assist reported cases of tuberculosis and their families. 1109 B. Plan of Operation Under this Agreement. The above agreement was consummated in November 1919. So far as the Red Cross is concerned, it follows the general principles laid down by its National Headquarters for cooperation between State Departments of Health and the Red Cross in the matter of public HEALTH Par. 1109-B health nursing. The following is the plan as formally agreeed upon and now being carried into practical effect as means and opportunity offer. I. State Machinery and Functions. The State Board of Health has established a bureau of public health nursing consisting of a State supervising nurse, two assistant supervising nurses, a steno¬ grapher, and a clerk. The State supervising nurse is nominated and employed by the State Health Officer, subject to the approval of the American Red Cross. The other personnel of the bureau are appoint¬ ed by the State supervising nurse, with the approval of the two participating agencies. Funds: For the maintenance of the bureau of public health nursing, funds—not to exceed $12,000 annually—are con¬ tributed jointly by the North Carolina .State Board of Health and the American Red Cross. The North Carolina State Board of Health agrees to furnish, exclusive of its part of the above sum, office room, light, water and fuel. Functions: The aim of the bureau of public health nursing is (1) to carry on a statewide educational plan of work directed to the improvement of maternal and infant hygiene, and (2) to assist in the establishment of adequate public health nursing ser¬ vices in the counties of North Carolina in accordance with plans here¬ inafter designated “A” and “B”. II. County Machinery and Functions. The agreement plans to appoint, in so far as it is possible to obtain funds and to properly supervise, one or more county public health nurses in each of the counties of North Carolina. These nurses are appointed by the State Supervisor of Public Health Nursing, with the approval of the State Health Officer and, if Chapter funds are used, the American Red Cross. In each county employing a county public health nurse, there is organized an advisory council of public health nursing to advise and assist the county nurse. This advisory council is composed of members of the county board of health and the local Red Cross Com¬ mittee on Nursing Activities. Funds: For the support of the county public health nurse, or nurses, funds may be contributed by the county authorities or by the local Red Cross Chapter, or both. Functions: It is understood that the greatest value of the county public health nurse lies in actual educational work in the field rather than in routine work in the office, and, in accordance with this general principle, the work of the county nurse is devised to assist in the development of, or to develop, the following plans of work: A. Plan for Counties Having a Health Department. At the time of the agreement, there were sixteen counties in North Par. 1109-B SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA Carolina with health departments established for from one to three years by written contracts between the county authorities, the North Carolina State Board of Health, the International Health Board, and the United States Public Health Service. Funds for the work in these counties were contributed by the participating agencies. While it w'as impossible for the North Carolina State Board of Health to alter its contract without the consent of the parties to the contract, the State Board of Health engaged to bring about, if possible, a co¬ ordination of the nursing service in these counties in accordance with plan “A” as hereinafter set forth. According to this plan the work of the county public health nurse is under the direction of the county health director and the supervision of the State Supervisor of Public Health Nursing. The work includes five units: infant hygiene, tuberculosis, quarantine, the medical inspection of schools, and soil pollution. 1. Infant Hygiene Unit. The infant hygdene unit consists of (1) the organization and instruction, by lectures and demonstrations, 0 ? mothers’ clubs and other groups of people in the essentials of home sanitation, pre-natal and postnatal care, and especially in the feeding of infants, in accordance with a course of lectures to be pre¬ pared or approved and furnished by the North Carolina State Board of Health. In connection with these clubs there is made, in accordance v/ith forms and instructions furnished by the State Board of Health and approved by the American Red Cross, physical examinations and records of the children of the community which are brought in by their mothers for examination and advice. In this way, mothers’ clubs are utilized to develop a more intelligent and closer oversight of children by parents. (2) A tack map of the county is kept showing (а) breastfed children, (b) bottle-fed children, (c) children under two years of age suffering from digestive disturbances or diarrheal dis¬ eases. (3) The nurse, as far as possible, visits and personally con¬ fers with the parents of homes where there are “(b)” and “(c)”. (4) Provisions are made at the office of the nurse, at the county town and at other appointed places, and dates arranged for conference with expectant mothers. These conferences may embrace, among other things, the simplest tests of urinary analysis and pelvimetric meas¬ urements. Any important information elicited in these conferences is reported on regularly prescribed forms, with the permission of the expectant mother, to the family physician. Prenatal letters are sent out each month by the nurse; (5) Endeavor is made to secure the adoption for the county of standard regulations for the control of mid¬ wives, as submittted by the North Carolina State Board of Health and as provided for under the laws of the State of North Carolina. (б) This unit also aims at organization and instruction of the mid- HEALTH Par. 1109-B wives of the county, and the regulation of the practice of midwifery in such a way as to make the employment of midvnves by obstetrical cases as safe as possible. 2. Tuberculosis Unit. The scope of this unit includes the fol¬ lowing: (1) Securing the names of all persons in the county who are afflicted with tuberculosis; (2) Carefully recording the cases of tuberculosis in the county and deaths from tuberculosis in the county on a tack map, as prescribed by the North Carolina State Board of Health; (3) Visiting the homes of persons afflicted with tuberculosis as often as may be necessary to give the patient such nursing attention, and the household such instructions, as to enable them to utilize the best means of treatment and those sanitary measures of safety necessary for the prevention of th^ spread of the disease to others. (4) Investigating the general health of members of families where tuberculosis exists or has existed within three years preceding; (5) Visiting every discharged soldier, sailor or nurse discharged from the army or navy on account of tuberculosis, and carrying out in their behalf the instructions of the North Carolina State Board of Health; (6) Making such other investigations in regard to the presence of tuberculosis in the county as may be nec¬ essary and not inconsistent with the symmetrical development of the plan of work for the county health nurse as outlined in this agree¬ ment. It also includes: (7) A campaign of education, especially in the country schools, through lectures, classes, lantern slides, moving pictures and the distribution of suitable literature, the publication of newspaper articles, to be submitted or approved by the Bureau of Tuberculosis, and the offering of suitable prizes to school children for essays on the subject of tuberculosis; (8) Arrangements for clinics for the examination of persons with suspicious evidences of tuberculosis infection,—the medical examiner to be used in the clinic to be furnished by the Bureau of Tuberculosis of the North Carolina State Board of Health. In such cases the nurse confers with persons suspected of tuberculosis infection, secures certain general information regarding their condition, submits it to the State Sanatorium, and later arranges for six, eight, ten or twelve such persons, as suggested by the Sanatorium, to meet at some set time and place for a thor¬ ough examination by a specialist from the State Sanatorium. 3. Quarantine Unit. The county health nurse assists the county health director in p'^rforming the duties required of him by the State law, for the control of communicable diseases, and the rules and regulations of the North Carolina State Board of Health. 4. Medical Inspection of Schools Unit. The nurse assists the county health director in recording and classifying the school children Par. 1110 SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA of the county afflicted with the common defects of childhood, and, through educational means carried on with families collectively and individually, secures, so far as possible, proper treatment for these children. 5. Soil Pollution Unit. The nurse assists the county health di¬ rector in finding and treating children afflicted with hookworm dis¬ ease, and by educational means, seeks to bring about the wide-spread adoption and use of sanitary privies at the homes of the people. 6. Records and Reports. The county public health nurse is ex¬ pected to maintain such a system of records and make such reports as are prescribed by the two agencies to this agreement. B. Plan for Counties not Having a Health Department. Under this plan the county public health nurse (or nurses) is under the direction of the State Supervisor of Public Health Nursing and is expected to carry out the following units of work. ]. Infant Hygiene Unit. To be developed as described under this unit in plan “A”. 2. Tuberculosis Unit. To be developed as described under this unit in plan “A”. 3. Quarantine Unit. The county public health nurse should assist the county quarantine officer, in accordance with the arrangements between that officer and the State .Supervisor of Public Health Nurs¬ ing, in the control of communicable diseases, as provided for in the laws of the State, and under the rules and regulations of the State Board cf Hea .li. 4. Medical Inspection of Schools Unit. The nurse should, in accordance with instructions from the State Supervisor of Public Health Nursing, carry out such measures of school nursing and pro¬ visions for the treatment of defective school children as are practicable. 5. Soil Pollution Unit. The nurse should endeavor to find the children of the county who are suffering from hookworm infection, arrange for the proper treatment of these children, and persuade the families of the county to provide against further soil infection by the installation and maintenance of sanitary privies. 6. Records and Reports. As in Plan “A”. 1110. The Bureau of Medical Inspection of Schools. This Bureau operates under the law of 1919, Chap. 192, entitled “An Act to provide for the Physical Examination and Treatment of HEALTH Par. 1111 the School Children of the State at Regular Intervals.'’ The object of the law is to locate every school child suffering from one or more common rhysical defects, and to have the defect removed before the child’s health is irreparably damaged. A second object is to improve the character of classroom work, through medical attention to defec¬ tive children, and the lowering thereby of the number of repeaters. See also Chap. IX, Par. 938. 1110 A. Methods o: Procedure. The law requires each teacher in every school of the State to make a practical, physical examination of each child enrolled, and record the results together with the family, school and medical history on special cards furnished by the State Board of Health. Spaces on these cards are provided for height, weight, chest expansion, hearing, vision with glasses, teeth (number missing, number of fillings), use of tooth brush, enlarged tonsils, mouth breathing, skin eruptions,pediculosis, other defects. This exami¬ nation must be made at least once in every three years, and the cards forwarded to the State Board of Health. Full and lucid information is sent to the teachers to enable them adequately to carry out their instructions. It is the duty of the State Board of Health to follow up the teachers’ examination by sending into each county a special agent to re-examine all children reported by the teachers as having suspected physical defects. The defects most commonly found are decayed teeth and diseased tonsils and adenoids. To remedy these a corps of dentists, trained nurses and specialists is employed for conducting clinics. Traveling dental clinics are operated from county to county for the free treatment of the teeth. A nominal charge of $12.50 is made for operations for the removal of tonsils or adenoids, or the operations are provided free in cases where necessary. The law re¬ quires parents to bring their children to the special agents of the Board upon notification, provided the distance does not exceed ten miles. The provisions made by the law should allow for the examination free to parents of some 50,000 selected defective children annually, and the supplying of free dental treatment to about 20,000. County au¬ thorities may be required to pay triennially a sum not exceeding ten dollars per hundred children for the purpose of aiding in the treat¬ ment of miscellaneous defects other than dental. 1111. The Bureau of County Health Work. The business of this Bureau, which is sometimes known as the Bureau of Rural Sanitation, is to develop county health work, and especially to direct and super¬ vise health activities in those counties which cooperate with the State Board in maintaining whole-time health departments with trained men as health officers. This bureau also cooperates closely vdth the Inter- Par. 1112 SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA national Health Board, formerly known as the Rockefeller Founda¬ tion. Dr. K. E. Miller is director of the Bureau of County Health Work. The aim of the Bureau is to get every county in the State to maintain whole-time health departments in cooperation with the State Board. The situation in November, 1920 is as follows: Nineteen counties have health departments working under the .State Board. Five counties have whole-time health officers working independently of the State Board. Seventy-six counties have only part-time county physicians, who serve also as quarantine officers. The list of county health officers is appended. Whole Time County Health Officers. (Cooperating With State Board of Health) County Health Officer Address Beaufort Dr. John H. Janney Washington Bertie. Dr. Hugo Muench, Jr. Windsor Chatham Dr. J. E. Brooks Pittsboro Cumberland Fayetteville Davidson Dr. R. V. Yokeiey Lexington Edgecombe Dr. Chas. L. Outland Tarboro Forsyth Dr. A. C. Bulla Winston-Salem Granville Dr. J. A. Morris Oxford Halifax Dr. P. C. Carter Weldon Lenoir Dr. D. C. Absher Kinston Northampton Dr. P. G. Parker Jackson Pitt Dr. P. J. Chester Greenville Robeson Dr. E. Hardin Lumberton Rowan Dr. C. W. Armstrong Salisbury Surry Dr. L. L. Williams Mt. Airy Vance Dr. E. J. Kehoe Henderson Wake Dr. E. F. Long Raleigh Wayne Dr. Hickman Ray Goldsboro Wilson Dr. Jack Smith Wilson (Not Cooperating With State Board of Health) Buncombe Durham Guilford New Hanover Sampson Dr. R. G. Wilson Asheville Dr. Arch Cheatham Durham Dr. W. M. Jones Greensboro Dr. R. A. Herring Wilmington Dr. E. T. HollingsworthClinton 1112. The County Board of Health. (Consol. Statutes Chap 117, Art. 3.) (a) Organization. The chaiimian of th board of county com¬ missioners, the mayor of the county town, (or in the county towns where there is no mayor the clerk of the superior court,) and the county superintendent of schools elect from the regularly registered physicians of the county two physicians who, with themselves, con¬ stitute the county board of health. The chairman of the county com- HEALTH Par. 1113 misioners is chairman of the board, and the presence of three members at any regular or called meeting constitares a quorum. The term of office of members is for two years. While on duty they receive foar dollars per diem, to be paid by the county. The board elects a county l'di\sician or county health officer, the former being a part-time, the latter a whole-time public servant. (b) Powers. The county board of health has the same authority in adopting rules and regulations and enforcing them for the protec¬ tion of the public health of the county as the Legislature has for the State. Any person violating these provisions is guilty of a misde¬ meanor and liable to a fine not exceeding $50.00 or imprisonment not exceeding 30 days. The county health officer is to the county what the State Officer is to the State Board of Health, namely, the execu¬ tive officer. 1112 A. Duties of the County Health Officer. Tn addition to per¬ forming the duties of county physician and quarantine officer, the health officer must make a sanitary examination during the summer months of every public school building and grounds in the county; and no school may be used without his certificate. He must also examine each child previously examined by the teacher and reported by her as probably defective in the condition of its eyes, ears, nose or throat, and the feces of any child suspected of hookworm, and must notify the parents of children requiring treatment. He must cooperate with the county board of education, superintendent and teachers in seeing that the children are instructed in matters of health; and through the public press, lectures and other means, must seek to educate the people of the county to set a higher value upon health measures. 1112 B. Duties o: the County Physician. The duties of the county physician are to make the medico-legal, post-mortem examinations for the coroner’s inquests, to make examination of lunatics for commit¬ ment, to render professional service to the sick inmates of the convict camp, jail and county home, upon request of the superintendent or the keeper of these institutions, and to determine the nature of any particular disease, upon the request of the quarantine or deputy- quarantine officer. 1113. Municipal Physician or Health Officer: (Consol. Stat¬ utes, Chap. 117, Art. 4.) Any city or town may elect a municipal physician or health officer. His duties are identical with those of the county physician or health officer except so far as these relate to the jail, convict camp, or county home. He may be assigned the duties of quarantine officer. If employed to devote his entire time to the health interests of his city or town, he is known as the munici- Par. 1114 SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA pal health officer and must discharge all duties pertaining to the public schools, and such other duties as are assigned to him by the municipal board of health. 1114. County Quarantine Officer: (Consol. Statutes, Chap. 117, Art. 3, Sec. 23.) The county physician, county health officer, munici¬ pal physician and municipal health officer are all eligible for the posi¬ tion of quarantine officer. For his duties see above. Par. 1107. 1115. Abatement of Nuisances. (Consol. .Statutes, Chap. 117, Art. 3, Sec. 24-27.) Whenever a nusiance exists which in the opinion of the county physician or county health officer is dangerous to public health, it is his duty to notify the parties responsible and suggest means for its abatement. When a party makes affirmation on oath that compliance with this order is beyond his or her power, it shall be executed at the public expense. Nuisances in seaport towns caused by the action of the tides are especially enumerated in the law. 1116. State Funds for Rural Health Work. By Chap. 145, Sec. 20 of the laws of 1919, an annual appropriation of $27,500 is made to the State Board of Health for the development and maintenance of rural health work. In order to avail itself of this fund a imral district mast raise not less than three dollars for each dollar granted by the State. 1117. Special-Tax Sanitary Districts. (Consol. Statutes, Chap. 117, Art. 6.) Special-tax sanitary districts may be formed by the county board of health in any county without regard for township lines when a majority of the tax payers in the proposed district petit¬ ion for an election on the question, and the election is carried. Such a district has a sanitary committee of three appointed by the county board of health. It is the business of this committee to be responsi¬ ble for the health interests of the district, and to make such expendi¬ tures and pass such regulations as may be necessary. The committee may appoint a health officer for the district. 1118. The Practice o: Medicine. (Consol. Statutes, Chap. 109, Art. I.) The Medical Society of the State of North Carolina is a corporate body established by law for the proper regulation o*f medi¬ cine and surgery. The executive consists of a board of examiners of seven members which must meet at least once a year in Raleigh for the examination of applicants. To prevent delay and inconven¬ ience, two members of the Board may grant a temporary license to any applicant satisfying the requirements of graduation, and report the matter to the next regular meeting for further consideration. Where local conditions seem to demand it, the Board may grant what is known as a “limited license,” which allows a doctor, whose training HEALTH Par.1120 falls short of the requisite standard, to practice within a certain dis¬ trict but not beyond it. Such licenses may be revoked after due notice. Where any applicant exhibits proof of having' graduated from a medical school of good standing, the Board may issue license with¬ out examination. Any license may be revoked on proof of grossly immoral conduct. It is a misdemeanor for any one to attempt to practice medicine or surgery without obtaining a license, or with¬ out having registered. 1119. The Practice of Dentistry. (Consol. Stat., Chap. 109, Art. 2.) The North Carolina State Board of Dental Examiners is appointed by law to regulate all matters relating to dentistry in the State. The Board consists of six members elected by the North Carolina Dental .Society. It is empowered to examine applicants and grant licenses, and also, as in the case of the Medical Boa.rd, to grant temporary or limited licenses, and at its discretion revoke them. Licenses may be revoked for fraud, gross immorality, the habitual use of intoxicants or drugs, malpractice, ignorance, incompetence or wilful negligence, the employment of unlicensed persons to perform work for which qualification is necessary, the use of false advertisements and making of misleading claims. 1120. The Pract'ce of Pharmacy. (Consol. Statutes, Chap. 109, Art. 3.) The North Carolina Pharmaceutical Association is consti¬ tuted by law a body corporate and politic. The Object of the Asso¬ ciation is stated to be “to unite the pharmacists and druggists of the State for mutual aid, encouragement, and improvement, to encour¬ age scientific research, develop pharmaceutical talent, to elevate the standard of professional thought, and ultimately restrict the practice of pharmacy to properly qualified druggists and apothecaries.” The Board of Pharmacy consists of five members, who hold office for five years. One member is elected each year by the Association and com¬ missioned by the Governor. The board must meet at least once a year for the examination of candidates and other business. The minimum requirement for license is four years experience including not less than nine months attendance at a reputable college of pharmacy. Licenses must be renewed annually, and must be kept displayed. Practicing physicians in villages of less than five hundred inhabitants are per¬ mitted to conduct a pharmacy or drug store under license. Sellers of drugs, chemicals, and medicines are responsible for the quality of the goods sold or dispensed, with the exception of those sold in original packages of the manufacturers. Prescriptions must be kept for five years, and a true copy furnished upon request to the prescribing physician or person for whom it was dispensed. It is a misdemeanor to attempt to sell or compound drugs or fill prescriptions without a license, or to employ an unqualified person Par. 1120-A SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA for these purposes. It is, however, permissible for legally registered physicians to compound their own prescriptions. It is also permissible for unlicensed persons to retail non-poisonous domestic remedies, and patent proprietary preparations which do not contain poisonous in¬ gredients, and, when properly marked, packages containing poison for use as insecticides. The Board of Pharmacy is authorized to define and designate non-poisonous domestic remedies. 1120 A. Sale of Poisons. (Consol. Stat., Chap, 109, x4.rt. 3, Sec. 67.) Before selling any virulent poison, a list of which is enumerated in the law, the seller must ascertain that the buyer intends to use it for a lawful purpose, that he understands its nature, and that it is properly labeled, and, in the case of certain specified articles, the druggist must record particulars of the sale in a book kept for the purpose. Articles dispensed on the order of a physician or dentist are excluded. Exception is also made in favor of certain substances used for paint. 1120 B. Sale of Narcotics. (Consol. Stat., Chap. 109, Art. 3. Sec. 68-76.) Stringent provisions are made regulating the sale and use of the following drugs: cocaine, alpha or beta eucaine, novocaine, opium, morphine, heroin, codine, and any salt, compound or prepara¬ tion containing these substances. The sale of what is known as Jamaica ginger is also regulated. 1120 C. Sale or Advertising of Certain Patent Cures Forbidden. It is unlawful to sell or offer for sale or advertise any proprietary or patent medicine or remedy purporting to cure cancer, consumption, diabetes, paralysis, Bright^s disease, or any other disease for which no cure has been found; or any mechanical device whose claims for the cure or treatment of disease are false or fraudulent. It is the duty of all registered pharmacists to report immediately any violation of this law to the Board of Pharmacy. 1120 D. Department of Agriculture to Analyze Patent Medicines. Under rules and regulations presented by the Board of Pharmacy, and upon request of the Secretary of the Board, it is the duty of the chemists of the Department of Agriculture to analyze all samples of drugs, preparations, and compounds sold or offered for sale in vio¬ lation of the above law. 1121. The Practice of Optometry. (Consol. Stat., Chap. 109, Art. 4.) The law creates a board styled the “North Carolina State Board of Examiners in Optometry,’^ consisting of five members chosen from the Optometric Society, whose duty it is to examine candidates and grant licenses for the practice of optometry. Licenses are renewable •aiiRually, must be CQnspicuously displayed, and may be revoked for HEALTH Tar. 1124 cause. It is a misdemeanor for any unlicensed person to engage in the measurement of eye sight, adaptation of lenses, and other opto- metric practice. 1122. The Practice of Osteopathy. (Consol. Stat., Chap. 109, Art. 5.) The law recognizes the North Carolina Osteopathic Society, and defines osteopathy as the science of healing without the use of drugs. It authorizes the creation of a State Board of Osteopathic Examination and Registration for the examination of candidates and their certifi¬ cation. All non-drug-giving practitioners except chiropractors, Chris¬ tian Scientists, and masseurs come under this provision. Osteopathic physicians are subject to all State and municipal regulations relating to the control of contagious diseases, the report¬ ing and certifying of births and deaths, and all matters pertaining to public health, the same as physicians of other schools of medicine, and such reports must be accepted by the office or department to whom they are made. It is a misdemeanor for any unlicensed person to practice osteopathy or fraudulently use any diploma, title or letters attached to the practice thereof. 1123. The Practice of Chiropractic. (Consol. Stat., Chap. 109, Art. 6.) The law defines chiropractic as “the science of adjusting the cause of disease by realigning the twenty-four movable vertebrae of the spine, releasing pressure on nerves radiating from the spine to all parts of the body, and allowing the nerves to carry their quota of health current from the brain to all parts of the body.” The law provides for the creation of a State Board of Examiners with powers to make examinations and grant licenses. Chiropractors are subject to all State and municipal regulations relating to the control of con¬ tagious and infectious diseases. 1124. Profession of Nursing. (Consol. Stat., Chap. 109, Art. 7.) The law provides that there shall be a Board of Examiners of Trained Nurses, composed of five members—two physicians and three regis¬ tered nurses. The Board is elected by the Medical Society and State Nurses’ Association, each member serving on three year terms. The Board must meet at least once a year, and at any time that ten or more applicants notify the secretary that they desire an examination. Graduate nurses applying for licenses must be over twenty-one years of age, of good moral character, and have received at least one year of high school education or its equivalent. They must have graduated from a training school for nurses connected with a general hospital where there is given a systematic course of practical and theoretical instruction covering a period of three years, or from a training school connected with small or special hospitals and sanatoria meeting the requiremepts by affiliation with one or more training schools. Par. 1124-A SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA The Board has authority to issue licenses without examination to nurses registered in other .States maintaining an equivalent stand¬ ard. All “trained,” “graduate,” licensed” or “registered” nurses before practicing their profession in the State, and using the abbrevation “R. N.,” must obtain a certificate of registration from the clerk of the Superior Court of some county. The Board, however, has power to make exceptions in favor of nurses practicing their, profession in the State before the passing of this act, and applying for registration before June 1, 1917. The Board has power to revoke the license of any registered nurse convicted of gross incompetence, dishonesty, intemperance, or any act derogatory to the morals or standing of the profession of nursing. 1124 A. Training School for Nurses at Sanatorium. The State Sanatorium located at Sanatorium, North Carolina, is authorized to organize and conduct a training school for nurses. The superintendent is ex-officio dean of this school. 1124 B. Colored Nur'^es for Colored Patients. In every public and private hospital, sanatorium, and institution in North Carolina where colored patients are admitted for treatment, and where nurses are employed, it is mandatory upon the management to employ colored nurses to care for and wait upon colored patients. 1125. Procedure for Establishment of Public Hospitals. (Consol. Stat., Chap 118, Art. 2.) Any county, township, or town may establish a public hospital on petition of two hundred of its freeholders to the governing body to raise special taxation for building and maintenance of a hospital, followc l by a majority vote of the electorate. There¬ after it becomes the duty of the governing body to appoint seven trustees, three of whom may be v/omen, to further the project and hold office until, at the general election succeeding, the people elect a board of hospital trustees of like number. This board chooses from its num.ber a chairman and secretary, but has as its treasurer the treasurer of the county, city or township. The members of the board serve without pay. The tax voted may be for a term not exceeding twenty years, and bonds may be issued against it. 1125 A. Powers and Duties of the Hospital Board of Trustees. The Board has authority to make such rules and regulations as they deem expedient, appoint a matron or superintendent or both, control the expenditure of money, the purchase of sites, the erection or pur¬ chase of buildings, the care of the grounds and so forth. They must meet at least once a month, keep a record, visit the hospital regularly and report their proceedings, expenditures and estimates to the gov- HEALTH Par. 1151 erning body. They may request that condemnation proceedings be instituted for the acquisition of property desired for hospital purposes. They are authorized to accept gifts and donations. 1125 B. General Conditions Governing Public Hospitals. Every hospital established as above shall be for the benefit of the inhabitants of the county, township or town which makes provision for it. The board decides what charges will be made for persons able to pay, the conditions as to free treatment, and on what terms, if any, persons from outside the territorial limits may be admitted. No discrimination may be made against practitioners of any school of medicine recog¬ nized by the law, and all such legal practitioners have equal privileges in treating patients in the hospital. The patient has the absolute right to employ, at his own expense, his own physician, and the physician in such case has exclusive charge over the patient, and nurses are subject to his directions. The board of trustees may establish a training school for nurses in connection with the hospital. It may also establish a department for tubercular patients. The law requires V that when the hospital is situated at the county seat, a suitable room shall be provided for the detention and examination of persons who are brought before the commissioners of insanity for the county. 1126. Procedure for the Establishment of County Tuberculosis Hospitals. (Consol. Stat., Chap. 118, Art. 2) The board of county commissioners may, on a majority vote of the board or upon petition of one-fourth of the freeholders of the county, order an election for the purpose of issuing bonds not to exceed $100,000 for the erection or purchase and equipment of a tuberculosis hospital. If the election is carried, the county commissioners must proceed to elect a board of managers of five members. The county health officer, where such exists, is ex-officio a member of this board. Patients may be treated without charge or for such charges as may be deemed just in each particular case. No person outside the county may be treated at less than cost. The State Board of Health must approve all plans for the erection of county or tubercular sanatoria. (Consol. Stat., Chap. 188, Art 1, Sec. 27.) II. Institutions and Agencies 1151. Educational Work of the State Board of Health. In addition to administering the laws which are entrusted tc its care, the State Board of Health is engaged in carrying on through all of its bureaus a campaign of education. This is not the least important part of its task, as success in public health work is to he attained only thi'ough the intelligent cooperation of all the people. The chief educative medium of the Board is the “Public Health Bulletin,” a monthly pub¬ lication distributed free of charge, v/hich goes to 50,000 persons and institutions. In addition, the Board issues other special bulletins, and Par. 1151-A SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA press notices, and employs illustrated lectures and traveiinj? motion pictures. 1151 A. Statistics Showing the Need for Health Education. A few statistics are given here to show the task which lies before the Board of Health: There are some 34,500 deaths in North Carolina each year. Of these, according to Dr. Washburn, 40 per cent are preventable; 30 per cent are among children under five years of age; 20 per cent are from degenerative diseases; 12 per cent are from pollution diseases; 10 per cent are from tuberculoisis; 4 per cent are from acute infections.” Dr. W. S. Rankin reckons that while out of every 70 persons one dies each year, of the remaining sixty-nine not more than four or five enjoy what by medical tests can be called vigorous health and only one perfect health. Dr. G. M. Cooper, in the Bureau of Medical Inspection, has found that out of the 800,000 school children of North Carolina, 640,000 have defective teeth, which need immediate attention, and less than five per cent of these go to a dentist in time to save their first permanent teeth. Five to fifteen per cent, according to the school visited, suffer from defects in eye, ear or throat. According to Miss Vaughn, of the Bureau of Infant Hygiene, 575 women die each year in childbirth, three-fourths of which deaths are preventable; 3,151 babies are still born; 2,064 die before one month of age, and 2,626 of diarrheal diseases under two years of age. Untrained midwives, unsanitary conditions, improper food and food improperly prepared are responsible for a very large number of these deaths. 1152. The International Health Board. The International Health Board was the first organization of national scope to assist State Health Departments in the study and solution of specific health prob¬ lems. The eradication of hook-worm and other soil-bome diseases was the first objective of the organization, and the representative of the International Flealth Board was always identified with the State Board of Health. From this initial step the v/ork was soon expanded to the development of county health departments. The service was made possible by joint contributions from the International Health Board, the State and the county. The plan of county health work out¬ lined by the Board has been adopted in modified form by all county departments, and is as follows:— "■'(1) An education for every citizen in the fundamentals of health preservation; (2) an accurate health survey of the county as a v/hole; (3) a health map locating every home, with symbols to show the dis¬ eases that have occurred at each home in the past five years; (4) the medical inspection of every school child with treatment for those who HEALTH Par. 1154 require it; (5) examination for hook-worm disease and treatment of those infected; (6) a fly-proof latrine at every home to prevent soil pollution and its attendant diseases, such as hook-worm disease, typhoid fever, diarrhea, and dysentery; (7) infant welfare work; (8) free typhoid and smallpox vaccination, and (9) the establishment of a permanent health departme*nt. North Carolina is among the leaders in county health work. Be¬ ginning in June, 1917, with the organization of a department of health in Wilson county, the work has since developed until in November, 1920, there are in North Carolina nineteen county health departments. In one year the State appropriation for health work was increased approximately by $75,000. This was largely due to the demonstration work done by the International Health Board. In each State the co-ordination of the separate county health de¬ partments is effected through a central bureau of county health work, or rural sanitation, which is an integral part of the State Board of Health. 1153. The North Carolina Tuberculosis Association. The Asso¬ ciation works through the Bureau of Tuberculosis, whose activities it helps to finance and enlarge. Its work is first educational—the dis¬ semination of better knowledge by means of pamphlets, lectures, news¬ paper articles, lantern slides, moving pictures and personal correspond¬ ence. In 1921 it will issue a monthly bulletin of 50,000 copies. It finances the work among the colored population, an account of which is contained below, Pa. 1155A, paying the salary of the Director of Health Education, part-time services of the Industrial Supervisors, and other expenses. It makes appropriations for public health nursing in towns among both white and colored, and has recently instituted a scholarship fund for registered nurses who take a course in the tuber¬ culosis branch of public health nursing. The association is interested in occupational therapy and has pro¬ vided a building at the State Sanatorium for the use of patients in this work. It entirely finances the traveling tuberculosis diagnostic clinics which are held at any point where six persons or more desire examina¬ tion. These examainations are usually held under the direction of the county health officer or where there is none, the public health nurse. From one to two weeks are devoted to each county. At these clinics the Clinic Physician lectures on the care and prevention of tuberculosis. As one result of this work, two counties have been interested in estab¬ lishing sanatoria. 1154. Hospital Accommodation for Tubercular Patients In North Carolina, Exclusive of the large Public Health Service Hospital at Oteen for ex-service men and nurses suffering from tuberculosis, there Par. 1155 SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA are available for white tuberculous patients 438 private beds and 162 public beds. Of the latter, 130 are at the State Sanatorium, and 32 in county sanatoria. For colored tuberculous patients, there are 30 private beds and 32 public beds located in Wilmington, Winston-Salem and Wilson. Below is a list of the Sanatoria having permanent licenses and of the boarding houses which take tuberculous patients: SANATORIA HAVING PERMANENT LICENSES. The Pines, Asheville, N. C., Pearson Drive. Edgewood Cottage, Asheville, N. C., Sunset Drive. Hillside Cottage, Asheville, N. C., Sunset Drive. Roy Cottage, Asheville, N. C., Sunset Drive. St. Joseph’s Sanatorium, Asheville, N. C., Biltmore Avenue. The Winyah, Asheville, N. C., East Street. Swannanoa Hill Sanatorium, Asheville, N. C., Biltmore Avenue. Craigmont, Black Mountain. Woodcock Sanatorium, Black Mountain. Edgemont Sanatorium, Hendersonville. HOUSES LICENSED TO TAKE TUBERCULOUS PATIENTS. Miss Julia B. Coyler, Asheville, N. C., 153 and 159 Broadway. Mrs. G. L. Hall, Asheville, N. C., 88 Penland Street Miss Amy Moore, Asheville, N. C., 41 Victoria Road. Mrs. B. C. Knight, Asheville, N. C., “Elmermar,” Victoria Road. Mrs. C. L. Corcoran, Asheville, N. C., 62 Broadway. Mrs. Campell, Asheville, N. C., 74 and 84 Oakland Road. 1155. Health Work Among the Negroes. A plan of education for the colored race was started in 1917 by Dr. L. B. McBrayer, direc¬ tor of the Bureau of Tuberculosis, and Mr. N. C. Newbold, state agent for the Jeanes Fund. The merit of this plan is that it utilizes the forces already on the field, namely, the Industrial Supervisors, who operate in forty-five counties of the State under the Jeanes Fund, the county superintendents of education, and other agencies. In these forty-five counties, in each colored community having a school, there has been organized a Negro Community League, consisting of a presi¬ dent, secretary, treasurer and executive committee, and a membership open to all. Every league has three committees—one on education, one on agriculture and one on health. The educational committee works to improve the school and raise the educational standard; that on agri¬ culture deals with the pig, corn, canning and other club work among the children; the health committee looks after sanitation around the home, school and church, visits the sick, distributes literature, espe¬ cially on tuberculosis, and inculcates elementary health principles, such as the value of fresh air, screened porches, segregation, and the like. Already by the end of 1919, nearly 500 of these community leagues, with some 15,000 members, had been established. The educational rural community work is under Mrs. Annie W. Holland, Jeanes Fund, State Supervisor. The health work is under Mrs. Florence Chapman Wil- HEALTH Par. 1158-A liams. State Director of Health Education and Org’anization among; Negroes. 1155 A. The Campaign Against Tuberculosis Among Negron's. The greatest educational work is being done against tuberculosis. By adding a little to the salaries of the forty-five industrial supervisors, the North Carolina Tuberculosis As^^ociation secures from them part- time service, by which they undertake to report to the Association all cases of tuberculosis in their county. Lectures also are made at regu¬ lar intervals, literature distributed and specific instructions given to the tuberculous sick. In addition, the supervisors are responsible for the sale of Tuberculosis Christmas Seals among the colored people of their county. During the fiscal year ending July 31st, 1920, the director of health education, with the assistance of the industrial super¬ visors, gave lectures on health subjects to over 250,000 people and lantern slide exhibitions to over 15,000. With the money obtained through the sale of Christmas seals, a moving picture truck was purchased and put into operation in March. 1920. This car spends one week in each county giving exhibitions of an educational and entertaining nature on such subjects as the conser¬ vation of health and prevention of disease. A lecturer who accom¬ panies the car explains the pictures. 1156. Public Health Service Hospitals. The Public Health Serv¬ ice have two important hospitals in North Carolina: (a) P. H. S. Hos¬ pital No. 5, at Biltmore, N. C. This is a general hospital containing 800 or 400 beds and a full equipment of every kind. There are a few beds for tubercular patients, (b) P. H. S. Hospital No. 60, at Oteen, N. C, This hospital is exclusively for tuberculosis. It formerly belonged to the U. S. Army, and has now been taken over by the Pub¬ lic Health Service. In situation, climatic conditions, construction and equipment this hospital is designed to confer the utmost benefit on ex-soldiers suffering from tuberculosis. There is accommodation for about 1,000 patients, but the present shortage of nurses seriously limits the number that may be received. At both Biltmore and Oteen Hospitals, the Red Cross maintains a hospital service unit. See Chap. XVII, Par. 1703 I. 1156 A. Public Health Service Contract Hospitals. In addition to its own special hospitals, the Public Health Service has contracts with a large number of hospitals and sanatoria in North Carolina, by which these institutions pledge themselves to reserve a specified num¬ ber pf beds for P. H. .S.-patients at fixed rates. In the list of North Carolina hospitals given below, those marked with an asterisk have, at the time of publication, contracts with the Public Health Service: Par. 1156-A SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA LOCATION Goldsboro Morganton Raleigh Raleigh Raleigh Sanatorium Private and Public Hospitals LOCATION HOSPITAL CHARACTER OF No, of HOSPITAL BEDS Asheville Appalachian Hall Nervous and Mental, Nar- cotic and Alcoholic 86 Asheville Asheville Mission Hospital Private; General 85 Asheville *Fairview College & Sanitarium Tuberculosis 30 Asheville Highland Hospital, Inc. Private: Nervous & Men- tal diseases & habit cases 75 Asheville *McRae Sanatorium Tuberculosis Asheville Merriwether Hospital and Training School General 60 Asheville *St. Joseph’s Sanitarium Tuberculosis 60 Asheville Winy ah Sanatorium Private: Tuberculosis 126 Beaufort Elton Court Rest Health Resort 16 Biltmore Clarence Barker Memorial and ■ - Dispensry General 60 Black Mountain *Craigmont Tuberculosis 25 Black Mountain Fellowship Sanatorium (Fraternal) 30 Black Mountain *Wood8ide Sanatorium • • Burlington Rainey Hospital General 25 Caroleen Caroleen Hospital Private: Surgical only 29 Charlotte Crowell Sanatorium Nervous, Alcoholic and Drug Cases 112 /harlotte Good Samaritan Hospital (col) 20 Charlotte Mercy General Hospital Public 22 Charlotte New Charlotte Sanatorium Private: General 50 Charlotte *Presbyterian Hospital and Training School Public: General 125 Charlotte *St. Peter’s Hospital Public : Private : General 60 Charlotte Tranquil Park Sanatorium Nervous and Mental 20 Duke Good Hope Hospital General 25 Durham Lincoln Hospital (col.) Public: General 60 Elizabeth City Elizabeth City Hospital Surgical 60 Fayetteville Cumberland General Hospital Private: General 33 Fayetteville *High smith Hospital Private: General 76 Franklin Lyle’s Hospital 22 Gastonia City Hospital • * Goldsboro Goldsboro Hospital Public: General 40 Goldsboro Spicer Sanatorium General 30 Greensboro Glenwood Park Sanatorium Private: Nervous & Men- tal, Alcoholic & Drug oases 25 Greensboro Greensboro Private Infirmary Private 8 Greensboro Reaves Eye, Ear, Nose and Throat Infirmary Private 16 State Hospitals NAME OF No. of HOSPITAL BEDS *State Hospital for Colored Insane 950 *State Hospital for Insane 1876 Soldiers’ Home Hospital 40 *State Hospital for Insane 1160 State Hospital for Dangerous Insane 60 State Sanatorium for Tuberculosis 170 HEALTH Par. 1166-A LOCATION HOSPITAL CHARACTER OF No. of HOSPITAL BEDS Greensboro *St. Leo’s Hospital General 80 Greensboro Wesley Long Hospital General 36 Greensboro Williams-Oliver Sanatorium Private: Nervous & Men^ tal. Narcotic & Alcoholic 16 Hamlet Hamlet Hospital Private : General 35 Hamlet Moncure Hospital General 10 Hendersonville Dixon Health Resort Medical 60 Hendersonville Edgemont Sanatorium Tuberculosis 80 Hendersonville Dr. Morse’s Sanatorium Private: Tuberculosis 20 Hendersonville Patton Memorial Hospital Public: General 26 Hickory Richard Baker Hospital General 20 Highlands Highlands Camp Sanatorium Tiib^rculosis 60 High Point High Point Hospital General 40 Kinston Robert Bruce McDaniel Memo « rial Hospital Private • • Lenoir Foot Hills Sanatorium General 20 Lincolnton Lincoln Hospital General 22 Lumberton Thompson Hospital Private: General 20 Maxton Maxton Hospital General 16 Monroe Quality Hill Sanatorium General 10 Morehead City *Morehead City Hospital General 20 Morganton Broad Oaks Sanatorium Nervous & Mental, Alco- holic &— Drug cases 50 Morganton Grace Hospital, In. Private: General 30 Mt. Airy Martin Memorial Hospital Private 20 New Bern Fairview Newbern Hospital General 25 New Bern St. Luke's Hospital General 30 Raleigh Mary Elizabeth Hospital (osteo • path) General 20 Raleigh *Rex Hospital Public : Private : General 75 Raleigh St. Agnes Hospital (col) General 96 Roanoke Rapids Roanoke Rapids Hospital Private: General 16 Rocky Mount Atlantic Coast Line Railroad Hospital Private: General 35 Rocky Mount Parkview Hospital General 36 Rocky Mount Rocky Mount Sanatorium General 40 Rutherford Rutherford Hospital Private: Surgical only 70 Salisbury Wheathead-Stokes Sanatorium Private: General 65 Saluda Infants’ and Children’s Sana- torium Children 74 Sanford Central Carolina Hospital General 25 Southern Pines Moore County Hospital Private 20 Southern Pines Southern Pines Sanatorium Private: Tuberculosis 25 Spencer Southern Railway Y. M. C. A. Private: Accidents: For Hospital Railway Employees 2 Statesville Billingsley Hospital (white and col.) 30 Statesville Gibson Sanatorium General 10 Statesville Dr. Long’s Sanatorium Private: Surgical only 64 Tarboro Edgecomb General Hospital General 50 Wadesboro Anson Sanatorium General 20 Washington R. S. Fowle Memorial HospitalPrivate: General 15 Washington Washington Hospital Private 35 Waynesville Waynesville Hospital • * West Durham * Watts Hospital General 100 Wilkesboro Wilkes Hospital General 10 Par. 1166-A SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA LOCATION ?IOSPITAL CHARACTER OF No. of Wilmington * James Walker Memorial Hos HOSPITAL BEDS pital Public : Private : General 160 Wilmington Red Cross Hospital for Tuber¬ culosis Tuberculosis 30 Wilmington U. S. Public Health Service Hospital General 30 Wilson Moore-Herring Hospital General 27 Wilson Wilson Hospital and Tuber¬ culosis Home (col.) 26 Wilson Wilson Sanatorium Private: General 34 Winston-Salem *City Hospital Public: General 110 Winston-Salem '■■Forsythe County Tuberculosis Hospital Tuberculosis 24 OiAt‘'r£i{ yn ■, iAsuranoe •«. i * ^' L.” . . A J^,X' It ’' ‘’f »■'•.■ ' ^ lH.‘ ut Autisi lu, ’ij;»‘«‘'t'h>' -' * * '^ ;■ ' ^' ■'■ . '' I v’^\ Jy'• ' ■' ■ ''“*V' '’‘'’••4*-' *’•'’' ■' ^'' * •.- y• r^nn^* r-tuVrffTfe :bbi't:<«t lu ir,.C,‘ l*;V.'*:» ni|Mi h>^.'*|Ui, .x' ^ frv''U t ^ i;d V - iil >0'4 t •• : w>r^ V r, VtJfv^th »»t^ ^ii- M . f i.he 'nr.^ir ‘C, , r; 'll! *"'» j^.:*'r J'"® iwrt (f^ai^*-\ ?**►- c.'p*/tie.jnlt.- i'^:r . jjWIn- . v is 4 k 1^/' ■ ,:. • - .r ' ’■■ <■* ^ > -,!ts 1^ r > Ur^.^bW: .'! .1 I,'.' ih^ Kv«r^*• Rpv' n'-vv^rnkT ♦ .r '■ ■>*i''x7»* ..• 'vv^^‘ l^* i* i'*-'- ^ ^ 1.1c Brtr.vJU V C»^‘vicc;ie udb '»'-kr. I3K?.CK^. ijL- .- . '■• , Ji^^/ lj|^ nl ir.. !^<-'J'^'nig ..>id‘'- JOCi ciV' f>*^>’4 ?»« S^/»4 4 Ar.(t :» .rX* ■ f ▼ ' • r''! • * iV fi in tiA. «r*:.4 ,#^Vk ho* tlUi^f \ ji.*-* >-4 %i vfcio;'. *kno i . ._. , . . . ....... |viitf vfcio;'. *kno c.W^h^ y _}(} , tifif ^ 6{9(c^rv V.'? V 'SW^r' * V’ fjr i4 ewia^-" t' ' ‘«rf‘'j<.t-9H' vk'.,--!, 'fij^cn: .'■A r:0^' K 'M \r ihH*x ti;i9 • ‘ " ^v )\ '4 j-Ifirt* *'i^ vW t-> • tl.'l^ ■'• ”^Tt^iii; I .(Ti^.-rifire uij* :r:. ..?o '44^ d tr * d5« ‘ * •■ 'i*^ r'^^r-iifey ro\!-/ 1 ^^, W/.-^irvi-u l>W(fjy(j*> n>. ’ ’ *> * 9> * •* .ib» r. . .k MEMORANDUM V ' . '.K 1 iW- f ■■ff 1 •t 'is -AH , ■ I • • A ■ y:J • * A . .. A Pat. 1206 CHAPTER XII Insurance and Pensions I. Insurance 1201. Department of Insurance: In 1899 the legislature creat¬ ed a Department of Insurance giving to a Commissioner of Insurance powers of supervision and authority to make regulations. Subsequent General Assemblies have from time to time increased the duties of the Commissioner and enlarged his power. 1202. Duties of the Commissioner of Insurance: The Commis¬ sioner has supervisory control over many matters relating to fire, life, casualty, health, and fidelity insurance, security investment and promotion companies, Building and Loan Associations, Land and Loan Associations, and the like. These duties embrace superintending the carrying out of the Fire Waste law which includes Educational work in fire and accident prevention, and under which the Commissioner was appointed Fire Marshal; the inspection of buildings for safe wiring, flue construction, electrical and wire installments; the plac¬ ing of fire escapes in all schools, public buildings, hotels, and thea¬ tres; the approval of all plans for the erection of schools or other State buildings, and seeing that proper safeguards against fire are included; in case children are to be part or whole time occupants of such buildings, insistance upon the erection of the Double Tower type of fire escape. (In 1919, 200 of these towers were erected, and there are now 2,000 public and private buildings equipped with fire escapes). It is further the business of the Commissioner to see that all the State buildings are insured; and to collect from fire insurance companies the special tax for the relief of firemen and to distribute the same under the Blue-Sky law; he must also supervise bond sell¬ ing; investigate and license security and promotion companies and their agents, and lightening-rod manufacturers and their agents. 1203. Growth of the Department: The growth of the Insur¬ ance Department and its 'activities has been gradual and continuous. The same Commissioner, Mr. James R. Young, has held office since its inception in 1899. 1204. Revenue: Prior to the creation of the Insurance Depart¬ ment, the State revenue for insurance was $85,000. In 1919, after dis- frihuting'a special $20,000 to the firemen, the revenue was $650,000. In' this same year the adrhinistration cost was $27,000. 1205. Increase of Insurance in North Carolina: Building and Loan Associations increased from 49 in 1904 to 160 in 1919, and their aggregate working capital from two and a half to nineteen mil- Par. 1206 SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA lion dollars. Life Insurance increased from fifteen million in 1899 to two hundred and thirty-six million in 1919. Insurance companies now licensed in the State number 500. 1206. Investigations and Convictions for Incendiarism: Since 1899, 2,003 official investigations have been made of suspicious fires, and 300 persons have been convicted and punished for incendiarism. 1207. Insurance Laws: Laws in regard to the organization of insurance companies are to be found in a pamphlet issued by the In¬ surance Department, Raleigh, N. C. The following is a selection of the regulations in force. 1207 A. Insurance Corporations Require Certificate of Author¬ ity. (Laws 1913, Chapter 182): Any Insurance Corporation seeking to do business in the State must first make application for a certifi¬ cate of authority from the Insurance Department. Such certificate is renewable annually and can at any time be revoked. Before grant¬ ing a certificate, the Commissioner is required to satisfy himself on the following points; the plans and purposes of the Corporation mak¬ ing application, its general condition, the amount of its securities, the price at which such securities are to be sold, the manner in which the money is required to be paid, the rate of commission and salaries allowed by the Company, the trustworthiness of its officers and di¬ rectors. 1207 B. All Advertising Matter Must be Submitted: No printed matter may be used in connection with the sale of insurance unless it has been first approved in writing by the Insurance Commissioner. No misstatements, whether written or oral, may be made on the financial status of any insurance corporation. 1207 C. Restrictions on Purchase and Conveyance of Real Es¬ tate: No insurance company is permitted to purchase, hold, or con¬ vey real estate except for its immediate accommodation in the trans¬ action of its business, or except it come into its possession as a mortgage by way of security for loans previously contracted or money due, or be conveyed to it in satisfaction of debts, or be pur¬ chased at sales upon judgments, decrees, or mortgages obtained or made for such debts. All real estate not required for office pur¬ poses must be sold within five years unless it was acquired prior to March 6, 1899, or unless the Commissioner of Insurance grant an ex¬ tension of time to save the company from pecuniary loss. 1207 D. Capital Stock Must be Paid Before Policies are Issued: When a new company is formed, the capital stock must be paid in cash within twelve months from the date of the charter or certificate of organization, and no certificate of full shares and no policies shall be issued until the whole capital is paid in. 1207 E. How Capital May be Invested: Capital can be in¬ vested only as follows: (1). In first mortgage of real estate in North Carolina. INSURANCE AND PENSIONS Par. 1213 (2) In bonds of the United States, or of any of the states whose bonds do not sell for less than par. (3) . In the bonds or notes of any city, county or town of the State whose net indebtedness does not exceed five per cent of the last valuation. II. Pensions 1208. Introductory: The Pension Laws are to be found in the Consolidated Statutes, chapter 90, as amended by Public Laws 1919. They are published in pamphlet form. A condensed account will be found in Chapter VII, Par. 707 of this handbook. 1209. The State Board: The Governor, Attorney-general, and Auditor constitute a State Board of Pensions whose duty it is to ex¬ amine each application for a pension. The Auditor must transmit to the clerks of the Superior Court of the several counties a correct list of the pensioners with their post offices. 1210. The County Board: The clerk of the Superior Court to¬ gether with three reputable ex-Confederate soldiers or sons of ex- Confederate soldiers, appointed by the State Auditor, constitute a county board of pensions for their county. All persons who are en¬ titled to pensions, but not drawing any, should appear before this board on or before the first Monday of July of each year for exami¬ nation and classification. If physically unable to appear, a medical certificate should be obtained. On or before the first Monday of July, the board must revise and purge the roll. 1211. Persons Entitled to Pensions: All persons who may have been disabled by wounds in the militia service of the State, or rendered incapable thereby of procuring subsistence for themselves and their families, and the widows and orphans of such persons, are entitled to pensions. 1212. Amount of Pensions: For blindness, the loss of both hands or feet, or of one arm or leg, the pension is $120.00 a year. For total incapacity to work, and to blind Confederate widows $100.00 For the loss of a leg above the knee, or an arm above the elbow$90.00. For the loss of leg below the knee, or arm below the elbow, or for an arm or leg rendered useless by wound or injury, $70.00. For the loss of one eye, and to all soldiers and the widows of soldiers who for any cause are now unable to perform manual labor, $60.00. 1213. Persons not Entitled to Pensions: These include inmates of the Soldiers’ Home at Raleigh; persons confined in an asylum; persons receiving a pension from another State or from the United States; office holders in receipt of a salary or fees of an annual value of $300.00; deserters or the widows of such; persons re¬ ceiving aid from the .State under any act providing for the relief of soldiers who are blind or maimed; owners of property, in their own right or that of their wives, v/hose tax valuation exceeds $500.00. Par. 1214 SOCIAL LAWS AIMD AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA To this last regulation the county board may make exceptions in ' special cases, 1214. Form of Application: Every officer, soldier, sailor, or widow, or, in case of insanity, the guardian or receiver of such, must make out in person the application form issued by the State Auditor, and attach to it the affidavit of one or more credible witnesses. This application, when approved by the county board, is forwarded to the Auditor by the clerk of the Superior Court to be passed upon by the State Board. The Auditor then issues his warrant on the State Treasurer for the pension money. After a pension has once been granted, it is only necessary for the pensioner in succeeding years to obtain a certificate from the clerk of the Superior Court stating that the pensioner’s condition is the same as in the briginal application. This certificate is sent to the State Auditor. 1215. Warrants: Pensions are payable twice a year, in June and December. The warrant is mailed to the pensioner by the clerk of the Superior Court of his county, and is cashed on the payee’s endorsement. In case of the death of a pensioner, a warrant will be issued for the balance due him on receipt of an affidavit testifying to his decease; such warrant being payable to his widow or next of kin. 1216. Pensions Paid to Widows for One Year: A widow con¬ tinues to receive her husband’s pension for one year after his death, but the amount paid cannot exceed a widow’s pension as prescribed by law. 1217. State Pension Tax: Pensions are provided for by a special annual tax. The total appropriation must not exceed $650,000 a year. The whole appropriation must be divided each year among the pensioners on a pro-rata basis even if such pro¬ cedure involve exceeding the stipulated pension amounts. If any money should be left over after paying the warrants, such money shall revert to the pension fund of the State and be paid out in the following year. 1218. Speculating in Pension Claims: Anyone so doing is guilty of a misdemeanor. 1219. Burial by County of Ex-Confederate Soldiers or Widows: See Chapter VII, Paragraph 708. 1220. Permission to Peddle without a License: Ex-Confeder¬ ate soldiers who are without means of support and are incapacitated for manual labor for any reason other than that of vicious habits, may receive permission from the county board of pensions to peddle drugs, goods, wares, and merchandise in any of the counties of the State without a license. .'iiyii b fait ii : x'* ■I I • ■iv’i*' !(•. th v>' i ; _-S M <; V*,n ivntintf ^ • r*^ A' • V. . \ K ..'tVi:. ' ■ > ii ^ I i - ^ t:Wr* A St n . X. »!• ^ ; t I . - • P* I » ' . J /. .1'; V*.:‘. . ' * j‘J - iif tT - ' ‘ ••_ • ,s c.-i t: i:iJo ■ •‘•i.' \'.\K >■' • - ui .,:>x • x‘. ' ■ . *•;•;.t".! * ^ , ''A^ •': . ■ •■; . > . J:rK? v; > 11 -I*. f 1. •■■ : U*r^ x.Xci U -w. .* • i .'i* * . V ' f-1 r 4 . f . pnv. :.. If- ... .X" I •' ? )•: urr k • ■ f Jisi , '1 11 • 1/ , tfefj'.l >• ■ i >ffr.1 ‘ ’ . *• .,-1 « f ^ w . :' '■ ■ ■' i ■*• ■ .i..nv ’ ■“ ■ ■ • r 'd!’'?i. .' • ^ J ‘ ^ ' x:!- x'- * s <’ 1 . • ' » •». riv ' rrtv- t* , ’ . ; in^s .. / ■ 1 ■ 1 ■ ’ •♦ •• 1 . j ^ •>* • • k i •» f . y * 1- 'r-jr.U'.fW' f '■■ • ■ - / J ',i iJ s'-i • 1 . .. . . . iu i. ' ri) i .•X . ':hv'. X ■ '■ Vik-?* ’ • • ■• '■ ■ .‘■- ‘ 'i.'-', 'X Vv'-ty - •'i » , 1 • y n x ■. ;•■!' 'Ae^k.vi' . •'/ '•' t'.■ iX.''rC;{;V .x.*.:'’-, ■'•-• -i" Am . t* • »■'■■ ■ -'i x. ^'y i <•:* ^:.y v'J :>•- -.. ■/ .• r- 1 LX/t a.it'i ..A 4? & t” .. in ^^x„• Qe'. •'irK ■. . . rax'-ilv' •^, Ilf .< k,. . I T . ( tioriii Iv/ » , ■.. .vfv ■•', •' ■ j . \> .f. •.o hi/; 0-::-^ JIL. ;i . 2 '' i. ’■ j'■ .I-' . i - i \ X-ri;). I *• ' ' ' fc** • 1 * f * I -I . !•''«• A *'jt V-‘ •' ' '■ Uti i* or • 4 :» <-\ -. . . t v , , « < f, • l.'-'i i .-I . I.r y t . 1 , t’., . » * .. ’ '-1 r-, . ' .. ■ , . • •:• *y . •>’ •.', v.'iui -;v '*• ’. - tw « -Lt '•'/ ■/ fill’ *• .*>• i. *.1 >. 1. i- itSi '4 • .>^•4 • fi* *< < iiv ^4 * < » Par. 1302-A CHAPTER XIII. Labor. 1301. The Department of Labor and Printing. The powers of this department are vested in a Commissioner of Labor and Printing elected by the people for a term of four years, and an Assistant Com- ) missioner appointed by the Commissioner. The Commissioner must be a practical printer. The Assistant is required to perform the duties of the Commissioner in his absence, or in case of a vacancy. The office is in Raleigh. (Rev. S. 3909; 1919, C. 314, S. 4.) 1301 A. Duties of the Commissioner. It is the duty of the Com¬ missioner and his assistant to collect and collate information and sta¬ tistics on the following (a) labor and its relation to capital, the hours of labor, the earnings of laborers, their educational, moral, and financial condition, and the best means of promoting their mental, moral, and material welfare; (b) the various mining, milling, and manufacturing industries in the State, their location, capacity, and actual output of manufactured products, the kind and quantity of raw material annually used by them, and the capital invested; (c) the location, estimated and actual horse-power, and condition of valuable water-powers developed and undeveloped; (d) farm lands and farm¬ ing, the kinds, character, and quantity of the annual farm products; (e) timber lands and timbers, truck gardening, dairying, and such other information and statistics concerning the agricultural and in¬ dustrial welfare of the citizens as he may deem to be of interest and benefit to the public. He must perform the duties of mine inspector as prescribed by law. (See below. Par. 1314, A.) He has charge of the public printing of the State. Each year he is required to publish an annual report embodying such information and statistics on the above subjects as he deems proper; and to send a copy to every newspaper in the ♦State, each member of the General Assembly, each State and County officer, each labor organization, and to any citizen who applies. He must also ^ make a full report to the Governor, embodying such recommendations J) as he thinks advisable. 1302. General Labor Regulations for the Protection of theWork- er. Regulations making for the comfort, health, and safety of the worker, and the protection of his interests include the following: 1302 A. Seats for Women Employees. Rest seats must be pro¬ vided by all establishments employing female labor. Failure to pro¬ vide them or permit their use is a misdemeanor. (1909, C. 857, SS 1, 2 .) Par. 1302-B SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA 1302 B. Medic-I Cl.csts. Any shop or factory employing more tlian twenty-five workers; and using machinery other than elevator, heating, or hoisting apparatus, must keep in the premises a medical or surgical chest, the contents of w^hich are specified. Failure to do so is a misdemeanor. (1911, C. 57.) 1302 C. Shelter at Railway Division.?. Railway companies must provide roof covering and shelter over the track or tracks where rail¬ way cars, trucks, and other equipment are constructed or repaired. The corporation commission is empowered to direct the points at which such shall be raised, and their character. (1913, C. 65; 1913, C. 117.) 1302 D. Separate Toilets for Sexes and Races. Any business employing more than two males and females, in towns or cities con¬ taining more than a thousand people, and requiring its employees to do chiefly indoor work, must provide separate toilets, clearly marked, for white and colored, male and female, (1913, C. 83, S. 1.) In buildings to be erected after the passing of this law, toilets for the opposite sexes are to be located in different parts of the building: in buildings already constructed they must at least be separated by substantial partitions. Any employee intruding into another toilet not intended for his or her sex or color is guilty of a misdemeanor. (S. 4.) It is the duty of the police in towns to inspect places of business for the carrying out of this law, and to prosecute for any violation of it. (S. 3.) In factories etc. situated outside of towns, this duty de¬ velops upon the sheriff. (S. 5.) The following counties are exempted from this law: Sampson, Harnett, Lee, Johnston, Northampton, Cleveland, Rutherford, Polk, and Henderson. (S. 6.) 1302 E. Blacklisting Employees, (a) Persons or firms dis¬ charging an employee may not prevent or attempt in any way to pre- V'ent him from securing employment elsewhere. This must not be taken to mean, hov/ever, that they may not furnish in writing, when requested to do so by some other person or firm, a true statement of the reason for his discharge. (Con. Statutes, Art. 42, Sec. 4477.) (b) It is unlawful for two or more persons to agree together to blacklist any discharged employee; or to attempt, by words or writ¬ ing or any other means v/hatever, to prevent him, or any employee who may have voluntarily left the service of his employer, from ob¬ taining employment with any other person or company. (Con. Stat, utes Art. 42, Sec. 4478.) 1303. The Child Welfare Commission. The State Superintend¬ ent of Public Instruction, the Secretary of the State Board of Health, LABOR Par. 1304-B and the Commissioner of Public Welfare are, by the law of 1919 C. 100, S. 7, constituted a State Child Welfare Commission; and are em¬ powered and directed to make i*ules and regulations for the enforcing and carrying out of the provisions relating to child welfare, also of the laws relating to seats for women employees, and separate toilets. 1303 A. Agents of the Child Welfare Commission. The Commis¬ sion may appoint and employ agents for carrying out its purposes, and may use in this service the county superintendents of public wel¬ fare, or chief school attendance officers, or truant officers; and for the object of inspection, the Commission and its agents have authority to enter and inspect at any time all premises designated in the laws. (1919 C. 100. S. 8. and 9.) 1303 B. Laws Governing Child Labor. For the ages and condi¬ tions under which it is unlawful to employ children, and the law con¬ cerning age certificates, see Chap. IV, Par. 410. Bona fide boys’ and girls’ canning clubi, recognized by the State Agricultural Department, are specially exempted. For the compulsory attendance laws see Chaps, IV and IX. 1303 C. Enticing of Minors Outside the State for the purpose of employment, and without the written consent, duly authenticated, of the parent or guardian, is a misdemeanor, and entails upon conviction a fine of not less than $500, and not more than $1,000, for each of¬ fense. (Rev. S. 3630; 1891, C. 45.) 1303 D. Failure to Pay Minors. Any person contracting to do a piece of work and employing a minor to assist him, and wilfully failing to pay him for his share in the work, whether done by the day or by the job, is guilty of a misdemeanor. (Rev. S. 3428 A; 1893, C. 309.) See also Chap. IV Par. 402 (j). 1304. Laws for the Protection of Wages. These include :- 1304 A. Claim for Wages after Death of Employer: Wages due to any domestic servant, or mechanical or agricultural laborer for a period of not more than one year prior to the death of the employer of such servant or laborer, rank sixth in the order of payment of debts. (Rev. S. 87.) See Chap. X. Par. 1008 B. 1304 B. Meclianics’, Laborers’, and Material Men’s Liens, (a) On Buildings and Property, Real and Personal. Every building built, rebuilt, repaired, or improved, together with the necessary lots on which such building is situated, and every lot, fai’ni, or vessel, or any kind of property, real or personal, not hei^ein enumerated, is subject to a lien for the payment of all debts contracted for work done on the same, or material furnished. (Con. Statutes, Art. 1, Sec. 2433.) Par. 1304-B SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA (b; Buildings on Married Woman’s Land. The preceding sec¬ tion applies to property of a married woman when it appears that such building ^vas built or repaired on her land with her consent or procurement. In such case she is deemed to have contracted for such improvements. (Con. Statutes of N. C., 1920, Art. 1, Sec. 2434.) (c) On Personal Property Repaired: Any mechanic or artisan who makes, alters, or repairs any article of personal property at the request of the owner or legal possessor has a lien on such property for his just and reasonable charge for his work done and material furnished, and may retain possession of it until charges are paid; and if not paid for within thirty days after the work is done if the sum does not exceed fifty dollars, (or within ninet37’ days if over fifty dol¬ lars) such mechanic or artisan may proceed to sell the property so made, altered, or repaired at public auction, by giving two weeks public notice of such sale in some newspaper in the county in which the work was done, or if there is no such newspaper, then by posting up notice in three of the most public places in the county, town, or city; and the proceeds of the sale shall be applied first to the dis¬ charge of the lien and the expenses and costs of keeping and selling the property, and the remainder, if any, shall be paid over to the owner thereof. (Con. .Statutes, Art. 1, Sec. 2435.) (d) I^aborer’s Lien on Lumber and its Products: Every person doing the work of cutting or sawing logs into lumber, getting out wood pulp, acid vrood, or tai\bark, has a lien upon the lumber for the amount of v/ages due him, and this lien has priority over all other claims or liens, except as against a person who purchases the lumber for full value and without receiving notice of the lien. Provided that the laborer who is due wages for thirty days or less must file notice of his claim before the nearest justice of the peace, and within five days after send a copy of this notice to the owner; or, in case the ovmer cannot be located, attach his notice to the lumber, wood pulp, etc. upon which his labor was performed. Any person buying the material after such notice has been filed makes himself responsible for the lien; but to secure his claim on the owner or purchaser, the laborer must commence action within thirty days after serving notice. (Con. Statutes, Art. 1, Sec. 2436.) (e) Liens and Rights of Sub-Contractors against Owners of Real Estate. All sub-contractors and laborers who are employed to furnish or who do furnish labor or material for building, repairing, or altering any house, or other improvement on real estate, have a lien on the house and real estate for the amount pf the labor., done or material furnished. This has preference over, the mecha,nics’ liem, when due notice'has been given, (see next paragraph);, but the sum total of all liens "due subcontractors and material men must not exceed LABOR Par. 1304-B the amount clue the original contractor at the time of notice given. (Con. Statutes, Art. 2, Sec. 2437.) (f) Notice to Owners of Real Estate. Any subcontractor, labor¬ er, or material man, who claims a lien as provided in the preceding section, may give notice to the owner or lessee of the real estate who makes the contract at any time before the settlement with the contractor; and if the owner or lessee refuses or neglects to retain out of the amount due the contractor under the contract as much as is due or claimed by the subcontractor, laborer, or material man, he, the sub-contractor etc. may proceed to enforce his lien; and after such notice is given, no payment to the contractor shall be a credit on or discharge of the lien herein provided. (Con. .Statutes, Art. 2, Sec. 2438.) (g) Contractor,s Must Furnish Owners With Statement of Their Indebtedness. Before receiving any part of the contract price, a con¬ tractor must furnish th^; owner or his agent with an itemized state¬ ment giving the amoui.t due to any laborer, mechanic, or artisan fer wori^ perfoimed, or to any person for materials furnished; and the owner must then deduct this sum from the money due the contractor and pay it directly to the laborer, etc. This itemized statement may also be furmshed by the laborer himself, in which case he becomes entit¬ led to all the liens and benefits conferred by law as fui'y as if the statement were iurnisljed by the contractor. (Con. Statutes of N. C., 1920, Art 2, Sec. 2439). It is not necessary to file such a lien before a justice of the peace cr the superior court. (Con. Statutes, Art. 2, Sec. 2441.) (h) Paynunt Fro Rata in Contracts Carried out at a Loss. If tLo. amount due the contractor by the owner is insufficient to ])ay in full the laborer, mechanic, or artisan for his labor, and the material man for materials furnished, it is the duty of the owner to distribute the amount pro rata among the several claimaints, as shown by the itemized statement furnished him, or of which notice has been given him by the claimant. (Con. Statutes, Art. 2, Sec. 2442.) (i) Laborer or Railroad Contractor may Sue Company. V\^hen a contractor for the construction of part of a railroad is indebted to a laborer for thirty days labor or less, or for more than thirty days to any person furnishing material; such laborer, or material man may give notice in writing to the company of such indebtedness, the laborer within twenty days, and the material man within thirty days of the service rendered. The railway -company is then liable for the sum due provided that, if action at law is taken, it is commenced within ninety days after the notice is served. (Con. Statutes, Art. 2, Sec. 2444.) (j) Laborer’s Rights under Municipal Contract. Every county, city, town, or other municipal corporation which lets a; contract for Par. 1304-C SO^TAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA building, repairing, or altering any building, public road, or street is required to have the contractor execute a bond in an amount specified according to the value of the contract. Any laborer doing v/ork on such building, or person furnishing material for it, has the right to sue on this bond; ?.nd any number of laborers or material men, whose claims are unpaid, may combine in one suit for recovery of the amounts due them respectively. (Con. Statutes, Art. 2, Sec. 2445.) 1304 C. Liens of Dock Laborers: All subcontractors and labor¬ ers employed in discharging or loading any vessel are protected by liens on the vessel, its tackle, apparel, and furniture, in the same manner as other laborers. Notice is served to the master, agent, or owner. Enforcement of the lien is a summons against the contractor or stevedore, and also against the master, agent, or owmer who made the contract. Masters and owners should see that the wages due the laborers are paid before they make final settlement with the con¬ tractor. A contractor or stevedore making false oath with intent to defraud the laborer is punishable for perjury. Stevedores must be licensed, pay an annual tax of fifty dollars, and execute a bond in the sum of two thousand dollars conditioned for the faithful perform¬ ance of their duties, and the lawful payment of all sums due to laborers assisting in the loading and the unloading of vessels. (Con. Statutes, Art. 8, Sec. 2448.) 1304 D. Agricultural Liens: (a) Advance for Making Crops: Anyone making an advance either in money or supplies to a person engaged in farming has a lien on the crops made in that year, in preference to all other liens except the laborer’s and the landlord’s. Before the advance is made, an agreement, limiting the amount, must be entered into in writing, and registered. This applies also to mortgagors and trustors who advance money or supplies for the cultivation of lands mortgaged to them or conveyed in trust. (Con. Statutes, Art. 9, Sec. 2480.) (b) Ten Per Cent Allowed on Advances: The articles advanced may be charged for at ten per cent above the retail selling price in lieu of interest on the advance, but if more is charged, the lien becomes null and void as to the article or articles on which such overcharge is made. The cultivator is entitled to a memorandum showing the cash prices paid. In case of dispute, “cash prices” for a retail mer¬ chant mean his regular sale prices for cash; for a landlord or other person, the average struck between the prices of two neighboring mer¬ chants, of whom each of the parties may select one. Any attempt at agreement between a merchant and the person making the advance to raise the price of the articles to the .cultivator above the author- izezd ten per , cent, makes the lien as to these articles null and void. LABOR Par. 13J4-E In the case of a money advance, a commission of not more thc.n ten per cent in lien of interest may be added to the snm to be repaid (Con. Statutes, Art. 9, Sec. 2482-3.) (c) Credit Unions Making Advances: Where the money is ad¬ vanced by a Credit Union, the commission goes to pay for the inter¬ est on the money borrowed by the Union on behalf of its members, and for losses and running expenses incurred by it. After these have been met, the balance, if any, must be returned to the borrowers ) at the end of the year. (Con. Statutes, Art. 9, Sec. 2486.) <;d) Liens Valid for Face Value: All liens or mortgages made as above are valid for their face value in the hands of purchasers even before maturity, though the charges made are in excess of those allowed; but in such cases the party to whom the advances are made has the right to recover from the party making the ad¬ vances any sum he may be compelled to pay a third party in excess of the charges allowed. (Con. Statutes, Art. 9, Sec. 2487.) (e) Forced Sale of Crop to Recover Advances: In case a cul¬ tivator attempts to sell his crop without meeting his obligation for advances, the person holding the lien may make affidavit con¬ cerning his unpaid claim to the clerk of the superior court, and it is then lawful for the clerk to issue a warrant to the sheriffs for the seizure of the crop, and, after due notice, its sale. This proceeding cannot affect the rights of landlords or laborers. Notice to the sher¬ iff within thirty days of such sale, and affidavit that the claim is unjust, constitutes authority to the sheriff to retain the proceeds of the sale until the case is settled in the succeeding term of the superior court of the county. (Con. .Statutes, Art. 9, Sec. 2488.) (f) Failure to Cultivate Crop Covered by Lien: . If a person who has given a lien on his crops for advances received, fails to cultivate his lands, or does any other act calculated to impair the security given, then the person holding the lien is relieved from any further obligation to furnish supplies, and the advances he has already made become collectable at once, and he may take possesion of, cultivate, and harvest the crops; and, after ten days notice, sell the other property described in the deed of agreement. (Con. Statutes, Art. 9, Sec. 24 91.) (g) Form for Agricultural Liens: The majority of counties in North Carolina have agreed to a legal form covering a lien on crops, a chattel mortgage as additional security thereto, and the securing of a pre-existing debt. The board of commissioners of these counties is authorized to keep a supply of these forms for public use. (Con. Statutes of N. C. 1920, Art. 9, Sec. 2490.) 1304 E. Lien on Assets of a Corporation: In case of the in- Par. 1304-F SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA solvency of a corporation, all persons doing labor or service of what¬ ever character in its regular employment have a lien upon the assets for the amount of wages due them for services rendered within two months of time preceding the institution of action for insolvency. This lien has precedence over all other liens against the assets. (Con. Statutes, Art. 8, Sec. 1197.) 1304 F. Payment by Trustees: A tmstee, after paying the nec¬ essary costs of the administration of the trust, must pay as speedily as possible (1) all debts which are a lien upon any of the trust prop¬ erty in his hands, to the extent of the net proceeds of the property upon which such debt is a lien; (2) wages due to workmen, cl6rks, ti’aveling or city salesmen, or servants, which have been earned within three months before registration of the deed of trust or deed of as¬ signment, and (3) all other debts equally ratable. (Con. Statutes, Art. 1, Sec. 1618.) 1304 G. Issuing Nontransferrable Scrip to Laborers. It is a misdemeanor to issue in payment to a laborer employed by the day, week, or month any ticket, certificate, or scrip which is not trans¬ ferable by him, or to refuse to cash any such paper for him at its face value. 1304 H. Protection of Earnings of Employees in Interstate Com¬ merce. Employees engaged in interstate commerce may not have their earnings garnished or attached for debt by action in tribunals out¬ side of the State, but are under the jurisdiction of the courts of the State. 1304 I. Railway Employees Must be Paid twice a Month. All railway corporations operating in the State must pay their employees at least twice in gach month, such payment to be made either in cash, or negotiable cash order, or check. Exception is made in the case of repair shops employing less than ten persons. 1305. Laws Regulating Hours of Labor. The maximum labor week is sixty hours. No woman or minor may be employed longer than that time; and, without extra compensation, no adult male. Ex¬ ceptions are made in favor of engineers, firemen, switchmen, and re¬ pairers of breakdown. (1915, C. 148, S. 2.) 1305 A. Sunday Labor, (a) “On the Lord’s day, commonly called Sunday, no tradesman, artificer, planter, laborer, or other per¬ son, shall, upon land or water, do or exercise any labor, business, or work of his ord'uary calling, works of necessity and charity alone* ex¬ cepted; nor employ himself in hunting, fishing, or fowling, nor any game, sport, or play, upon pain that every person so offending, being of the age of fourteen years and upwards, shall forfeit and pay one dollar.” (Con. Statutes, Chap. 75, Sec. 3955.) LABOR Par. 1305-C (b) Operation of Trains on Sundays. No railroad company may peimiit the loading or unloading of any freight car on Sunday; nor may it permit any car, train of cars, or locomotive to be run on Sun¬ day on any railroad, save in case of accident, except such as may be run (1) for the purpose of transporting the United States mails, passengers with their baggage, and ordinary express freight in ex¬ press cars exclusively, and (2) for the purpose of transporting fruits, vegetables, live stock, and perishable freights. Where there are not sufficient cars of live stock or other perishable freights to make a ) complete train, the company may add other cars to complete the same. Solid trains, made up of through freight cars, reaching on Sunday any point upon any railroad in North Carolina, may be con¬ tinued as a solid through freight train along the line of such railroad through the State of North Carolina, without stopping the train for other purposes than to take on fuel and receive necessary running orders. The word Sunday in this section can be construed to embrace only that portion of the day between sunrise and sunset. Trains which started on Saturday, may, in order to reach the terminus or shops, run until nine o’clock a. m. on Sunday, but not later, nor for any other purpose than to reach the terminus or shops. Any railroad company violating the provisions of this section is guilty of a mis¬ demeanor in each county in which such car, train of cars, or locomo¬ tive runs, or in which any such freight car is loaded or unloaded, and upon conviction shall be fined not less than five hundred dollars for each offense. (Con. Statutes, Art. 8, Sec. 3480.) 1305 B. Public Holidays. The first day of January, the nine¬ teenth of January, the twenty-second of February, the Twelfth of April, the tenth of May, the twentieth of May, the fourth of July, the first Monday in September, the eleventh day of November, the Tues¬ day after the first Monday in November when a general election is held, the day appointed by the Governor as a thanksgiving day, and the twenty-fifth day of December of each and every year, are de¬ clared to be pubiic holidays, and whenever any such holidays fall upon Sunday the Monday following shall be a public holiday. (Con. Stat¬ utes, ch. 75, Sec. 3959.) 1305 C, Pdaximum Hours of Service for Railway employees. It is unlawful for any common carrier to require or permit an employee to remain on duty more than sixteen consecutive hours; or a tele¬ phone operator, or anyone dealing with the dispatch of trains, for more than nine consecutive hours in any twenty-four hour period, in towns, offices, and stations operated continuously day and night; or for more than thirteen hours in those operated only during the day time. In case of emergency, four hours may be added to these periods in each twenty-four hours, but not on more than three days in any single week. Exceptions are also made for cases of delay due to Par. 1306 SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA unavoidable accideiit, and for the crews of wrecking and relief trains. 1306. Liability of Railroads for Injuries to Employees. If an employee of any railioad company operating in North Carolina suf¬ fers injury or death in the service of the company owing to the negli¬ gence, carelessness, or incompetence of another employee, or a de¬ fect in the machinery, ways or appliances of the company, he, or in case of death, his representative, is entitled to maintain an action for damages. Any contiact or agreement, expressed or implied, made by an employee to waive the benefit of this section is null and void. (Con. Statutes, Art. 7, Sec. 3465.) 1306 A. Assumption of Risk as Defense Invalid. The fact that an employee assumed the risk of his employment may not be pleaded against him in a suit for damages. (Con. Statutes, Art. 7, Sec. 3468.) 1306 B. No Contract or Rule May Exempt Common Carrier From Liability. All such contracts or rules are void. A common carrier, however, may set off any sum it has contributed for the in¬ surance, or relief benefit of the injured person or his representa¬ tive, or any indemnity it has paid him. (Con. Statutes, Art. 7, Sec. 33469.) 1306 C. Logging Roards and Tramroads Included in Liability. The above provisions apply to these also. (Con. Statutes, Art. 7, 3470.) 1307. Mining Laws. The interests of the owner and the worker are safeguarded in the following laws:- 1307 A. Lessor not Partner of Lessee. No lessor of property for mining purposes can be held as a partner of the lessee unless it be so stipulated in the contract between them. 1307 B. Operator Must Furnish Timber. The owner, agent, or operator of every coal mine must keep a supply of timber constantly on hand, and deliver the same to the working place of the miner; and no miner can be held responsible for an accident resulting directly or indirectly from the failure to deliver such timber. (Rev., S. 4932.) 1307 C. Unused Mines must be Fenced. All underground entrances to any place not in actual course of w^orking or extension must be properly fenced across the whole width so as to prevent persons from inadvertently entering the same. 1307 D. Every Seam of Coal must have two Outlets. No owner or agent of any coal mine worked by shaft may permit any person to work therein unless there are, to every seam of coal worked in such mine, at least two outlets, separated by natural strata of not less than one hundred feet in breadth, by which shafts or outlets LABOR Par. 1307-J distinct means of ingress and egress are always available to the per¬ sons employed in the mine; but it is not necessary for the two out¬ lets to belong to the same mine. Exceptions are made in the case of opening a new mine, or abandoning an old one, where less than twenty men are employed. Escapement shafts must be fitted with safe and available appliances and always kept in good working condition. 1307 E. Precautionary Regulations for Hoisting-Engines. These must be in charge of experienced, competent, and sober engineers and not more than six persons may ride in any cage or car at any one time, and no person on a loaded cage or car. 1307 F. Ventilation. Ventilation of not less than one hundred cubic feet per minute per person employed in the mine must be cir¬ culated throughout the mine in such manner as to dilute, render harmless, and expel the poisonous and noxious gases from every working place in the mine. 1307 G. Daily Examinations. Every working place must be ex¬ amined every moming with ,a safety lamp by a competent person before any workmen are allowed to enter the mine. Safety lamps must be the property of the operator, under competent charge, kept clean, and securely locked, unless permission be given to the mine foreman to have the lamps used unlocked. 1307 II. Reports to the Inspector of Mines. These include (1) weekly measurements of ventilation to be returned on the first of each month; (2) notice of opening a new shaft, slope, or mine, abandonment of mine, recommencing of work, any squeeze or crush which affects the safety of the workers, or the occurence of a fire; (3) any accident or explosion, such report being v/ithin twenty-four hours of the occurence, and containing names of persons injured or killed, and extent and nature of the damage; (4) before the thir¬ teenth of November of each year, a correct return giving up to the end of September, the quantity of coal, iron ore, fire-clay, limestone, or other mineral product obtained during the year, and the number of persons ordinarily employed, both above ground and below. 1307 I. Idabrlity for Injuries. For any injury to person or prop¬ erty occasioned by any wilful violation of the above provisions, or wilful failure to comply with them, the party injured, or, in case of death, his representative, has the right to bring an action at law. 1307J. Faiiishment for Violation. Any violation of the regula¬ tions of the mining laws, or any wilful neglect, or interference, or refusal to obey orders, vdiich endangers the safety of others, consti- jtutes a misdemeanor. Par. 18(>7-K SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA 1307 K. Duties of the Inspector of Mines. The Commissioner of Labor and Printing is also Mine Inspector, (cf. Par. 1301 A.) It is his duty to examine all the mines in the .State as often as possible, to see that the requirements of the law are strictly executed; and for this purpose he is authorized to entei' a mine at any reasonable time. When an accident occurs, resulting in death, he must at once go to the mine where it occurs or send his representative, and make a written report on the accident. He must keep a record of his ex¬ amination of mines, and embody as much of this as he considers to be of public interest, in his annual report. In case of dispute with the owner or operator of a mine he may call upon the Governor for counsel. He must institute action in the name of the State when necessary to compel compliance with the provisions of the law. 1308. Laws for Protection of Employers, and the Public. Under this head the following may be included. 1308 A. Inducing Employees to Leave their Service. (a) It is a misdemeanor for any person to entice away and pro¬ cure any servant who has contracted orally or in writing to serve an¬ other employer; or knowingly to harbor and detain a servant who has unlawfully left the service of his employer. (b) Enticing Seaman from Vessel. It is a misdemeanor to in¬ duce any seaman in the ports of North Carolina who is in the em¬ ployment of any domestic or foreign vessel, to leave his vessel before his term of service has expired. (c) Secreling or Harboring Deserting Seamen. It is a misde¬ meanor to secrete or harbor any deserting seaman; and if such sea¬ man is found concealed on any person’s premises, this fact is deemed prima facie evidence that such person knew the man to be a deserter. A justice of the peace is authorized to issue a search warrant to look for a deserting seaman whenever a credible witness makes com¬ plaint on oath that such deserter is being concealed on the premises of any person. 1308 B. Influencing Employees to Violate Duties. (a) Offering or accepting gratuity or commissions. Any person who gives, offers, or promises to an agent, employee, or servant any gift or gratuity whatever with intent to influence his action in re¬ lation to his principal’s, employer’s, or master’s business; and any agent, employee, or servant who requests or accepts such gift, offer, or promise is guilty of a misdemeanor, and punishable at the discre¬ tion of the court. It is likewise a misdemeanor for any agent or employee-authorized to - purchase material -or -employ'-labor-for-his principal-to accepl directly or indirectly a commission, discount,-or bonus from the person making the sale, furnishing the 'material, or LABOR Par. 1308-E performing the labor, or for such person to give or offer the same. (b) Witness Required to Give Self-Incriminating Evidence in Regard to Gratuities or Commissions. No person may be excused from attending, testifying, or producing books, papers, contracts, agreements, and other documents before any court having jurisdic¬ tion of the crime denounced in the preceding section, on the ground that his evidence may incriminate him and subject him to penalty; but such cannot involve him in liability for other suits, civil or criminal. 1308 C. Operating Trains and Street Cars While Intoxicated. Any train dispatcher, telegraph operator, engineer, fireman, flagman, brakeman, switchman, conductor, motorman, or other employee of any steam, street, suburban, or interurban railway company, who is intoxicated while engaged in running or operating, or assisting in running or operating any railway train, shifting engine, or street or other electric car, is guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon conviction shall be fined or imprisoned, in the discretion of the court. (Rev. 3758; Code s. 1972; 1891, c. 114; 1871-72, c. 138, s. 38; 1907, c. 330.) 1308 D. Tax upon Emigrant Agents. Every person, firm, or corporation engaged in procuring laborers for employment out of the State, must pay an annual license tax of two hundred dollars for each county in which such person, firm, or corporation does business, the same to be collected by the sheriff. (For interpretations of this law see Lane v. Comrs. 134-443. State v. Roberson, 136-587. State v. More, 113-697.) 1308 E. Persons Exempted from Jury Duty. All practicing phy¬ sicians, licensed druggists, telegraph operators who are in the regular employ of any telegraph or railroad company, train dispatchers who have the actual handling of either freight or passenger trains, regu¬ larly licensed pilots, regular ministers of the gospel, officers or em¬ ployees of a State hospital for the insane, active members of a fire company, funeral directors and embalmers, printers and linotype op¬ erators, all millers of grist mills, all United .States railway postal clerks and rural free delivery mail carriers, locomotive engineers and railroad conductors in active service, and all members of the National Guard of North Carolina who comply with and perform all duties required of them as members, are exempt from service as jurors. (Con. Statutes, Art. 2, Sec. 2329.) I I ► (•' r. rt :Y ^ ^ ■ ij A;: • ’;<'i lo , .v’! -io ^ v . f : r;f ootnlii i i y ' j!inimi-:'■■ •h jiil’i ■ / , , Y ) •»'.;« A n 1 -■ « ^' '* -‘n '> ''i •'' t’ i- “i; ff' h ■■ :T ? A f(. in. '.d' ’;.• , ■' j-.iL A ■ •VA ‘r •> ■ ' * ■ e: oK’^/ ,’.:/ii5o Y'ctv y/vw j! A '' ;<■ ,-1 .{ ■t/lcV'.ri hit; •••< *.-T ' ■^rrr* Y- > ‘ * t.j i: *\ * ; ■'!; ;:iv* -:' '..rr'A rTftYr^ ' ■' . A • 'Y.-' • '* 7 r’;jA [•!■ ."YY-.A, ■ii;^7 V" '■ T-y'-.'-.x-Jl .V r. ir {‘r .-■'■■ ' 'A'i'^ aiiiJ 2u ■ :• •>r ^ 'v . "j y ’l A :'' ;■ >c '■' 7A*t?® to >-.ho : -f * "ff Ihi-iii , ., r : ’A _ :..a: 1'. ?K' :> , , ,'i» t *7^ ■ . t* f • q ai h -fi.> rstj. ' • f-r " p7. iX.' - . % •V'/Vh J iuoA 51/fK--JJvr <'ji::" .-j soci .-■ f ^ :j:v- » ^ m t •.a3:7iV*^iVo - ‘'-q .y.-:i^y''i'. .y.hx-r '., i-.-'i.:5?r!r' ■' •! ■' I Jffo ^rt^rn'/"it'fTT' -r’^- '■ .•■'.:•• •io'^ ■'4'V ijf;; ,,.: :• i ^ •r'frtr--: ■(.> i , rr' ‘ ' ■ ■' ■ .■; .•;:•:•; ^A■■ (-•':/ •-/ J*- --.'Y,yt ..•,.^:(n;’'. , v,^- Ai -. • 1y . ' C;7r>;> V*-. ••'■'«■•: t>A?; Y.7‘3'irrp;'! .?• •. 'ii-*. ., fnr-.'q yr-7/f'}.v> »;[•.•: / ^j.tn > ^ *fi5 ;.'yVOftpy. ^Jiif gT4^A;rA^;f f'-t; f,rrH •:' 'V,’* . '"■ .0 rvV ■‘i' "* ■; *1 Vy / Y •** ' ;'f4‘ ■ ■.liiS'rf. ' fxi'?A»s ^'d ■^y$4- i^AI' -.Y)'. d: r'f V‘Y(.' ' A , •:» I'M ',•: '•.■ 'A: . ■■■,.. i ' ' '• ' f,.- '--' hc > r::- ' •: .Av*rH/A:, .’ [j-i. "fi./r!* *■'«; r’ .'■ •, , ; ■!,x<> 7 t' ."'•rtur i5ff f- *•}»:•( - 0 • ifrx >ui, art' ; I • •• . M E M O R a: - yirr Ml,."'''.* i i ■ •ft;. ■ * ^ t T\. » v>/. ;i ,• r'r .*• • I ■ , u- ■ 7 S '; j • ' '■ ; r-. .,t.‘ ■V,' ;,1 • • V.. '.■ I %i>.\ V^'itTi \? - • ’ 1 '.t i; n/‘i fA%jf!o;VS*iV jr tr; : 1 " T- . . • . ; Vi' ' f '■•• ; <|t«v ''A' ■ t ;,f - ■* ' * J 't {. ^ :',yty ■'■ n c. ft- vr . ^ .f ■ I' s K>'. ii.mx'«3 : Sjr *--; “■' -v'' - ' •r, Jakx«it«-i;-K 'iir mi. ;• ■ '.) y r .v.»i" 1 .- • I ■■ fa- ■'■^r. '■ _ ^tc tin. • ' - ‘ • ' ' • ibi!-' ( ■ ;■*■ tc) ^•' •■■J4. I'r i'or- ' - .. .i'- -1 A‘. . : . -.h,: *?-:. ; i - v 1 t ■ -’•.•'tv ' : .. .. ' »•• • ti 1. .Ill, ■^1, --j aA«i W-.- ■•.<. • 1 ) T;, , t f * < ^ Ccttn. Kt- MEMO R"a N D U M L V*-. I A . ■ ■ A « r rv CHAPTER XIV Mental Defectives and Insane Par. 1401 I. Law and Administration 1401. Commitment of the Insane: The methods of arrest, con- finement, and detention of insane, feeble-minded, epileptic and alco¬ holics, and the principal laws relative to the admission of a patient to the State hospitals are as follows: (a). Affidavit of Insanity: Some respectable citizen, residing in the county of the alleged insane person, shall make before and file with the clerk of the superior court of the county an affidavit in writing, which shall be substantially in the following form: State of North Carolina,.County. The undersigned, residing in said county, makes oath that he has carefully examined .and believes him to ba an insane person, and to be, in the opinion of the undersigned, a fit subject for admission into a hospital for the insane. Dated. day of Sworn and subscribed before me. ,A. D. .Affiant. Clerk Superior Court. (Par. 4575 Rev. 1905). (b). Order for Examination: Whereupon, unless the pei*son in whose care or custody the insane person is, will agree to bring him be¬ fore the clerk without a warrant, or unless the clerk is of the opinion that it will be injurious to the insane person to be brought before him, the clerk shall issue a precept, directed to the sheriff or other lawful officer, substantially in the following form: State of North Carolina, to the Sheriff or other lawful offi¬ cer of.County— Greeting: Whereas, information on oath, has been laid before me that .is insane, you are hereby commanded to bring him before me within the next ten days that necessary proceedings may be had thereon. Given under my hand.day of.. A. D. (Par. 4576 Rev. 1905). Clerk Superior Court. Par. 1402 SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA (c) . Examination before Clerk. If the alleged insane person be confined in jail otherwise than for crime, the sheriff shall remove him from the jail upon the order from the clerk. Upon his being brought before him, the clerk shall call to his assistance the county physician, or some other licensed and reputable phycisian, resident of the State, and shall proceed to examine into the condition of mind of the alleged insane person. He shall take the testimony of at least one licensed physician, resident of the State; and, if possible, of a member of the family, or some friend or person acquainted with the alleged insane person, who has had opportunities to observe him after such insanity is said to have begun. (Par. 4577 Rev. 1905). (d) . Discharge or Commitment. If the clerk, r other person bringing a patient to a hospital shall Par. 1409 SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA see that he is clean, free from contagious disease and vermin, and that he has clothing proper for the season of the year, and in all cases two full suits of underclothing. 1409^. Admission of Patilent on own Application: Any person believing himself to be of unsound mind, or threatened with insanity, may voluntarily commit himself to the proper hospital. The applica¬ tion for commitment shall be in the form following: State of North Carolina, County of. I, .a resident of. county. North Carolina, being of mind capable of signifying my wishes, do hereby solicit admission as a patient in the State hospital at .for such a period of time as the board of directors and the superintendent may deem necessary; and I agree in all respects to conform to the rules and regulations of said institu¬ tion during the period which shall be prescribed by the superintend¬ ent and board of directors. Attest. This application shall be accompanied by the certificate of a li¬ censed physician, which certificate shall state that in the opinion of the physician the applicant is a fit subject for admission into a hospital, and that he recommends his admission.. . The certificate of the clerk of the superior court need not accompany this application. The super¬ intendent may, if he think it a proper application, receive the patient thus voluntarily committed, and treat him until the next meeting of the board of directors, or of the executive committee, and shall re¬ port the application and admission to the first meeting of either of these boards, and if either of them approve his admission, the patient shall be considered as having been regularly committed, and shall in all respects be treated as such. No report need be made to the clerk of the court of his county for settlement. The superintende-^'" and board of directors shall have the same control over patients who commit themselves voluntarily as they have over those committed under the regular proceedings hereinbefore provided; and no vol¬ untary patient shall be entitled to a discharge until he shall have given the superintendent ten days’ notice of his desire to be discharged. (Par. 4593 Rev. 1905). 1410. Commitment of Insane to Jail: When any person is found to be insane under the provisions of this chapter, and he cannot be immediately admitted to the proper hospital, and when he is also found to be subject to such acts of violence as threaten injury to him¬ self and danger to the community, and he cannot otherwise be prop¬ erly restrained, he may be temporarily committed to the county jail until a more suitab^ provision can be made for his case. (Par. 4594 MENTAL DEFECTIVES AND INSANE Par. 1416 Rev. 1905; see also Consol Statutes, Chap. 101 Sec. 57 1919). 1411. Idiots not Admitted: No idiot shall be committed to any State hospital, and for the purpose of this chapter an idiot is defined to be a person born deficient in mind. 1412. Priority Given to Indij^ent Patients; Payment Required from Others: In the admission of patients to any State hospital, priority of admission shall be .^iven to the indigent insane; but the board of directors may resrulate admissions, having in view the cur¬ ability of patients, the welfare of the institutions, and the exigencies of particular cases. The board of directors may, if there be suffi¬ cient room, admit other than indigent patients upon the payment of proper compensation. If any inmate of a State hospital require private apartments, extras, or private nurses, the directors, if practicable; shall provide the same at a fair price to be paid by such patient. Upon the death of any non-resident patient, the .State hospital may maintain an action against his estate for his support and mainten¬ ance for a period of five years prior to his death. 1413. Attendant to Convey Patient to Hospital: Whenever any insane person shall be entitled to admission into any of the hospitals of the State, and the clerk of the superior court, justice of the peace, or other officer authorized by law to find such person insane has so found, and has been notified that he will be admitted into the hospital, it shall be the duty of the clerk or justice of the peace forthwith to notify the superintendent, giving the race, name, sex, and age of the patient, and it shall then be the duty of the superintendent to send an attendant to convey him to the hospital. Such an attendant shall have all such rights as the sheriff or other officer heretofore. 1414. Person Conveying Patient to Hospital without Authority: No sheriff or other person shall convey a patient to any hospital with¬ out having ascertained that the patient will be admitted, and if any sheriff or other person shall carry a patient to a hospital without hav¬ ing ascertained that the patient will be admitted, and the patient is not admitted, he shall be required to convey the patient back to the county of his settlement, and he shall not be repaid by the county or hospital for the expenses incurred in carrying him to and from the hospital. 1415. Appointment of Guardians for Inmates of State Hospitals: Upon the hearing before the clerk of the superior court of an appli¬ cation for the appointment of a guardian for the person or estate of any person alleged to be insane, the certificate of the superintendent of any State hospital certifying under oath before any notary public or clerk of court, that the alleged lunatic is an inmate of his hospital, and that he believes that he is an insane person, shall be sufficient evidence upon which the clerk of the court may adjudge • him to be Par. 1416 SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF FORTH CAROLINA insane, and appoint a guardian for his property or person, or for both, and in such cases an inquest of lunacy shall not be necessary. (Par. 4609 Rev. 1905). 1416. Insanity among Non-Residents and Aliens: (a) Resident of Another County: If a man becomes suddenly or violently insane in another county than his own, the proper author¬ ities shall send him to that hospital to which he would have been sent had he been taken ill at his home, and the expenses of his examination and commitment shall be borne by the county of his resi¬ dence. (Par. 4582, 4583 Rev 1905). (b) Resident of Another State: In the case of the resident of another State being found insane, the clerk of the court shall notify the governor of the state to which he belongs, and in the meantime the insane person shall be confined or restrained in, but not commit¬ ted to a state hospital. If his state fail to send for him, the county commissioners concerned shall cause him to be conveyed thither and delivered to the sheriff of his own county, or to the superintendent of any State hospital, and the county in which he has been found insane shall bear the cost of this removal and commitment. (Par. 4584; Rev. 1905). (c) Resident of a Country other than the United States: In the case of a person who is not a citizen of the United States being found insane, the clerk of the court shall notify the Governor, conveying such information as is pertinent to the case together with a copy of the examination, and the Governor shall transmit the same to the Secretary of State at Washington, D. C., with the request that he inform the minister resident or plenipotentiary of the country of which the insane person is supposed to be a citizen. (Par. 4595j Rev, 1905.) 1417. None but Bona Fide Residents Admitted to Hospitals: No clerk of the court or justice of the peace shall commit to a hospital any person who is not a bona fide citizen and resident of the State; and no person who has removed into North Carolina from another state while insane shall be deemed a resident or citizen, and no length of residence in the state of a person who was insane at the time he moved into it shall be sufficient to make that person a citizen or resi¬ dent of North Carolina within the meaning of the law. (Par. 4587, Rev. 1905). 1418. Clerk’s Duty to Ascertain Legal Residence of Patient: In every examination of an alleged insane person, it shall be the duty of the clerk or justice of the peace to inquire particularly whether the party examined is a resident of North Carolina, and he shall state his findings upon the subject in his report to the superintendent of the hospital. MENTAL DEFECTIVES AND INSANE Par. 1452 1419. Where Legal Residence Cannot be Ascertained: If it is not possible to ascertain the legal residence of the alleged insane person, and the clerk or justice of the peace be of the opinion that he is a resident of the State, within the meaning of the law, he shall state that he was unable to ascertain the legal residence in question, and shall commit him to the hospital of his district. (Par. 4588 Rev. 1905). 1420. Concerning Patients Released on Bond: Whenever it is made to appear to the clerk of the superior court of the county of settlement of an insane person released on bond that the conditions of the bond are not faithfully complied with, he shall send him back to the proper hospital, unless some other responsible and discreet friend will undertake to fulfil the duties of caring for him under bond. When an insane person is thus sent back, he cannot be delivered on any new bond of the defaulting obligor. (Par. 4592 Rev. 1905). 1421. Duty to Discharge: It is the duty of the board of county commissioners, by proper order to that effect, to discharge any ascer¬ tained insane person in their county, not admitted to the appropriate hospital, and not committed for crime, when it shall appear upon the certificate of two respectable physicians, and the chairman of their board, that such insane person ought to be discharged from a hospital. 1422. Commitment of Children Mentally Defective: (See Chap¬ ter IV. Par. 103 P.) 1423. Commitment of Epileptics: White epleptics are sent from all over the .State to the State hospital at Raleigh in the same manner as insane persons. Such colored epileptics as there is room for are sent to the Goldsboro hospital. II Institutions and Agencies 1451. state Hospitals and their Government: There are State hospitals at Morgantown, Raleigh, and Goldsboro, and the Caswell Training School at Kinston. These are all under the same board of managers composed of twelve members; each institution being repre¬ sented by three members. This board meets twice yearly; once in No¬ vember and once in April. The three members are known as the Exe¬ cutive committee for their respective institution, and meet at that in¬ stitution monthly. The twelve men who constitute the board of Mana¬ gers are appointed in six year term by the Governor with the ap¬ proval of the Senate. The present Chairman of the board is Mr. Jo¬ seph G. Brown, Citizens National Bank Building, Raleigh-North Car¬ olina. 1452. State Hospital, Raleigh, N. C.,—Superintendent: Dr. Albert Anderson. Purpose: Established in 1856 as a State institution for Par. 1453 SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLLNTA' the care of insane and epileptics. Capacity: About 1150. Popu¬ lation:. The last biennial report to November 30,1918 gives the average daily population as: Males 538, females 618, total 1,156. Included in this are patients of the Epileptic Department, numbering males 90, females 88, total 178. Buildings: The plant consists of fourteen buildings for housing patients with other out buildings such as boiler- house, shops, laundry, store-house, and daily. Work and Recreation: There is an art room for the patients where basketry, needle work, and rug-making are taught; a sewing-room, carpenter shop, and can¬ nery; also a garden and farm. The value of the produce of these last in 1918 was $79,502. There is a weekly dance; and drives are given in a large truck kept for that purpose. Correspondence: Pa¬ tients’ mail, both out-going and in-coming, is read. Filing System: A complete record of each patient is kept, including commitment papers, laboratory reports, history, and copies of correspondence. Charges: The law allows a charge of $20 a month to be made for non-indigent patients. Drug and Alcoholic Cases: The law allows a limited number of these for a period of not less than three months, and at a charge of $50 per month. Probation: Patients are probated or discharged at the discretion of the superintendent. 1453. State Hospital for the Dangerous Insane: Established 1898. This is a part of the State Prison at Raleigh, and has capacity for fifty patients. Dr. A. W. Knox, prison physician. 1454. State Hospital, Morgantown, N. C.,—Superintendent: Dr. John McCampbell. Purpose: Care of the insane. Established by a special act of the Legislature in 1875 but was not ready for opening until 1883. Capacity: 1500, Population: The last biennial report to November 30, 1918 gives a population of 1489, including paroled patients. Buildings: The plant consists of thirteen buildings for housing patients with other buildings, such as dining room, amusement hall, boiler houses, store room, laundry, shops, and barns. Work and Recreation: Fai-m, garden, lawn, shoe shop, carpenter shop, laundry, mattress factory, sewing room, and needle work, basketry, etc. in the wards; weekly dances, moving picture shows, billiards, cards and other games, tennis, bowling, walking and other outdoor recreation. Correspondence: Patients are allowed great freedom in writing to their relatives and friends. Out-going mail is inspected, but in-com¬ ing is not read. Filing System: A record of each patient is kept including commitment papers, laboratory reports, history, etc. Charges: The average per capita cost of maintenance is charged in individual cases where the estate or guardian is able to pay. This amounts to about $20 per month. Otherwise no charge is made. Drug and alcoholic cases: The law provides for the admission of this class of cases on the same footing as insane; but owing to lack of room during the past few years, they have been practically excluded. Pro- MENTAL DEFECTIVES AND INSANE Par. 1467 bation: Patients are rather freely probated by the superintendent subject to approval by the Board of Directors. 1455. State Hospital, Goldsboro, N.C.,—Superintendent: Dr. W. W. Faison. Purpose: Established in 1880 for colored insane and epileptics from all parts of the State. Capacity: 960. Population: August 1920; in residence 956; home on trial 60. Description: The plant includes a four story administration building; four large build¬ ings for insane patients; two buildings for epileptics, two for tuber¬ cular patients, and out houses. The grounds cover 730 acres, 450 of which are under cultivation and 200 in pasturage. The value of the farm and garden produce for 1918 amounted to $28,785. Besides out-door work the patients engage in sewing, mending, canning, and other pursuits. 1456. Richard Caswell Training School, Kinston, N. C. ..Main¬ tenance: The State. Purpose: To care for feeble-minded white boys and girls between the ages of six and twenty-one, and feeble minded women between the ages of twenty-one and thirty. Established: 1914. Capacity: Eighty. Present Population: Eighty. Admission: Committed by the courts..Education: Kindergarten, primary, grammar grades, and music class. Description: The school is located on a nine hundred acre farm, twenty-five feet above surrounding country and near the town of Kinston. Buildings of brick. Two of the buildings were burned recently. A comprehensive and enlarged plan has been approved and re-building is under headway. Superintendent: Dr. C. S. McNary. ■1 1457. Private Hospitals For Nervous And Mental Cases. The following are private hospitals in the State for nervous and mental cases: (1) . Appalachian Hall, Asheville, N. C., Established 1916; for nervous and mental disease, drug and alcohol addictions; capacity fifty beds; rates $35.00 to $75.00 per week. William Ray Griffin, M. C., Bernard R. Smity, M. D., physicians in charge. (2) . Broad Oaks Sanatorium, Morganton, N. C. Established 1901; for nervous and mental disease, alcoholic and drug addiction cases; fifty beds; charges $25.00 per week for ordinary cases of men¬ tal and nervous diseases; for drug and alcoholic cases, $150.00 for four weeks and $25.00 per week thereafter. Cases of this kind not accepted for less than four weeks. Superintendent Dr. Isaac M. Taylor. (3) Glenwood Park Sanatorium, Greensboro, North Carolina: Established 1907; for nervous and mild mental diseases, alcoholic and drug addiction cases; twenty-five beds; rates $15.00 to $75.00 per week. (4) Highland Hospital, Asheville, N. C.: Established 1904; for mental, nervous and nutritional cases; seventy-five beds; rates $35.00 to $100.00 per week. Robert S. Carroll, Medical Director. Par. 1468 SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA (5) Hillcrest Manor, Asheville, N. C.: Established 1919; for treatment of neurosis and psycho-neurosis, (insane not received); ca¬ pacity ten beds. Dr. Louis E. Bisch, Superintendent. (6) Tranquil Park Sanatorium, Charlotte, N. C.: For the treat¬ ment of functional nervous cases, (insane not received); twenty-five beds; rates $30.00 to $75.00 per week. John Myers, M. D., Medical Director. 1458. Private and Local Institutions Subject to Board of Chari¬ ties and Public Welfare: It is lawful for any person or corporation to establish private hospitals, homes, or schools for the cure and treat¬ ment of insane persons, idiots, and feeble-minded persons, and in¬ ebriates, but license must first be obtained from the Board of Chari¬ ties and Public Welfare; and the institution must at all times be subject to the visitation of the Board or any member thereof, and must make to it a semi-annual report on the first days of January and July of each year. The Board may bring an action in the Superior Court of Wake County to vacate and annul any license when in their judgment the managers of any private hospital, home, or school have been guilty of gross neglect, cruelty, or immorality. (Cf. Chap. VII.). 1459. Local Institutions for Idiots and Feeble-Minded Persons: North Carolina has at present no public institutions for idiots and feeble-minded persons, but the law provides that any county, city or town may establish a hospital for the maintenance, care and treat¬ ment of such insane persons as cannot be admitted into a State hos¬ pital, and of idiots and feeble-minded persons, upon like conditions and requirements as are above prescribed for the institution of private hospitals. The need is great for institutions of this kind. 1460. Society for Mental Hygiene: President, Dr. W. L. Pe- teat. Wake Forest, N. C., Secretary Dr. Albert Anderson, State Hos¬ pital, Raleigh, N. C. This society has not been active recently. 1461. National Committee for Mental Hygi/ene. The National Committee for Mental Hygiene is at present engaged in making a survey of the State. The work is under direction of Dr William Mc¬ Donald, Jr, Providence, Rhode Island. It is hoped that this survey will result in arousing throughout the State more interest in the proper care of the mentally sick. ■ < Z ■T t.i K’’ rk. 3fr i "O % , Fh ^ci^oily /^an^i¥cofpp#^rf >>r ajgiife* e^<*4vW#. ;'«'r/;h5* '.•i3(i*f i'lj'nil >n 1^* St>-Uv.. • i* « “^ V isJtA <1(^.1 4 ti ,* V rt -•Uj,-*- ''>-' *> i-r^* | / A- »'«_:]i - ^ t^y^ ^oc^ipy .a.^ irf .H?tl^?i:li * y ^ ^ ‘ *1 1.% "<4| 't*j»,7. x:.!- '% l'* i^V«‘V i-^(/'‘’ •u* t^TS-Jf^Vi >f tr ^'**'A*Tr? tY'Vv * I' pap^i^*' (.'* ftjjft.-x-'k; ,'' * ’-^ ■''' ■ *'''' < "m '-". rt^^f v*->."'t’ i-k sff r^i'^ r''«'^7 ..■>J*.s I .* T '^' ■• *» - .f< .> »v--i ». • tfjAtl , fs; •.v-*^,"'f^. n. .>^-'|v^‘-. A'^C‘>\U ojf ti*>k ^^*’^'•1^. ‘ , T&'g»-i^/tu •-■ * w ■:4 ti'/'-Vi rc^,'': tr* } .mi .-OI#'/’«»ni t^ti t.>7'r,?y^:J3y>/i?':\‘«v'An* P^): P>Vn 'V ,-'. 3U'l»s l?v^-MfOol 4KJk^t^i?\ri^'W‘, ^0Liy *k ♦Mi* .v ^ ,p^y^ 4tf« v<^y'ivti ^ *!iU YA flHflViMi' ■>*^ |&; Xtjf *4ttiiia. y-Kr afijii’•. ' P 'teft Von,-/? u? to;.t....(:>f^ 'J.f;^./i5nwii ^•'‘ tti#» " I #itl^r.4 o.f: .:« I* ij«l'/^i-..-Ma, '"rL, -'^V'v. »/,<«'.if :; s 1‘ ►' ■ » fj' ■ <''i *• 1 » 1 . .1 -• • -* * , t ' < .* > » ♦ •> V- .9 ’ StV’ b'^ I *1 X • “• I w r' * ' ST'. ** i V r-j -,* •. -t ,^5v .' ,•' * ♦ V . • f r ■: % i*. 4*J • r« -V ."i m I • % -• Par. 1603 CHAPTER XV. Physically Handicapped 1501. State School for the Blind and Deaf, Raleigh, N. S. Pur¬ pose. To provide education for the deaf, dumb and blind of the State. There are two branches, one for white, and one for colored children. Maintenance. The State. The annual appropriation is $85,000. Ad¬ ministration. A board of eleven directors appointed by the Governor. The Board elects the Superintendent whose term of office is for three years. Admission. The Board of Directors are required to receive on application all white blind children and all colored deaf mutes and blind children, who are between the ages of seven and twenty-one years, and who are of sound mind, good character, and not incapacitated by physical infirmity. Population. 1918: White, boys 86, girls 61; colored, boys 90, girls 68. Education. The school grades together with voca¬ tional training. Description. The White Department occupies one city sguare in the residential section of Raleigh. This situation allows of small space for playgrounds and campus. The schoolrooms and girls' dormitories are in the administration building. The boys occupy a separate fire-proof building. The Colored Department is situated In the negro section of Raleigh. It consists of separate buildings of the congregate type for boys and girls, and an industrial building con¬ taining laundry, heating plant, and workrooms for vocational training. Provision for Indigent Children. In the case of orphan or needy chil¬ dren, the auditor is authorized to provide clothing to the limit of $3o per annum and transportation to and from the institution, and to collect same from the county. 1502. New School for the White Blind. This is now in process of construction. It is on the cottage plan and will cover 85 acres near the city of Raleigh. 1503. The North Carolina School for the Deaf, Morgantown, N. C. Superintendent, E. McK. Goodwin, M. A. Purpose. To provide educa¬ tion for deaf white children of sound mind and good character, who have been residents of the State for at least two years. The institu¬ tion is not a hospital for treatment of deafness nor is it designed to care for delinquent or feeble minded children. It is a school where deaf children of from eight to twenty-three years old—the age pres¬ cribed by the school attendance law—^may be enabled to cover the public school course, and receive a full mental, moral and physical training. Maintenance. The State. The annual appropriation is novr $80,000. Administration. A board of seven directors appointed by tne Governor.' The board elects the superintendent who is ex officio secre¬ tary of the board and whose term of office is for three years. Popula¬ tion. Enrollment, 1918,3B1. E-ducation. The ordinary school grades,’ Par. 1504 SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA Both the oral and manual methods are used, but chiefly the former* Vocational Training. The boys receive elementary instruction in woodwork and carpentry, printing, typesetting and linotype wor’ shoemaking, tailoring, farming and gardening. No attempt is made t( teach the girls a trade, but all of them are taught sewing and dress¬ making, ironing and general domestic work. Description. Four large well equipped buildings, to which has recently been added a hospital. The boys and girls occupy opposite wings of the main structure. The school and industrial work are carried on in separate buildings. The situation is among the foothills of the Blue Ridge Mountains on 327 acres of land, 100 acres of which are under cultivation. Traveling Expenses of Children. In case of indigent children the county will pay traveling expenses to and from the school. 1504. The North Carolina Orthonaedic Hospital. Babington Heights, Gastonia, N. C. President and Founder, R. B. Babington. This hospital, the only one in the State devoted to crippled children, is still in course of construction. The expectation is that it will b'^ opened by the beginning of 1921. The General Assembly of 1917 ap¬ propriated $20,000 for building purposes, but most of the money has been supplied by private charity. Purpose. To provide scientific treatment and healing for orphan and destitute, crippled and deformed children of sound mind. It estimated that there are between five and six thousand such crippled children in North Carolina. Maintenance. $75,000 was appropriated by the Assembly of 1919 for annual maintenance. Administration. A board of trustees appointed by the Governor Admission. White children of sound mind under fourteen years of age. Capacity. 40 to 60 beds. Education. Will provide instruction for children while convalescing. Description. The hospital consists of one two storied central building with two wings of one story each form¬ ing the wards. The buildings are of the latest architectual design and fireproof. The gTounds contain 28 1-2 acres. 1506. The Scottish Rite Hospital for Crippled Children, Decatur, Ga., five miles from Atlanta. Auspices. Scottish Rite Masons of At¬ lanta. Purpose. To care for crippled children. Administration. Board of Governors consisting of seven members, three of whom are ap¬ pointed in perpetuity from the .Scottish Rite Body, one from the Statp at large. Thomas K. Glenn, president; Forest Adair, Vice President; Mrs. W. C. Wardlaw, Secretary; all of Atlanta, Ga. All matters of policy and business management are in the hands of the board. Super¬ intendent, Miss Lillian Carter. Orthopedic Surgeon, Dr. Michael Hoke. Capacity,, fifty^two. Population, fifty-tWo. Institution always filled PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED Par. 1506 to its capacity. Admission. Any crippled child under fourteen from any locality whose parents are not able to bear the expense of treat¬ ment and whose trouble can be corrected. The usual method of aa- mission: Parent or guardian brings the child to the clinic where he is given a medical and orthopedic examination. If his home Is not too far away the child is sent back with an application blank and the history sheet, both of which must be filled out and returned to the superintendent of the hospital. The application blank must be signed by a Mason, preferably by a member of the Scottish Rite Order. The history sheet must be filled out by a physician. V/hen a vacancy occurs in the hospital the parent or guardian is notified. Emergencies are taken care of at once. The feeble-minded and epileptic are ex¬ cluded. Maintenance. Endowment, donations, contributions, and ap¬ propriations from the Scottish Rite Body. Expenses. Medical, surgi^ cal, and hospital care free. The parents or guardians are supposed lo defray all expenses of clothing, transportation and braces. Clinic. Every Thursday from two to five. Education. A trained kindergartener and an assistant spend four mornings a week with the younger children—volunteer service. A regular teacher is engaged for the older children. Instruction largely individual. Text books which the child would have if in school at home are used. Description. The site comprises six acres and foui buildings, the administration building, two hospital units and a home for the nurses. t<^fttl Ijliii^ u*>i«fq.ru t^A ’. •v'r.f'J V *H.‘^ .iil tiiud oS iw:nKii eJti'-rTt.Ci ftworjv/ i(7ff,.^f yrifi -i»c 1 / 9*i irr/i ftIdtji'AJ ‘>«t»rf’:/''iiiiii yft'iw arf. ' 3flt tif fmh'i ii:oiht^ ^ivi ii . 'jjb.Ajfo/iitfo'fcnR smU U(\ti ii« pm 'A^tji ^avci'^'i hljaio. i>*fi Tt tUy) ^ nyirr iuidvf in iUaS .y vii'njWd ': }i-i1(H,pd J>,^fi^ 4%^h^^giU‘ .Jx; ^r? * ro /rt •juii* , .iflli sO. >>1 iH f(oi;>)3ci! a < J /-'f-'"'4-3^*,,'ift^,*i^ a- x^ X 'fiiipii/ /? a^'ff <> \d .t»o •bf»ifiT?e;riJ[ .b'jflUoa 21 lo invViii'^rfl n't ajijy>o •X4 Ota bilii b:iorJm s!f^■:^p }dT -q/t^b- n’ .f;^^fb.^hi(tc'^ ,iS5boh ,h'tlhsU •' .?r»Wrt^v<3 jjUI n'Kii^i>o^/yiiri V,ro'it »;rtoijfiaq(riq <>'rs p ' ^« . jiHT. ^,...hf*’jJ jT^r^ *^ui}.D bn;: «u''i. 1 ^ 3 ^ t ^yi^,lr:y, b^dn^ic-y Jl^ ... . .^vii <4 ov^l i ■ » - ■- . ;■* .. . -'- ■ f • « ’ fii K ovjijl bf'Ob'i^ bfj/f d-yid'/r wifvKjd ixeT .liijjbrvjhfv: vb^i/^f :tfoJ bp.a,mn Ur: 9ilA f dT ' j soTon,^ biTr. ftiwi f;^tiq«q^ ,.it,n;lAhj-4 ;, t- ; - .' . ■ w;: ^>riq^lU> >*♦*-• * - .'iiyir.iinct > ; . ^t': ■ Cc 5fli >' 'ion \r f I m-’ " :i> • : . « '' R*':v.-''i • «v - '1 r A..1 {)• *.». . C .■ -f . , > . ; / . ..-.'ffT. •r'l ’'-.iV * •*■ ; ti l".;' i-n'Mri oa« iv ' btr xiiiVr 'I'-ivi. Pnrp ^ Scv■■^*T^-. c. »•• r '-^T' ^'•? . i.-^lay^ V • » ^ j .- 1 ' T' •V' i 7 • ' V •• S' >. •' ?1 ♦. V_ . V ' . • Hvb V •m-" ‘irSS i^U? » ‘J'i -.A ' '1 '1 -V !-fA’,..* ..‘ ^j;: , .' 4 ' j*-- ♦ V ; ' •». V !-fA’,.. ■•^. I rv.l,<«^*r ;;r^‘ • . ''-»»'*«■“ • • ^ r* <‘i*Atis. • tr-..t, "7S Sf»* ' ■'1 K . -w .« MEMORANDUM , 1 - , Y \ ■I t X!* ' y, I lii-'i 5t’ u. .•' ■ ' * ' .t 1 . li ' ■ , J -'f \ H. f-r ‘ 'ly. ■ < o ; -v • . fe ' : *. •*. * >5 ♦■■■,'* ; M kf^ir ■ ••*. j- -: ( “i/. i.. ; • i f* ,• . . '-. . , I , A*. T*- <. » • * ' *, v-*^r ' 4 '•» 5i«: ..: ■ ' .'■r, I’i- tr. .■T-aw*-’f ♦1 ‘tt t ‘ . > r. PV. ■,n- : f . :■•* O •- . t» >■> I >. ■■. > ‘■rr ■: . |Atj|r»ll: i. T-.'. ■ } ^ ■1. - .' V < ' . V ■'>-'.-.y ' ■ N. . ■> - ^ ■',», H•>'.» < ’i.. “ i * ' > I M/•< r^, . .• • ; j- , j * ► ■’ ‘- • t -•- >!}i . .- Vi":i* '.. fUf*: • -• : V ^ H .’Jtj » O' ; . Y i . ■- • i: . > 4i‘ y • ,CT* I • ly- .• MEMORANDUM ■i • ■\ I i i» • -- t* • :-■-* r -■. V.' ^ ’v- - . • -n ' J . A- • * i «* r • '.V: 1 1612 C. Revision of Municipal and County Finances. The extra session of 1920 passed an act enabling municipalities to hold a special election in .September, 1920 submitting the question whether taxes for the year be levied at a higher rate; and permitting every county and municipality to issue bonds limited in amount to meet the deficit of any previous year or the estimated deficit for 1920. In the case of mu¬ nicipalities the limitation of indebtedness was amended to read seven per cent of an assessed valuation of not more than ten million dollars, or five per cent in any other case. In the case of counties, the limit of bonded indebtedness was fixed at five per cent of the last valuation. For general purposes other than the payment of principal or interest on bonds, municipalities were authorized to levy a tax on property not exceeding fifty cents on the $100 valuation; provided that with the approval of the Municipal Board of Control, such taxes may be levied at a higher rate, but not in excess of the maximum rate fixed for all taxing districts by general law of 1920. MISCELLANEOUS Par. 1616 II. Election Laws. 1613. Introductory. The laws governing elections in North Caro¬ lina are to be found in chapter 97 of the consolidated statutes, and are published in pamphlet form by the office of the Secretary of State. The references below are to the articles in this chapter. 1614. Time of Elections. (Art. 2.) ^ (a) p’or State Officers. The Tuesday next after the first Mon¬ day in November 1904 and every four years thereafter. (b) For County Officers, Solicitors and Congressmen. For members of Congress, members of the general assembly, register of deeds, county surveyor, coroner, sheriff, county commissioners, and county treasurer, the Tuesday next after the first Monday in No¬ vember, 1906, and every two years thereafter. For clerk of the superior court and solicitor, the same every four years instead of two. (c) For Township Officers. For constable, justice of the peace, and all other officers elected by a vote of the township, the first Tuesday after the first Monday in November, 1906, and every two years thereafter. (d) Special Election for Members of General Assembly. The Governor when notified of a vacancy in the Assembly issues a writ of election to the chairman or chairmen of the district or county repre¬ sented by the late member, and designates the date of the election. (e) For Vacancies in State Offices. These are filled in the regular way at the next election for members of the General Assembly, provided this occurs more than thirty days after the vacancy. 1615. State Board of Elections. (Art. 3.) This consists of five electors, appointed by the Governor for two year terms. Not more than three may be of the same political party. 1616. County Board of Elections. (Art. 4.) This consists of three electors of the county appointed for two year terms by the State Board of Elections. They cannot all belong I to the same political party. After giving twenty days notice they may change any election precinct or polling place, or order a new registration for any precinct. They requisition the stationary neces¬ sary for an election, appoint all registrars and judges of election, and fill vacancies. Within five days following an election the chair¬ man must transit to the Speaker of the House of Representatives a separate statement of the votes taken in his county for each of the State Officers, and within ten days furnish the elected member or members of Assembly a certificate of election. Where the Sena- Par. 1617 SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA torial districts are composed of more than one county, the chairmen of the county boards of elections in each district must meet on the ninth day after the election at a place specified, compare polls, and determine ihe result of the election. 1617. Qualifications of Voters. (Art. 5.) (a) Persons Excluded from Electoral Franchise. The following classes of persons are not allowed to register or vote; First, per¬ sons under twenty-one years of age; second, idiots and lunatics; third, persons who have been convicted or confessed their guilt in open court, upon indhitment, of any crime, the punishment of which is now, or may hereaftei be, imprisonment in the state’s prison, unless such person shall have been restored to citizenship in the manner prescribed by law. (b) Qualifications of Electors. (See Chap. I, Par. 106.) 1618. Registration of Voters. (Art. 6.) (a) Voter must be able to Read and Write—Exceptions. (See Chap. I, Par. 106 (d.) (b) Application for Registration. In all cases the applicant for registration must be sworn before being registered, and state as accurately as possible his name, age, place of birth, place of resi¬ dence, stating ward if he resides in an incorporated town or city; and any other facts which may be material upon the question of identity and qualification. The registrar, if in doubt as to the right of the applicant to register, may require other evidence satis¬ factory to him. The registration books containing this record shall be evidence again.st the applicant in any court of law in a proceeding for false or fradulent registration. (c) Who may Vote Without Paying Poll Tax. No person who has become of age since the first day in June of the previous year, or who was fifty years of age or over on the first day of June of the previous year is required to produce any poll tax receipt, or take the oath as to payment of poll tax in order to vote. No person who has been exempced by the commissioners of the county wherein he resides on account of poverty or infirmity before the first day of May of the same year is required to produce any poll tax receipt in order to vote. To these exceptions there are now added all women voters. (d) Duplicate of Poll Tax Receipt may be had from Sheriff. Every sheriff or tax collector, upon payment of the poll tax, shall issue to the person paying the same a certificate showing the amount of such poll tax and the true date upon which it was paid. MISCELLANEOUS Par. 1621 (e) When Person can Register on Election Day. No registration is allowed on the day of election, but if any person gives satisfactory evidence to the registrar and judges of election that he has become qualified to register and vote after the time for registration has ex¬ pired, he shall be allowed to register on that date. 1618 A. Permanent Registration. (Art. 7.) Under the Constitution (.See Chap. I, Par. 106) persons who were entitled to register upon the Xiernianent record and who did so before December 1, 1908 form what is known as the “Permanent Roll of Registered Voters.’^ 1619. Absent Electors. (Art. 8.) (a) Registration of Voters Expecting to be Absent During Reg¬ istration Period. The chairmen of county boards of elections are in- stmcted to keep books in which to record names of electors who notify them of their inability to register at the proper time on account of intended absence, and the registrar must afterward enter these names on the regular registration book. (b) Blank Certificates and Envelopes for Absent Electors. These must be furnished by the State Board of Elections to the county boards for the use of electors who are absent from the county or physically unable to attend. For the purpose of identification the absent voter may sign his name on the ballot. 1620. Judges of Election. (Art. 9.) (a) Appointment. There are two judges of election at each election precinct. They are appointed biennially by the county board of electors. The chairman of each political party submits three names, and from each of these lists, one name is selected. No office holder under the government is eligible with the exception of justices of the peace. (b) Duties. Being duly sworn to conduct the election fairly and impartially, the judges go with the registrars to the polling place, open the polls and superintend them until the close of the election. They enter the name of every voter in the books and with the registrar certify the same over their signatures, depositing one copy with the registrar of deeds and another with the county board of elections. 1621. Challenges. (Art. 10.) (a) Registrar's Books Open for Challenge. On the Saturday preceding the election the registrar must attend the polling place from 9 a. m. to 3 p. m. and open his books for the inspection of electors. When objection is made to a name, he must mark opposite that name the word “challenged,” and duly notify the voter, appointing time and place to allow him to clear the objection if he can. Par. 1622 SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA (b) How Challenges are Heard. The registrar and judges ex¬ amine a voter thus challenged as to his qualifications, and tender to him a form of oath. If he takes this oath and otherwise satisfies the judges, they write on the poll books opposite his name “sworn.’’ If he fails to meet the test, they erase his name from the register. 1622. Conduct of Elections (Art. 11.) (a) Special Elections. Every election held in pursuance of a writ from the Governor is subject to the same rules and penalties as the regular biennial elections. (b) Opening and Holding of Polls. Polls are open from sunrise to sunset and no longer. A space of not more than fifty feet in every direction from the polling booth may be kept open and clear of all persons except the officers in charge of the election. Only one elector may enter at a time, and during the recording of his vote no one except the registrar or judges may communicate with him by word or sign, or be communicated with by him. o (c) Power of Election Officers to Maintain Order. For the purpose of maintaining order, election officers are constituted an in¬ ferior court with power to commit to jail for a period not exceeding thirty days. They may appoint one or more bailiffs for each precinct to keep peace and protect the voting place. 1623. County Board of Canvassers. (Art. 12.) (a) Appointment of Members. The registrar and judges of elec¬ tion of each township, ward or precinct appoint one of their number as member of the board of county canvassers delivering to him the original return of the election in their district. The board of canvas¬ sers is made up of these members appointed by the various townships, wards or precincts. (b) Procedure. The board meets on the second day following the election at 11 a. m. at the courthouse of the county, and immed¬ iately chooses one of its members chairman and another clerk. The chairman then administers an oath to each of the members, and one member does the same to the chairman. Thereafter the board in the presence of such electors as choose to attend must “open and canvass and judicially determine the returns, stating the number of legal ballots cast in each precinct for each officer, the name of each person voted for, and the number of votes given to each person for each dif¬ ferent office, and sign the same.” The board has authority to pass on all facts relative to the election, and, if necessary, to send for and examine papers and persons. The board must make two abstracts of all votes cast for the higher offices, one for the chairman of the county board of elections and one MISCELLANEOUS Par. 1625 for the register of deeds. The original returns they must deliver to the clerk of the superior court to be filed in his office. (c) County Board of Elections Decides in Case of Equal Votes. If two or more county candidates having the greatest number of votes, have an equal number, the county board of elections determines which is elected. (d) Proclamation of Result of Election. When it has completed all the returns, the county board of canvassers proclaims the results at the courthouse door. 1624. State Board of Canvassers. (a) Composition. The Governor and four members of the State Board of Elections selected by that body constitute the State Board of Canvassers. No member can canvass votes for any office for which he himself is a candidate. (b) Duties. On the Thursday following the third Monday after each election, (if the returns from the counties are all in), the Board opens the abstracts submitted to the Secretary of State and proceeds with the canvass publicly in the hall of the House of Representatives. It must make an abstract, stating the number of legal ballots cast for each candidate, the names of all persons voted for, for what office they respectively received the votes, and the number of votes each received, and stating whom it ascertains and judicially determines by the count to be elected to the office. Each abstract must then be signed by the Board and sealed with the Seal of the State. In the case of special elections for Congress, the Board meets as soon as notified by the Secretary of State. 1625. Election of State Officers, Senators, and Congressmen. (Art. 14) (a) How Returns are Published. The Speaker of the House of Representatives, in the presence of a majority of the members of both houses, opens and publishes the returns for Governor, Lieutenant- Governor, Secretary of State,Auditor, Treasurer, Superintendent of Pbiblic Instruction and Attorney-General, or other State Officers, and United States Senators, at twelve noon, on the first Tuesday after the organization of both houses. In case “two or more are equal and highest in votes for the .same office,” one of them shall be chosen by joint ballot of both houses. (b) Election of U. S. Senators and Congressmen. U. S. Sena¬ tors are elected at the last general election preceding the expiration of regular terms. In case of a vacancy caused otherwise than by expiration of a term, the Governor appoints to fill the vacancy until there is an election. The election for U. S. Senators whose terms ex- Par. 1626 SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA pire before the next general election, and for members of Congress, is appointed to be held on the Tuesday following the first Monday in November 1906 and biennially thereafter. 1626. Election of Presidential Electors. (Art. 15.) ta) Procedure. The electicn is patterned as far as possible on t’n >c for State Officers. Eaeli ballot must contain the nan.e n at least one inhabitant of each of the ten congressional districts into which the State is divided. The votes are counted by the county boards of canvassers in the courthouses of their respective counties, and a certified copy made to the chairman of the county board of elec¬ tions who shall publish the result. Later, the State Board of Canvas¬ sers must review the returns in the usual way. (*See above Par. 624.). The Governor then publishes the result of the election, and warns each of the persons elected to attend at the Capitol at noon on the second Monday of January following the election. In case of the absence or ineligibility of any elector chosen, or a deficiency in the required number, those persons present must elect citizens of the State to make up the deficiency. 1627. Primary Elections. (Art. 17.) (a) Selection of Candidates for Higher Offices. Primaries are held in the several electoral precincts on the first Saturday in June preceding each general election (held in November) for State Officers, representatives in Congress, district officers in districts composed of more than one county, and members of the State General Assembly or any such officers. The purpose of these primaries is to nominate, for the various offices to be filled, candidates representing each politi¬ cal party in the State. At the primary which precedes the election for a U. S. Senator, candidates for senator shall be nominated. (b) Selection of Candidates for President and Vice-President. In the year of the presidential election, primaries are held on the first Saturday of June. Every person entitled to vote in the election may in this primary express his choice for the nominees of his party for president and vice-president. All delegates at large from the State of North Carolina to the national convention of such political party, and the delegates from each congressional district, shall be bound by the majority of the votes which may be cast for any such persons for the respective nominations, and, in the event that there is no majority vote, the plurality of such votes shall govern in each of the congressional districts and in the State at large, respectively: Provided, that the State Board of Elections may make such other and necessary rules and regulations for carrying out the provisions of this article as may be proper, such rules and regulations not to be in conflict with the letter and spirit of this article. MISCELLANEOUS Par. 1627 (c> Primaries Governed by General Election Laws. Primary elections are conducted as far as possible in every detail in the same manner as other elections. (d) Notices and Pledges to be Filed by Candidates. Every pros¬ pective candidate seeking primary election must file with the State Board of Elections, at least six weeks before the primary is held, a notice stating his party affiliation, the office for which he is a candi- 1^ date, and a pledge to abide by and support the party candidate nomi¬ nated by his political party. In the case of candidates for the State Senate in districts composed of only one county, candidates for the house of representatives, and certain county officers, such notice must be given to the county board cii elections, and need not antedate the primary l)y more than two weeks, (e) Fees of Candidates. The following sums must be paid to the State Board of Elections to be paid into the State Treasury; by Candidates for any Congressional office, fifty dollars; by candidates for judge of the superior court, solicitor of any judicial district or any State Officer, twenty dollars; and for State Senator, five dollars. Candidates for county offices pay five dollars or less according to the office. In the event cf a candidate withdrawing from an election, he may recover his fee. (f) Statements of Expenditures to be Filed by Candidates. Every candidate for primary election must file under oath v/ithin ten days before the election an itemized statement of all money or other things of value that he has spent or knows to have been spent in his behalf, and also within twenty days after the election, a like itemized statement giving in addition all money contributed to him directly or indirectly by any person or corporation, and the names of contribu¬ tors; and stating that he has neither directly nor indirectly promised to give anything of value to any person for his support, nor promised to support another in return for support rendered. (g) Registration for Primaries. The regular registration books are kept open before the primary elections in the same manner and for the same time as is prescribed by law for general elections, and electors may be registered for both. (h) Procedure at Primary Elections. Three ballot boxes must be provided for each party labeled “National Primary Box,” State Primary Box” and “Legislative Primary Box.” In the first shall be deposited ballots for president, vice-president and members of Con¬ gress; in the second, ballots for State and district officers, other than Senatorial districts; and in the third, ballots for members of the General Assembly. A voter must first declare the political party with which he is af¬ filiated and in whose primary he desires to vote; the registrar will Par, 1627 SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA then furnish him with ballots of that party. Any one may challenge an elector’s right to vote in the primary he has named upon the ground that he does not affiliate with that party, nor intend in good faith to support the candidates nominated by it. It then becomes the duty of the registrar and judges of election to determine his right. The name of the voter, with the party to which he belongs, is recorded in a primary polling book. If only one candidate offers himself for an office, he becomes the party nominee for that office without election. (i) Primaries for County Offices^. These are held at the same time and in the same manner as the primaries for State Offices. Candidates must file notice with the county board of elections and take the I'equisite pledge. Ballots must be deposited in the box labeled “Legislative Primary Box” which shall have as a subtitle “County Primary Box.” (j) Primaries for Township and Precinct Offices. The county boards of elections are authorized to provide for primary elections for the filling of township and precinct offices. (k) Second Primaries—When Necessary. Nominations for pres¬ ident and vice-president of the United States in the several congres¬ sional districts are determined by a plurality of the votes cast (i. e. the excess of votes cast for any one candidate over the candidate next to him). In the case of all other offices, nominations are deter¬ mined by a majority of all the votes cast, and where a candidate fails to receive such a majority, a second primary must be held be¬ tween the two aspirants who received highest votes, provided the aspirant in second place requests it and neither is willing to withdraw. A second primary is held four weeks after the first. (l) Non-Partisan Candidates may be Added to Official Ballot on Petition. No other name than that of the person chosen in the pri¬ mary may be printed on the ballot as a candidate of any political party but any elector may if he is qualified to fill a particular office, and files a petition within the time allowed by law, have his name placed on the official ballot as a non-partisan candidate. Such a petition must con¬ tain a statement under oath that the petitioner does not affiliate with any political party. It must also be supported by a petition to the State Board of Elections signed by ten per cent of the electors. (m) Political Party Defined. The term political party as em¬ ployed in this article shall include “all political parties having candi¬ dates who were voted for for state offices at the general election in nineteen hundred and fourteen, and, in addition, any political party which may be declared to be such by a declaration signed by ten thous¬ and legal voters and filed with the State Board of Elections thirty days MISCELLANEOUS Par. 1629 before the time fixed for candidates for state offices to file notices.” (n) Counties Excepted from Primary Laws. Article 17 does not apply to nominations for candidates for county offices and members of the House of Representatives in the following counties: Alamance, Alexander, Alleghany, Ashe, Brunswick, Burke, Cabarrus, Caldwell, Catawba, Cherokee, Clay, Dare, Davidson, Davis, Duplin, Edgecombe, Gaston, Graham, Halifax, Hyde, Johnston, Lee, Macon, Martin, Mc¬ Dowell, Mitchell, Montgomery, New Hanover, Northampton, Pender, Polk, Sampson, tStanly, Surry, Transylvania, Tyrell, Union, Watauga, Wilkes. But in any county whose county offices are hereby exempted, if voters in number as gi’eat as one-fifth of the total vote cast for governor at the preceding gubernatorial election petition the board of county commissioners for an election on the question of “county pri¬ maries’’ versus “no county primaries,” it shall be the duty of the board to order an election at the next succeeding general election upon this question. 1628. Offenses Against the Elective Franchise. (Art. 5. Corrupt Practice at Eelections) It is a misdemeanor to bet on elections; to intimidate or oppose voters; to make contributions toward campaigns without properly reporting the same; to fail to report campaign re¬ ceipts and disbusements; to publish unsigned derogatory charges con¬ cerning candidates or circulate the same; to promise political appoint¬ ments in return for political support; to dispose of liquor at or near polling places. It is a felony to register in more than one precinct or impersonate other voters: to buy and sell votes; to make fraudulent entries and returns; to swear falsely in connection with elections; to qualify any one fraudulently as an elector. 1629. Women Voters. The woman voter is subject to the same conditions and qualifications as apply to the male voter, except that she is not required to pay a poll tax or exhibit a poll tax receipt in order to register and vote. Before registering each woman voter must take the following oath: “That she will support the constitution of the United States and the constitution of the state of North Carolina, not inconsistent therewith; that she has been a resident of the State of North Carolina for two years, of the county for six months and of the precinct in which she proposes to vote four months; that she is twenty- one years of age and has not registered for this election in any other precinct.” The Attorney General has ruled that the woman voter need not give her exact age, but she must state that she is 21 years of age or over. An act of the extra session of the General Assembly of 1920 defines the residence of a married woman living with her husband to be where her husband resides, and that of a woman living separate and apart from her husband to be where she actually resides. B J O i .1 4 :i O 2 I ■I *4 -. Oi'l^o jiiti.; T.<1 t‘>*'ii ^>-W ' • . ' ■' it}'.i h^Ij 7t -ihihA ^ss-fij y,xSmh*I moTl hjUuu'* ^ u yJfiux>o .ioiv«tWi^>ihr^o'l*^aorjiil^r^ lur. aJ »:n;r<:/a»{;A :-: >!.rrot»o Mu’rv erfi lo J1')wM 20 ? r;a ,tpt'aexalA ,‘»«;(iTi[<>’r>’:^rKf .a:::^fcr//:^l .tilCI ^irrirw , ! r^iiisJ oK ,ytj|^#ii^ ,f5 '*0KK a’H ,/a»''{i;ivJ_ ,xof)r!->^ .iToAiufft.firoVI .,xoioQnl{ WisK ,ln?'>r<>(I .(iclfi .([‘/Ty'l’ ,«;niivl7 it:n s i .b'jtctnfvx j ->>» jMid X/fin j ^ar* . ' TO*' idr.j . (r^7o)i oHi jn6 ‘t lo bx«od fjdi iTi :]il« . notv’i >'• I;.-. '-t/vfvrMUw -‘jv Ift -n iv^''’'*H -iiij 7>rt{joy* i'l ■>:!> ;• < a'oi.^’^r. .{4i " 'i- :‘:fHf»< i%^‘i£i,'r. • ■ yb:fKK>' •rU lo yaoh c -lj od liR/t -. 'i '‘'.^:>hj^: r. r .rio;t^'^'i;u jr'li "• IqifllO^) .^- .i'/Af ' .^fr.it{>(Tr.‘*^l o dJCi'^lCE '5,'M ^•*^/:iiJ>EVl afi:g«cti.rno bxiiwui ^lu.oiiodhifft/^ oj '*«,'>io/ 'jo-v.j.qo lo/>;•,.*> *n(‘oi ’ i?^'.<; qiai» / '••«»qi> t * • ffjti.oi ;‘.»fifi,^ ^rit J' i Vit qoif/. -nto** : h'/(r:dv»ii rfrikloq ot dh ••> b'*/iidoq <>t : torffio p-' jt*t*’> iBOfr TO -1 ifjfiil lu *>;v. (yfi ly) ;Jxot c a iSnn ivoMo Jrt.;-fobqr*il oj :fc:?,iov Ih- hna J ' :rr->toY'^orfto . V A vlrfrtop oi ,fc/«ri 4 ‘>o{*^ xttiv/ fiO'^t'^unoo •! V>, .xoi >^n> H/'i ylmoioboAi* .. ■■■; ' , '. .- oiffA^ ?rfi <4 toovda.i at ivtoo (tiifrto’/r odT rijrac^*'' .^Sdf '■ , : *- iedi 'jfiJttT ,^Iqq« j';i5 ?rii’-uy l>i ?; .9f qilpSno^ ^ of/io ni xiti Hoq u fid;rrX*> iv xx;J fX^oi*c yj-; d b'^traif^ fotr. iti od*:-' '^iaJ i' v/tn xij^’oV iii.^noir otSi/vi.*- ; -oit -rij ‘to noitt^UiUN^j !>dt'Jioqq. 'Jf-^ :i ^iicyo:i»^> i-mXI. , } )n ,1 frikn^D t^iio'/l lo sJ-olo on; lo m>il££iL*-;l n*i»IoiJip ftJ io4 -'flixoorj xr 9ft'* .'jsdi ;i’f{Jrforfr Tirol »;V,..’ d »'j-:oqn oj >t‘. 4 rtoiii 'V •.»( .ii>irr»9iq ' «{itt lol bjiiiris’•. OT 6/*>i I ‘Ti.fi 1 iW'Xc- ’’.:?':r:I.i ^ :q ; 9/ft jsdi bMi/t a/j.HT finv>nuO 'y^Jf^o^tA . _ ^ -v~-r< -tC tl 'Jfjx {jtiii? t??i/rfr ads tiid b:* oA i«r..:' ^) odi la ncii^op, e • ro nd? lo iy^trA yt-^vo '‘^ hrr.iici^^ lid ''•f.v 'N'.rvrf rtr.inov/ bHi-i*' :7{i r. tO av^t :; ■•*21 1 ! 1: .T i 4 ^ ► - •* ■ 4 i ♦•• I* ^ T.. tgiU b.TV? .•> ■ • . or blind '.'.I V^;i od’ l-.OT Vilt'ujjOB add 9T >if‘A' v- Oi.bKfidcOil J'^C* MEMORANDUM .ihh- 9 • “ ,v I . ’ A • Pfc*! . ( . . X •»t, ' «,T >r: ■ -» »v ' I ' . J.‘ V f r . ‘ . i*t ' ■; /. t:.'t f* ^ k > /■ .-■•’i-' ;'t^‘ ? To > • i ‘.r>- r i' £ ' W1 • n I ' ‘ • ■\ « m^', ■ ■ >■ ,.i, „ '.^r f - .:.:»> ■; - :■ ■ ; .v- >'■•",■,•,/ . •■'<%■ •,i!i>M%•■■■’’ ^ ; ■ “ii ‘LT3 t ‘ W :r] ■ j ■• • * • _ :. JP . ' ' . 0/i>' ■- , 'y ■ '’ K :■. ■■■' *. K* ’* ^ u •'J .y Y, • . ^2® ■ • . "'’j ‘ V <)'' V'’^' ' ‘ J ■' ‘■‘i ‘ ’ i > * . ^ . CHAPTER XVII Red Cross Division Organization and Activities 1701. Organization: In order to administer efficiently the work of the American Ked Cross the United States has been divided into thirteen divisions, each division having its own office. The territory included in the Southern Division consists of five states: Florida, Georgia, North Carolina, South Carolina and Tennessee, with head¬ quarters office at 249 Ivy street, Atlanta, Georgia. The function of each division office is to be a medium of con¬ nection between National Headquarters and the various chapters in each of the divisions, and to aid in adapting the policies and progress of the American Red Cross to local needs. The division also works in co-operation with the State Departments in order that all the activi¬ ties of each chapter may be in harmony with and strengthen the program which these departments are attempting to develop. 1702. Policy: The following is the policy of the Southern Di¬ vision. It corresponds to the policy of National Headquarters. 1. To discharge efficiently and fully the responsibility which the American Red Cross has assumed for the families of soldiers and sailors. 2. To undertake no work which will compete with or absorb the v/ork of any other social agency organized to cover the same field, or which does not clearly address itself to a social need as yet un¬ satisfied. 3. The various chapters will in the future assume full responsi bility for providing personnel, funds and facilities to carry on Red Cross service activities. The division will co-operate in every possi¬ ble way in providing an opportunity for training of personnel and by means of frequent visits, suggestions, and other help. 4. So long as the work is done in the name of the Red Cross, or Red Cross funds are being used, it must accord with the standards upheld by the Red Cross. 1703. Activities: Since close study of local needs and adapta¬ tion to local conditions is the great principle of effective service, any program which the Division puts forth should not be taken as neces¬ sarily applicable in its entirety to all chapters. Its purpose is rather to suggest the general lines of social development along which chap¬ ters may proceed and those types of services for which chapters may expect to call upon the Division for help and co-operation. Of the fol¬ lowing program of the Southern Division, (outside of war-time activi¬ ties), only a few chapters so far have been able to adopt the whole or greater part; the majority having to content themselves with mak- Par. 1703-A SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA ing a beginning with that feature, or features, which seems to be most pressing in view of the local needs: (a) Home Service and Family Welfare Work; (b) Health Activities; (c) Child Welfare Ac¬ tivities; (d) Social Information Service; (e) Training for Social Work; (f) Community Studies; (g) Motion Picture Service; (h) Military Relief; (i) Hospital Social Service; (j) Disaster Relief. 1703 A. Home Service and Family Welfare Work: (a) Bureau of After Care: When America entered the war the Government asked the Red Cross to assume responsibility for main¬ taining the esesntial standards of American home life in the families of service men while they were in camp or overseas. Both the men themselves and their families needed friendly and intelligent aid during the difficult period of adjustment incident to mobilization. In order to discharge the responsibility that was assumed in this work, 3,700 chapter headquarters were organized having Home Service Sections, and in addition to this branches were opened. The actual number of centers in which Home Service work was carried on totalled 15,000. It is significant to note that prior to the war, organ¬ ized family social work had been carried on in only about 300 of these centers. The Home Service work during the war included: securing allot¬ ment and allowance for the families; forming a line of communication between the families and the soldiers and sailors in camp or overseas; obtaining medical assistance and whatever else was due the service man and his family under the special war measures that were passed, and solving problems of all kinds which were encountered in the families of service men. In this war time period over 800,000 families were touched by the American Red Cross through its Home Service Sections, whose activities were to a very large extent carried on by trained workers. A total of 1,800 students received special training lor Red Cross service during the period of the war. In addition to this, social workers were recruited from ail agencies for the emergency service, and a total of 28,000 volunteers were employed. A significant result was that the standards of professional social work were for the first time in American history carried on a large scale into smaller cities and rural communities. It was found that many of the families of service men which were being aided required the counsel and friendship of one trained in family social case work. Another result was that special welfare problems in these smaller cities and rural communities which should receive attention were brought to light. At present the American Red Cross is still responsible for com¬ pleting its war time obligation to the faimilies of soldiers and sailors. This obligation includes aiding the disabled in obtaining proper medi cal attention, compensation, or vocational education, or in giving in¬ formation in regard to War Risk Insurance, reinstatement or con- RED CROSS DIVISION ORGANIZATION AND ACTIVITIES Par. 1703-C version of insurance policies, as well as rendering helpful service to the families of the men who gave their lives or who are disabled and are receiving hospital treatment or vocational training. All inquiries relating to this work in the Southern Division should be directed to the Bureau of Home Service and After Care of the Southern Division. (b) The Bureau of Field Service. The preservation and develop¬ ment of standards of American home life through Home Service Sec¬ tions during the war period will be a permanent contribution to civili¬ zation, but the significant thing which has grown out of it may prove to be even more important and inspiring, that is, standardized family welfare work throughout the smaller cities and rural communities. The continuation and extension of Home Service activities is inevitable; for the family rehabilitation work which was started in hundreds of homes of service men must be carried to a successful completion, and the urgent needs in matters of health and public welfare to which the war work opened the eyes of the American people cannot fail to be met. Loyalty to American standards of home life leaves no choice in the matter. The American Red Cross in its permanent program is therefore interested in extending its Home Service work to civilian families wherever there is urgent need for .such welfare work. Ninety per cent of the field in which Home Service Sections originated during the war is rural and almost untouched by agencies doing family social work. It is the object of the American Red Cross to develop the highest type of service in this field through well trained social workers. Any requests for such workers or inquiries regarding welfare work should be directed to the Bureau of Field Service, iSouthem Division. 1703 B. Health: Department of Nursing: Health is one of the chief concerns in the future service of the Red Cross. The aim is to promote public health activities in co-operation with the public health departments of the states and cities. It is the object of the Department of Nursing to promote the establishment of health centers, to recruit and train nurses for pub¬ lic health work, to supply chapters with the nurses and to supervise nursing activities. A center for training nurses for Public Health Work has been developed at Peabody College, through the co-oper¬ ation of the Southern Division with the College, the Red Cro.ss Chap¬ ter and the Health Board of Nashville, Tenn. The Department of Nursing is also promoting, through special representatives, educational work in: (a) Home Hygiene and Care of the >Sick; (b) Maternity and Infant Welfare Work; (c) Dietetics; (d) First Aid. Any requests for services of this type should be re¬ ferred to the Department of Nursing of the Southern Division. 1703 C. Child Welfare: Department of Junior Red Cross: One of the major welfare activities of the Red Cross is preventive work among children includ- Par. 1703-D SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA ing promotion of the following: (a) Clinical service for children; (b) ‘‘Better Baby'' campaigns, (c) Parent teacher associations as special child welfare agencies in cities using the program outlined by the Federal Children’s Bureau; (d) Work of rehabilitation in homes in which children of .school age are not attending school; (e) Work in homes of children who come before the Juvenile Court; (f) Providing books and clothing for needy children unable otherwise to attend school; (g) Wholesome recreation for children, emphasizing Boy Scout and Girl Scout activities. Part of this Red Cross Service is rendered by its Junior Mem¬ bership. The purpose of the Junior Activities in the schools is to develop interest in community problems among children; to fur¬ nish relief to suffering children whenever possible; to promote nealth ' crusades and build up ideals and habits of service. The educational program which is promoted among the Junior Red Cross members consists of: (a) Study of the citizenship topics by each school auxiliary, once a week; (b) Meeting of the Junior Red Cross Council once a month. The membership is composed of student representatives from each school in the chapter and the officers are elected from and by these representatives. The program of the Coun¬ cil consists of reports of work by the Juniors and announcement of future plans by the Junior Red Cross Council; (c) Red Cross moving pictures, pageants, etc.; (d) Classes in first aid, home hygiene and care of the sick, home dietetics and life saving. Inquiries regarding this work should be directed to the Depart¬ ment of Junior Red Cross of the Southern Division, 1703 D. Social Information Service: The Bureau of Education and Research: One of the unique and broadly useful activities which the Red Cross developed during the war was ififormation service. At first this consisted primarily of in¬ formation to service men and their families in regard to government insurance, allotments and allowances, compensation and other special v/ar measures. In interpreting the highly complicated legislative enactments which dealt with these various measures, and giving ad¬ vice on how to proceed in the thousand and one situations to which they applied, the Red Cross war-time Handbook of Information for Home Service Sections proved invaluable, not merely to Red Cross Workers but to many persons besides, including Government officials. The aftermath of war service and the first steps in the peace-time pi’ogram have shown the need for easily accessible information on a wdde variety of social laws and institutions both local and national. This development led to the idea of compiling a Handbook of the social resources of each state with a supplementary volume on National Social Laws and Agencies to be prepared at National Head¬ quarters * of' the Red Cross. ’Phe prese^ volume is a first fruit of this purpose. SKould experiehcb bbhfiM dts‘u§efhlness,-the. South- RED CROSS DIVISION ORGANIZATION AND ACTIVITIES Par. 1703-G ern Division will endeavor to render a similar service for the other states within its bounds. All inquiries regarding social legislation and agencies, or suggestions as to changes that should be made in this Handbook, should be directed to the Bureau of Education and Re¬ search, Southern Division. 1703 E. Training for Social Work: Bureau of Education and Research: During the war special institutes were offered for training workers particularly for Home Service w'ork. Some of these Institutes were carried on in co-oper¬ ation with universities, others by the Red Cross itself. The work was for the greater part intended to meet emergency needs, but the war has uncovered needs of every character in all parts of the country. There has developed a demand in many localities for trained com¬ munity leadership. In order to meet this demand the Southern Divis¬ ion of the American Red Cross in co-operation with the University of North Carolina has opened a permanent School of Public Welfare with courses organized on the quarter year basis. A similar school for social work was operated during the summer in co-operation with Converse College at Spartanburg, S. C., and arrangements with the University of Georgia and South Carolina are under consideration. Comprehensive courses will be given with the hope of training workers for all types of welfare and community service. Inquiries regarding courses should be addressed to the Bureau of Education, Southern Division or to the Director of the School of Public Welfare, North Carolina University, Chapel Hill, N. C., or to the Director of the School of Social Work at Converse College, Spartanburg, S. C. 1703 F. Community Studies: Bureau of Service Organizatilon: Community studies are being used by the Red Cross in the extension of its service. It is the de¬ sire of the organization to develop in communities only those activi¬ ties which are urgently needed. In undertaking a permanent program in a chapter a survey is made for the purpose of determining the needs, and on the basis of the findings of the survey a program is out¬ lined. It is the desire of the Red Cross to co-operate with all other agencies in the field. In most instances surveys are conducted under the auspices of a central committee representing the social agencies in the community. All correspondence relating to surveys should be referred to the Director of Service Organization, Southern Division. 1703 G. Motion Pictures: Bureau of Motion Picture Service: Motion picture service is carried on by the Red Cross to the extent that educational, scenic and exceptional industrial and public health films are made available for general distribution. They are intended to be of special value to non¬ theatre exhibitors or churches, schools, clubs, social centers and in¬ dustrial establishments, A fee of three dollars is charged for recent Par. 1703-H SOCIAL LAWS AND AGENCIES OF NORTH CAROLINA releases. Other films may be obtained free of charge. Inquiries regarding pictures should be directed to the Bureau of Motion Picture Service of the Southern Division. 1703 H. Military Relief: Department of Military Relief: During the war the Red Cross maintained its immediate contact with service men through its De¬ partment of Military Relief which was organized in every army camp and navy station at home and abroad. This department stood directly between the military and naval authorities and the folks at home. It served as a meeting ground for both in considering the interests of all, but particularly the interests of the service men. The department is still concerned with recreational work in camp hospitals and still serves as a line of communication between the military authorities and the civilian population. Correspondence relating to this feature of the work should be directed to the Department of Military Relief, Southern Division. 1703 I. Hospital Social Service: Bureau of Hospital Service: Another phase of Red Cross ser¬ vice which deserves special mention is the Hospital Service which is carried on in connection with the United States Public Health Hos¬ pitals in which ex-service men are still receiving treatment. There are six Public Health Hospitals in the Southern Division, and three hospitals which are under contract to receive Government patients. It is the purpose of the American Red Cross, in compliance with a request of the Surgeon General, to give every possible assistance in the care and the rehabilitation of the disabled ex-service men. Rough¬ ly, the v/ork includes: the collecting of the social evidence, i. e., per¬ sonal and family history of each case, in order to make the hospital service as helpful as possible; making the atmosphere of the hospitals homelike through hostess activities; providing wholesome recreation; the rendering of personal service to each man; and follow-up work after the patient is dismissed from the Hospital. Correspondence relative to this work should be directed to the Bureau of Hospital Service of the Southern Division. 1704. The Red Cross in North Carolina: There are at present (July, 1920) in North Carolina 132 chapters with a total membership of about 95,000, employing 134 full time secretaries and workers of whom eight are trained paid workers, 33 untrained paid workers, and the rest volunteers. (a) Work Among the Soldiers: The first obligation of the Chap¬ ters has been to accept the legacy of responsibilty left by the war and carry on the work so well begun on behalf of our soldiers and sailors and their families. During 1919 and the first five months of 1920 the number of these assisted in North Carolina has averaged 1840 a month. A total of 31,280 soldier Qases have been reported by RED CROSS DIVISION ORGANIZATION AND ACTIVITIES Par. 1704 North Carolina Chapters during this period. In steering the men, many of them totally ignorant or illiterate, through the intricacies of the War Risk Insurance legislation and administration, in helping them to secure the compensation, insurance, hospital treatment, re¬ education, and other help, which is their due, the Red Cross has continued to render a great and necessary service both to our soldiers and the Government. Included in this work, but subsidiary to it, has been the granting of $32,735.96 in direct financial assistance. The Red Cross still maintains a large personnel at the tuberculosis hospital at Oteen. In the month of May alone the Red Cross furnished in¬ formation in 1258 cases at Oteen, and in many times that number rendered personal service such as communicating with families and looking up allotments, insurance and Liberty Bonds. (b) Peace-Time Program in North Carolina: In addition to this work for soldiers and sailors most of the Chapters have entered with energy into the peace-time program. CASEWORK with civilian families already numbers 759 cases. A co-operative arrangement has been made with the University of North Carolina for the thorough training, theoretical and practical, of social workers. At the SUM¬ MER INSTITUTE which inaugurated this work, twenty-three students were enrolled, ten of whom were from North Carolina. A six weeks’ course was also given for the training of the county superintendents of Public Welfare, twenty-five county superintendents being present. Beginning in November, 1919, a combined plan of work in the field of PUBLIC HEALTH NURSING was agreed to by the North Caro¬ lina State Board of Health and the Bureau of Public Health Nursing, composed of a director. Miss Rose Ehronfield, and two assistants. The Bureau maintains the nursing standards set by the Red Cross and promotes, develops and supervises nursing throughout the State. Twenty-two public health nurses have been placed in North Carolina since the war, each of them supported wholly or in part by the Red Cross. Three of these nurses have paved the way for health centers in their communities, and through their efforts and those of the Chapters, 175 classes in home hygiene and care of the sick have been conducted in North Carolina, and 2171 students—women and girls— have been taught in these classes. The Red Cross has also conducted classes in dietetics which 59 students have completed. In the de¬ partment of JUNIOR RED CROSS 35,783 school children have been enrolled in the campaign for better health and citizenship in North Carolina. Six chapters have already given courses in FIRST AID to between three and four hundred persons; and in the study of HOME HYGIENE AND CARE OF THE SICK North Carolina led the other States of the Division in the number of enlisted students, 1736 taking the complete course and 581 the modified course. This year has also seen a SOCIAL SURVEY made by the city of Raleigh and Wake County. These are beginnings. They are given here as an indication of how peace-time work in the State is being developed. f'T, (1 , - » f i - ' f. '*•- . , J i \ \ S «•« ; .'i 4 •• y i * 1 '» 'U'.'i’!.. .1. .'V, ■II.,’ A '. * X iJ : •.’VXx.y kij x'l /i» ri.;:;;' , ; ‘ 1 < ■ aii ■ ,• .•I'.uya ■ y • • i ' t ‘ . N • . kv A -aJ ■■I'.usia ■-■'■'x' J '\.- j !,/s ‘ J J ' v . 1 ' i • 5 J a u' 1 V /*. !.X 4 1. 4 . , ( .14 : , J m '■.14. , ". , : 'Mil ; :i'\' / f 1 * i J '1 f J .i I ..' ' 'J a, ’.Jb,■ -•.>.V r, iu.'i V . •l* iJ' dtf ,r yiY 1 1.: 1 ’'i'. t.- .;«A > e - ^ . , J i~ .t • . .>* -r i. -• 1 !. , y.' ‘ t • k • <* ■» 1 ^ « • ■ . t 1 ' v/iauf X Lfr', 4 i, ' ^ . bf -J 41* :■■' '■.d ■ / b :: i J . 4 iV > ,4i.f, ■i-u.; 1 ‘ ■ :1a i. >i ■jT,:!:;-’:; **4^ 4 \ I- ■ • a ’. * 4t;.t>a' 1 J ' V’j ■: d< l b'i. ^4 \ . i* : :.... ^xiryiu'.a - ;?;b'.,, " -- ; ry’iJi • 't 1 JU xv . yy 1 ' J ■ V 1 a.' i. v: >‘i (d) '‘.-.ir b ‘j a ' ^ -.d. xa ■i.yyx - U1 • /f: [ J . i .L '*V y.nq ■ ,x;iX •') t ..t’ ^ >;.. s y . f / * ; • ' V f •, • /.. •.■m> J ’ » ’ / 1.1 % . I - .; ■ : ..a M.\ . v.L. f ' 1 . « ■ 'AK . ,■», r, . . .. 1, Xj f < odl iiy. .'j ■ b'.',; y.-vri '' 1 •1; )•- * s S ■J .'i ’ , ba>>' . ; , J 4. {l >.->J J a J'j' a • 44.4a !i L'M, J J • •. a ' ..x: ' J. */I'JJ J* > V j. <• k avr; iAX'jl IT a d a':VL V' k. ! f .ji bicyd :J . ^ 'r :ya:v ;■ ■) ■ IV-'i .A dlo-yr-- V4'i.jv>i' , 1 ■ : i> ' ■ '''■- 'xna 4 ; V. ^ yj ..y : \ 4’.v il . ' ' ■i ■'•i- ^ 'i-'" ■ •v.j’V/. J .•'V .uiviT V? iilj.b •'! i-.j ? a -'i’; ‘ i V aw>x;, .f.. , . ;■ xlr.ab' v>li -o-iui: J, ri '/lc'-': :) if f • ' . 1 . vv; bK'ily . * . ]. L \.Jv> ' 1 . y;i^vi i'itQ / 1, > J » • ' ■ X.V /I ‘L .': ( rX!^ ■ i ■ all bay ■ \ "f V 1 (, .1 ■;.:4 ').^X4jV. lai'f ■ 4 ^0 • * ■ • i * .» ■ !i 1 i; 1' J r,‘Kjir\ j * .) • ,b 4> 4 b.'j'i;. <•.. ' f' -'6 *■ / \ / t. } ,j ■ V :'l. 'abaj .4:i yjy, . - '» ‘ ■ i'jV.y.Jl, U;t. ils'm'Uf-.'. i ' - • ' , ♦ * 1 ‘■'i. : ■ ” . t..i4 M-- .•i* ■.:ii <-i- .i.Y'y» ^ 1 J V V :• >)> * .1 >,'■ ** 1 '! r.'.t. A .'j i ■'. .. ■’■. '-J .:. ■ i vb'b t. a -^i^a'Tv/T f • • . ' t/). ' / , < J ... f . ■ -1 i;'.',!/.' i.- * \n ;' ,. . ■ , it V* x-'xi i yXxiri 'x 1 ,f, ) f ' aai i;;r-; v : V ■.■ f 1 u'i ■ > . .i: H* iO . ; • ^ . ■ ■ i \ * a/xd) ha.-: > diafrrxx It .;d.l ill i *.t(i ' r . ■‘i.* • . ■ ' :.i ' io : ,ii ■>< n J 1 V'Sih A ,< X ■j-qtirib' ■:y-r lAh. '.*i '’.V, « » r anxi ,x'. • - ' . 4. i J If,' ii!' i) a.'bna > livJl'JWb ii' J » ' ■ . . •'.■.r.t i .. ^:.>'i^fU.. ' ;■*- A , xx f .aj ;.l ' .* .:.j :!0!)d y.ViXixi -■jli 'i'i J- al a • ^ i > 3” \ mi y ,.. ‘.>5 (■ ■; 1 / . .'.•doi 1“ ai i;,)SV.;;>v» f . '-.a*!. i)'ln J ■b>iVa-v.. b: c'bjii:'; o. :iu ; :•-; i 1, 'f j ax>;M'•<;; ; rIJ'i ' y ■ - ; ^ t !' 1 .'y;d ’lyl a i li ' • ,.. . • 1 ! Ti; ! J .'ab -• 1 < 1*. .j^ ■ - ! * , ,s k :'3yis ; ;yi avr-d r :-.yA .a-illo’ia.) 1 j ' V ‘' > ;x.y a: ' ■ a-./id: Xy>.',>V/ b. d . ■ , 1 1 M . , 4 ' . / ■ /X. l.'.i-'T r • • i ‘v ^ 1 r ‘ /A ; I •YKT'i mOR ■ i ■ • i 'i >' 'V ■ , - ■ ; (\ A .A e'l'J;;, j V 4 aljo c#ffi i ,* 1 ■ . ' ^ f \ - • ‘ s.iT '^0' 5;' • r , V 08?X iJ.lJ'.b:' '**■ ri iO vj' ') H.Tl - . J 1 * )Ai. JAf i ci k r. / i'.'' J’ av''a‘, o x-xlii . aa 1U;/Y, 4’ •■’1“! 1 t < ^ .-rya.- ')d . ‘ .|i * ! ' l ■- . /tnr t • di;7; U::.' ^‘ i £ . A ■ .flF>.-v.if ary • ■4- iS3tt'^ty«»‘^ii)ti.~if- *' 'r*r^‘ h i’ t.'- ' 1 . '. • ,'• *. V ■ ^ 4i^ -A % f ' I t ', ' -X'' C»1 A#'. ^ . *^s, • ^ ■ 4 -■> - 25---yv. »!._ • -■ ■ .... fir>. ...J •».» , , tstmw . •••V4 /vv '.■> '•■>,'L' lilan c'-v •. " •■ ^ >S ‘ . (,' Tv *' ' •.■ ■ A ' ■' rw* 1-S yrf -I - .j'’ V^ ' J 1 ( T,. r,\ y't: ^-.Aaf'-. ^ ■•' I -' »4. ••■ r> VJI ^T.' .. ni? itjtj n.y . -,*;■..‘...y ■• * ;/«^t j !>*.*>* 5.‘: k.-’-x ■> 'klM' kU^s- 4 . W ,. ‘ • > ‘ ►'V >>•; ., y * - ^ j, ^ j. t, . *f .* /‘1i - • * .’ f '■ <.j 1 / 'V • gR 'r »'■ >»«'' " 1 ;., ■ -•:■>; _ ■ ^ ^ *■' iv * ■ • V-‘. ' ^ ^ ’. -.,.f *.■!>•. t-, '4>.' ' ' ff'~f V^f f*"' ■■ • ..w -^v/,,,-. ;.,«v.. Wr -. % .V’*' ’'■■• ■ ^5' ■D ■ . ’-Mi «-■_» ■ ^ ^,<*Jr'i ',* .fk,:.. *k^t liiij '- ■ ,yf •‘..'I* M -i ^ I i '' ' ■ ' L-3 ^ A. - N, ■ .■MfV ;4.»^' ..*-%»4. >v,< ■. , ', . . ^_, r • < • ,-4 »• * •f y f Ite * ^ ^ - ^%V-.. • ,0 . in vS.-- , - A . 1*9 * • ^ .>44 *...'• fc ■■ 'j. c '■ BW*'"' *./*•- ,,■ -S -- ■, ^ ..n.T'■'‘^ ...., ■■ ^■’; .i ..r-s.. ■ I IVJliA k CWr>T--\-.rkt ^ Kv ■ dKi.*. k . ..... ^ >t • I -•■ ' * ' V'* ‘ . -L' ‘ * , , -I ; mi: V „T|t > 'T , I" > ‘ t *,l.i a i ' - s >- ',1-V ' * K’ \ , '-v I.h. T*- V t'*' • X. MEMORANDUM * V * • V i V Ih .‘vi- . *.' v N V -■<' < ' -j- .•:f ■ *'- *» > n • -•■. '*» *' INDEX A. & T. College . 956A Accredited Schools, Com'n on.. 960 Administrator ’ Appointment .1008A Bond given by .1009A Adoption of Children Inheritance after adoption .. 404 (a) Procedure for . 404 Relationship after . 404 (b) After-Care, Bureau of .1703A Age of Consent . 401 (a) Agriculture, State Dept, of Activities . 254 Divisions . 264 Finance . 252 Joint Com. with A. & E. Col. 256 Publications . 206, 206 2540 Statistics . 254M Test Farms .254J 257 Work Done . 253-4 Agronomy, Division of . 254H Alexander Home . 454 (1) Alimony . 805 Americanization Local Conditions and Prob¬ lems . 301, 302 Appalachian Hall .1457 (1) Appeals.604, 605 In Actions for Debt .1002 Arbor Day . 918 Associated Charities Legal Aid from . 1058 Where found.1052 Athletics Inter-High School . 525.1 Attendance of Officers See also School Attendance Attorney General Duties of . 103A, 103D Election of. 103, 103D Auditor Duties of . 103D Election of. 103, 103D Member Council of State .... 103A Baptist Orphanage . 454 (2) Baptist Orphan Home for Col¬ ored . 454 (3) Blacklisting Forbidden .1302E Blind Compulsory School Attend¬ ance . 402 (k) Indigent .1501 New School for .1502 State School for .1501 Blue Ridge Asso’n . 304, 501 Board of Charities and Public Welfare State Board . 714 Duties and Powers.716A Supervision of Private Hospitals .1458 County Board . 715 Boy Scouts, The ..527 Bribes, etc.1308B Broad Oaks Sanitarium .1457 (2) Building and Loan Associa¬ tions . 203 (c), 521 Camp Fire Girls . 530 Chain Gang . 668, 674 Charities Associated .1052 Hebrew .1053 Chattel Mortgage . 1005 Child Labor See also “Children” Age certificates . 401A Age limit . 410 Enforcement of law . 4IOC Exceptions to law.. 410B (e) 1303B Law . 401 (d) 410 Night work . 41 OB Occupations allowed . 410B(e) Occupations prohibited .410 Violation of law . 410D Child-Placing . 452 Child Welfare See also “Children” and “Child Labor” Commission .1303 Junior Red Cross . 1703C Standards . 411 Children Adopted—see “Adoption of Children” Age of Consent . 401 (a) Blind 402 (k) ; 451 (a),5,6 ;.. 1502 Child-Caring Institutions .... 451 Child Labor—see above Committment of— see “Juvenile Courts” INDEX ii Contracta with .... 401 (b), 1303D Crimes of . 401 (c) Crippled . 1604-1506 Cruelty to . 461 Deaf..402 (k), 451 (a), 466, 1503 Defective . 403P Definitions Regarding .401 Guardians for . 403Q, 405 Heirs.. 1008C, 1010, 1607 Indigent. 409D, 940A Institutions for Indigent .... 406 Offenses against . 403R School Attendance . 409 Support of . 407 Children’s Home Society ofN.C. 452 Chiropractic .1123 Christian Orphanage . 454 (4) Clerk of Superior Court.104D(j) Appoints Coroner . 104G Duties in Regard to Insane, 1401 1402, 1405, 1416, 1417, 1418, 1419 College of Agriculture and Engineering . 255- 952 Courses . 255A, 952 Description . 952 Equipment . 255B Experiment Station . 257 Joint Committee with Board of Agriculture .256 Student Aid . 952A College Women, Southern Association of . 959 Colored Race, Special Provi¬ sions for Educational 955, 957 (c), 958, 962 Epileptic . 1455 Health Work among .1155 Insane .1455 Orphans . 454 (3) (14) Commencement County School . .. 525.2 Commercial Schools . 922 Common Law Against Boycotting . 202A Legal Basis of Domestic Relations . 801 Community Service At Univ. of N. C. 512- 518 Bureau of Community Organ- zation . 524 Community Drama . 534 Community Music Service .. 535 Red Cross . 1703- 1704 State Bureau . 623 Community Service, Inc.506 Commutation of Sentence .. C54C How Forfeited . 664F Confederate Veterans Burial of . 708 Home for . 764 May Peddle with License ... .1220 Pensions.707, 1208- 1218 Confederate Women Burial of .. 708 Home for . 754 Pensions .1212, 1216 Constable . 104G Constitution Alteration of . 113 Full text may be obtained... 101 Contracts With minors . 401 (b) Convention, State, How Called.. 113 Cooperative Associa¬ tions . 202, 264, 267 Coronor . 104G Corporations County . 107 Liability of . 108A Municipal . 107 Other than Municipal . 108 Powers and Limitations .... 107 Town . 107A Corruption, Official .1108 Cotton Manufacturers’ Asso- ciaton . 519 Country Home Comforts .... 265A County Board of Education.... 903 Submits Budget .907A&E County Clubs at Univ. of N.C. 513 County Commissioners Aid Burial of Confederate Veterans . 708 Appoint Superintendent of Public Welfare . 715A Disagreement with County Board of Education . 907D Election and Powers. 107 I^evy School Tax . 907B Powers regarding Poor Law Administration . . 701, 703, 704 County Courts .104F (c) County Health Work Bureau of .1111 Plan for .1152 County Home for Aged and Infirm . 704, 751 Admission to . 701C How supported . 704A County Jails .... 660, 661, 662, 669 County Superintendent of. Public Welfare . 715A Duties . 701B, 715B INDEX iii Court of Impeachment . 104B Courts See also: / County . 104F(c), 604 Debtor’s .1002 Justices of Peace 104E, 604, 1002 Juvenile . 403 Mayor’s . 104F(a) Recorder’s . 104F, 604 Superior . 104D, 604, 1002 Supreme . 104C, 1002 Credit Organization . 203 Advances on Crops .1304D Buiiding and Loan Ass’ns. .. 521 Morris Plan Banks ......... 1006 State Market and Cooperative Credit Bureau . 264 Crimes Classes of . 603 Of Children . 401 (c) Punishment for . Ill Crittendon Home, The . 456(2) Dentistry Practice of .1119 Dangerous Insane,Hospital for 1453 Deaf School for .1503 Indigent .1503 Debating Union .951B (a) Debt Action for .1002 Agricultural . 1004A, 1304D Attachment of Wages.1304H Chattel Mortgage .1005 Exemption Laws .1003 Imprisonment for .1007 Laborer’s Lien, etc.1304 Loan and Usury Laws.1006 Of Minors .1303D Of Decedent . 1008B Of Tenant .1004 Decedent See: Debt Intestacy Laws Inheritance Taxes Real Property Wills Deer Laws . 212 DegreeSo College Commission Regulating . 902D Standards for . 959 Delinquent Child Defined . 401 (f) Under Jurisdiction Juvenile Court ... 401 (h), 403A Denominational Colleges . 957 Dependent Child Defined . 401 (e) Under Jurisdiction of Juvenile Court.401 (h), 403A Desertion . 803 See also “Divorce” Detention Homes . 671 Divorce Absolute . 804 (a) Causes . 803, 804 Qualified . 804 (b) Dog Tax . 213 Drainage Laws . 214 The N. C. Drainage Ass’n.... 265B Drama The Carolina Playmakers. .. . 534 Duel Penalty for Fighting . 114 Economics and Finance Department of . 517 Education Chap. IX See also County Board of Schools, Public State Board of University of N. C. Among Negroes . 962, 1155 Health Education .1151 School of Education Service.. 951B(f) Elections Canvassers County Board of .1623 State Board of .1624 Challenges .1621 Conduct of .1622 Corrupt Practices .1628 County Board .1616 Judges of .1620 Of State and U. S. Officers. . 1625 Of Presidential Electors ....1626 Primary Elections .1627 State Board .1615 Time .1614 Type . 106A Electors See ‘‘Voters” Eliada Orphanage . 454 (5) Emigrant Agents .1308D Employees in State Prisons, etc. Not to use intoxicants . 656 Engineering and Inspection, Bureau of Protection of Water Supply. . 1105A Epidemiology, Bureau of Blindness, Prevention of.1107(b) INDEX iv Epidemic Diseases, Control of..ll07(a} Examiners and Institute Conductors State Board . 925 Executive Department See also Governor Lieutenant Governor Council of State Composition of . 103 Duties of Executive Officers 103D Election of . 103 Vacancies in Office . 103D Executor of Will .1009A Exemptions For Debt: Homestead . 1003(b) Insurance .1003(b) Personal .1003(a) From Inheritance Tax .1607 From Property Tax..105(b) 1602 Of Married Woman’s Prop¬ erty .1003(c) Ex-Service Men Knights of Columbus School 963B Red Cross Work for 1703A, 17031, 1704(a) Training of . 963 Y. M. C. A. Scholarships for 963A Extension Service (Agriculture) 258 See also “Univ. Extension” Agents .. 258A Bureaus . 258B Convention (Farmer’s) ..... 258E Fairs . 258F Farmers’ Institutes . 258C Home Demonstration Work . . 258D Falcon Orphanage . 454 (6) Farm Life Schools . 915 Farms, State and County 651, 654A, 654F, 666 Farms, Test . 254J, 257 Farmers’ Educational Union... 267 (a) Feeble Minded Local Institutions may be established .1459 School at Kinston .1456 Feed Analyses . 254C Inspection . 254E Laws . 209 Felony Defined . 601 Capital felonies. 602 Fertilizers Analyses . 254C Laws . 210 Fire Prevention .1202 Forest Fire Protection. 262 (b) Incendiarism .1206 ^ Protection of Children . 402 (i) Flogging of Prisoners . 654F Food Laws . 205 Bulletin on . 205 Pure Food Division . 254D Forestry . 260- 263 Farm Forestry . 263 Fire Prevention . 262B Geological Survey . 262, 516 Publications . 262D Range Laws . 261 Reforestation . 218 State Forests . 262C Franchise Tax .1610 Garnishee Process .1304H Gasoline Law .■. 227 General Assembly Bills, how made law . 102D Date of elections . 102H Date of meeting . 1021 Limitations of . 102C Money and Taxes, how raised 102E Payment of members . 102G Powers of . 102C Vacancies in . 102F General Education Board. 962E Geological and Economic Survey . 262, 516 Girl Scouts, Inc. 528 Girls’ Friendly Society. 510 Glenwood Park Sanatorium.. .1457 (3) Goldsboro State Hospital .1455 Government, Seat of . 114D Governor Duties of . 103B Election of . 103 ^ Powers of. 103B, 112B, 114C President State Board of Education . 109E Vacancy in office . 103C Greensboro Rest Cottage . 456 (3) Guardians For insane in hospital .1415 For children . 403Q, 405 Health, County Board of Duties of County Officer.1112A Duties of County Physician.. 1112B Organization .1112(a) Powers ., ^. ,1112(b) V INDEX Health, State Board of Description .1102 Duties ..1102 A Education Work of .1151 Examination of School Children . 938 Organization . . ..1102B Supervision of Prisons and Prisoners . 655 Hebrew Charities .1053 Highland Hospital .1457 (4) Highways Construction .,. 204 (c) Good Roads Association . 265C Good Roads Institute .951B(g) Laws . 204 Maintenance . 204 (b) State Commission . . 204 (a), 259 Hillcrest Manor .14 57 (5) Holidays, Public .1305B Home Demonstration Work.... 258D Home Economics . 96IF Homestead How exempt .1003 (b) Honor Men ... 654B Hookworm Disease Prevention of .1109, 1152 Hospitals List of Hospitals in N. C....1157 Orthopaedic .1504-6 Private (Nerve and Mental). 1457-8 Public Board of Trustees .1125A Conditions Governing .1125B Rules for Establishment. ... 1125 State (Mental) . 1451- 1456 Public Health Service .1156 Tuberculosis .1154 Hours of Labor .1305 Of Minors . 41 OB House of Correction. IIIB, 663 House of Refuge .IIIC House of Representatives See also “General Assembly’’ Apportionment .102B(b) Committees . 102K Composition . 102B(a) Election . 102H. 10*2B(a) Qualification for .102B(c) Speaker of .102B(d) Humane Societies .. 461 Hygiene, State Laboratory of..1103 Idiots Caswell Training School .... 1456 Local Institutions.1459 Not admitted to State Hospital .1411 Illegitimate Children How Legitimated . 807 Laws regarding Inheritance 807, 10tC(9)(10) Legal Settlement of . 702 (4) Illiterates Instruction of . 920 Immigration Department of . 254 L, 301 Income Tax . 1608 Indians Schools. 303c, 911, 956 Tribes, location, etc. 303c Inferior Courts . 104F Inheritance Taxes .1607 Exemption .1607 (a) Insane Admission to hospital Of Doubtful Cases .1406 Of Cases exposed to Disease .1407 On Patient’s Own Applica¬ tion .1409 Of Idiots .1411 Preparation tor .1408 Commitment to hospital By Clerk Superior Court. .. 1401-2 By Justice of the Peace. .. 1403-4 Of Children . 403P Of Epileptics .1423 Of Non-residents and Aliens .1416-19 Commitment to Jail .1410 Conveyance to Hospital 1413- 1414 Care of Insane .714A(8) Discharge of Patients. . 1421, 1409 Guardians for Insane .1415 Indigent .1412 Paying Patients .1412 Release on Bond 1101 (d),1406,1420 Insanity Conditions causing . 714A (9) Insurance Commissioner of .1202 Department of .1201,3,4 Increase of in N. C.1205 Laws governing .1207 Life .1003 (b) Inter-High School Athletics... 525.1 Intermarriage Prohibited between white and negro . 114F, 802 International Health Board.... 1152 Intestacy Appointment of Adminis¬ trator .... 1008A Debts—order of payment.1008B Order of Inheritance .1008C Laws .1008 Irrigation Laws . 215 Jeanes Foundation, The Anna T. 962B Judges Removal of. 104H Rotation of.104D(e) Superior Court .104D(c) Supreme Court . 104C Judicial Department Composition of . 104 A Forms of Judicial Action ... 104 Junior Red Cross.965, 1703C Jury Duty Exemptions .1308E Justices of the Peace Appointment .104E(a) Election . 104E Jurisdiction. .. 104E(b), 604, 1002 (a) Vacancies .104K(c) Juvenile Court Act establishing . . . 403 Detention of Children. .'.... . . 4031 Jurisdiction . 40.3A,B,H Medical Examination of Children . . . 403P Must Consider Parents’ Re- ligious Belief . .. 403N Probation Officers . . . 403J,K Procedure on Probation. . . . .403L Procedure . 403D,E,F,G Remedial Nature of . 403C Return of Child to Parents . . 4030 Support of Children Committed . 403M Kindergarten . 917 King’s Daughters and Sons.... 604 Knights of Columbus War Activities Schools . 963B Labor Agricultural . 201 Assistant Commissioner of,. 1301 Commissioner of.1301A Department of .1301 Laws For Protection of Children . 402, 410, 1303 Employers .1808 Public .1308 Wages .1304 Worker .1302 Regulating Hours of Labor ..201A, 1305 Liability of Railroads, etc.1306 Mining Operations.1307 Landlord and Tenant Agricultural .1004A Laws .1004 Notice .1004 Landowners’ Association . 520 Law Schools . 958 (a) Lectures Univ. of N. C. Lecture Service . 951B(c) Legal Aid for Poor .1068 Legislative Department How Composed . 102 See also: General Assembly House of Representatives Senate Libraries . 966 Legislative Reference . 511 Library Commission . 966A Library of Univ. of N. C. 966C Municipal Research . 518 Rural School . 923 Service for Public Health Nurses . 966D Liens Agricultural .1304D On Crops .1304D (a) (e) (f) (g) How negotiated .1304D (b) (c) (d) Contractors’ .1304B (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) (j) Mechanics’, Laborers’ and Material Men’s .1304B On Lumber, etc.1304B(d) On Married Woman’s Property .1304B(b) On Personal Property.. 1304B(c) . On Real Property.1304B(e) Of Dock Laborers .1304C On Assets of Corporations. .. 1304E Payment by Trustees.1304F Lieutenant-Governor Duties of . 103C Election of . 103 President of Senate . 102A(c) Succession as Governor . 103C Life Prisoners’ Wages . 654D Lindley Homs, The . 456 (1) vu INDEX Linseed Oil Law . 228 Livestock Animal Industry Division.... 254B Injury to . 217 Range Laws . 222, 261 Sanitary Laws . 206 Slaughter Laws . 223 Tax on . 221 Veterinary Division . 264A Lockups . 670 Logging Roads . 1306C Marketing Associations. 267 (c) Marriage Contract by minor . 401 (b) Laws . 402 (a), 802 Married Women Liens on Property of.1304B(b) Property Rights of. 806, 1003(c) Settlement of . 702 (2) Masonic Order Board of Relief.1057 Home for Aged . 753 Orphanage . 454(13) Mayor's Court . 104F(a) Mechanic’s Lien. 114B, 1304B Medical Chests .1302B Medical Inspection of Schools Bureau of . 1110, 1151 Procedure of .lllOA Public Health.1109P, T, 1109B, II Medicine Practice of .1118 Schools of . 958 (b) Mental Hygiene National Committee .1461 Society for .1460 Methodist Children’s Home . 454 (7) Methodist Orphanage . 454 (8) Methodist Protestant Children’s Home 454 (9) Militia Commander-in-Chief . 112B Exemptions . 112C Liability to Duty . 112 Mining Inspector _1301 A, 1307H, 1307K Law’s .1307 Minors Contracts with . 401(b) Enticing Outside State .1303C Failure to Pay .13.03D Misdemeanor Defined . 601 Morganton State Hospital ....1454 Morris Plan Banks 1006 Mothers Not to be separated from young children . 402 (1) Pension . 408 Prenatal and Postnatal Care— 1109A(c), 1109B 11 Mountain Districts Education in . 964 Information on . 514 (d) Mountain Orphanage . 454(10) Moving Pictures— 636, 924, 1165, 1703G Municipal Health Officer.1113 Municipal Research, Bureau of 518 Museum . 254N Music Community Music Service . .. 635 Narcotics Sale Regulated .1120B Natural Resources Development 219 Nazareth Orphanage. 454(11) Neglected Child Defined . 401 (g) Under Jurisdiction Juvenile Court . 401 (h), 403A Negro Community League.... 1155 Negroes See Urban League Colored Race Negro Agricultural and Technical College . 955A Normal Schools . 954, 955, 956 North Carolina Club . 512 North Carolina College for Women .953 N. C. Conference for Social Service .•.. 502 Nuisances Abatement of . ... 1108B(a), 1115 Nurses, Trained Board of Examiners .1124 Colored Nurses .1124B Training School for .1124A Odd Fellows. Int. Order of Home for Aged . 752. Orphanage . 454(12) Relief Committee Work ....1056 Odd Fellows’ Orphanage . 454(12) Oils Illuminating Oils . 229 Inspection and Standardiza¬ tion . 254D INDEX viii Linseed Oil Law . 228 Office Qualifications for .106B Restrictions on holding . 114E Optometry Practice of .1121 Orphan Association, The N. C. 465 Orphan Homes . 454 Children may attend public schools . 919 Orthopaedic Hospital .1504 Osteopathy Practice of .1122 Oxford Orphanage . 454(13) Oxford Orphanage for Colored Children . 454(14) Pardons . 103B, 609 Parks Amusement . 632 (c) City . 532 (b) Parole Board of . 609 Conduct of Paroled Men. 611 Discharge on . 610 How Granted . 609 Of Prostitutes .1108B Reimprisonment of Paroled Men . 612 Standards for . 674 Patent Medicines Analyzed .1120D Those forbidden .1120C Penitentiary See State Prison Pensions Amount of Pensions .1212 County Board .1210 How Granted.1214 How Payable ..1215 How Raised .1217 Persons Entitled to Pensions. 1211 Persons not Entitled to Pensions .1213 State Board .1209 Widows’ Pensions .1216 Pharmacy Laws governing .1120A,B,C Practice of .1120 Schools of .. . 958 (c) Plant Disease Delta U. S. Laboratory. 266 Laws . 207 Prevention of . 254F&G Playgrounds . 532 (a) Poisons Sale of .1120A Poll Tax— 105, 906, 907, 909, 1606, 1618 Poor Relief Burial . 708, 709 County Homes,... 701C, 704, 761 Districts . 701 Militia Men, Families of.- 706 Outdoor Relief . 705, 751 Taxation for . 701D Presbyterian Orphan Home.... 454(15) Primary Elections .1627 Printing Department of .1301, 1301A Prisoners Classification of . 654B Dress of . 654B, 667 Education of . 654G Female . 664E Hiring out of . 6 54A Medical Inspection of ...665, 661 On Parole or Probation— 610, 611, 612, 715B(4) Privileges and Rights, .654A, 654B Punishment of. 654F Wages . 654D Welfare of . 673 Prison Labor . 672 Private Hospitals for Nerve and Mental Cases.1457 Location, character,cost, etc.. 1457 How governed.1458 Private Institutions How supervised . 714A(11) Privilege Taxes .1609 Productive Associations . 267 (e) Public Health Nursing and Infant Hygiene Agreement with Red Cross... 1109A Bureau of .1109 County Machinery .1109BII Having Health De¬ partment .1109 B,II Having no Health Department .1109B,II Duties .1109 For Tuberculosis.1153 Operation under agreement. ,1109D State Machinery .1109B,I Statistics .1151A Public Health Service Contract Hospitals .1156A Hospitals .1156 Public Welfare Commissioner of.716A(1) County Board of . 715 County Superintendent of— 701B, 715A,B IX INDEX State Board of . 714 Powers and Duties . 714A Punishments Capital. Ill A Of Prisoners. 654F Provided . Ill Pythian Home . 464(16) Quarantine County Officer .1114 Unit .11()9B,II Races in N. C. Defined . 303 Relationship . 304A Railroads Debts . 13041, 1304B(i) Hours of Labor.1305C Intoxicated Employees .1308C Liability .1306 Shelters .1302C Sunday Laws .1305A(b) Raleigh State Hospital . 1452-3 Real Property Descent of .1010 Reconstruction State Commission . 515 Recorder’s Court . 104F(b) Recreation Committee of Women’s Clubs 526 OfPrisoners . 654G Univ. of N. C. Service. 961B(k) Red Cross Activities .1703 Organization .1701 Policy .1702 Work in North Carolina ....1704 See Southern Division Reforestation . 218 Reformatories . 451(b), 665 Reform Schools Samarcand Manor . 664 (b) Stonewall Jackson Training School . 664 (a) Rescue Home for Girls. 456 Revenue See Taxation Use of . 114A Revaluation Act .1612 Richard Caswell Training School .1456 Rights Civil . 101 (b) Declaration of . 101 Legal . 101 (c) Political . 101 (d) Religious . 101(a) Roads See Highways Roman Catholic Orphanage for Boys . 464(17) Rosenwald Fund . 962C Rural Health Work Among Negroes .1166 Plans for .1152 State Funds for .1116 V Rural Social Science Depart¬ ment at Univ. of N. C. 614 Salvation Army .1054 Samarcand Manor . 664 (b) Sanitation Of Prisons, etc. 656, 661 Of Schools . 939 Sanatoria For Nerve & Mental Cases.,1467 For Tuberculosis .1154 Sanitary Districts Special Tax .1117 School Attendance Law....409, 940 Blind and Deaf children— 402(k), 940B,C Census .937 How enforced .409B,C,D Indigent Children . 940A Non-attendance, schools closed for . 913 Penalties for non-attendance. 409A School Buildings . 930-33 School Committee .904 Employment of Teachers.... 927 May Contract with Private Schools . 921 Payment of Teachers . 929 Special School Districts .... 909F Takes School Census . 937 Women Eligible for . 912 School Districts . 905 Special School Districts. 909F School Funds County Public School Fund.. 907 Building Fund . 907E (c) Incidental Expense Fund 907E (b) Teachers’ Salary Fund. . . 907E (a) Incidental Expense and Building Funds . 907C Statement of Fines .•907F Special School Taxes . 909 State Public School Fund . ,. 906 Vocational School Fund . 908 Schools, Public INDEX X Agricultural, Teaching of..., 916 Census .937 Center of Community Service 523 Domestic Science Taught. .. . 916 Farm-Life Schools . 915 Fiscal Year . 907G Health of Pupils . 938 Medical Inspection .1109B,II Bureau of .1110 Orphanage Children may at¬ tend . 919 Privies . 939 Provided for . 109, 910 School Attendance . 109G School Districts . 109A,905 School Funds 109B, 109C, 906, 907 Small Schools Eliminated..., 906A Subjects Taught .914 Text Books used . 934-36 Scottish Rite Hospital.1506 Seamen Deserting . 1308 (b) (c) Secretary of State Duties of . 103D Election of . 103 Member Council of State.... 103A Securities Against Debts Agricultural . lOO'l, 1304D Attachment of Wages .1304H Chattel Mortgages .1005 Debts of Minors .1303D Laborers’, Mechanics' and Material Men’s Lien.1304 Landlord .1004 Seduction . 808 Seeds Botany Division . 2541 Laws . 208 Senate Composition .102A(a) Committees . 102J President of .102A(c) Qualifications for .102A(b) Senatorial Districts .102A(a) See also Gen’l Assembly Sentence Indeterminate . 608 Suspended . 606 Settlement, Legal Defined . 702 Relation to Care of Indigent 703 Relation to Care of Insane,. 1416 Sheriff . 104G Slater Fund . 962D Solicitor State..104D(h) Vacancy .104D(i ) Social Service North Carolina Conference for . 502 Soil Pollution Unit .1109B,II Southern Division, American Red Cross Bureau of After-Care.1703A Bureau of Education and Research .1703E, 1703D Bureau of Field Service ,.1703A(b) Bureau of First Aid .1703B Bureau of Hospital Service, , 1703 I Bureau of Service Organiza¬ tion .1703F Composition .1701 Department of Military Relief .1703H Department of Nursing . 1703B Program .1703 S. P. C. C. 461 Special Courts . 104F St. Ann’s Orphanage . 454(18) St. Vincent de Paul Society. ... 1055 State Board of Charities and Public Welfare Appointment of . 11 IE Defined and described . 714.. Duties . 714A Sui‘»ervision of Private Hospitals . 1458, 714A(11) State Board of Education Formation . 9 02A State Hospitals for Mental Defectives Board of Managers .1451 Capacity, type of patient received, etc.1452 Location .1452 Reference in Constitution ... IIIG State Prison Classification of State Prisoners . 654B Location. 652 Persons to be sent there .... 653 Stonewall Jackson Training School . 664 (a) Suffrage Qualifications . 106 Summer Camps . 525 Camp Fire Girls . 530 (d) U. S. Training Corps. 531 (b) Sunday Labor . 201 A, 1305A Superior Courts Clerk of . 104D(j), 1041 Enforce Actions for Debt.... 1002 Exchanges of Courts . 104D( f) Judges . 104D (c) xi INDEX Judicial Districts ....104D, 104D (b) Judicial Division . 104D (d) Jurisdiction . 104D (a) Terms . 104D Terms — Special. 104D (g) State Solicitors . 104D (h) Vacancies . 104D ( i) Supreme Court Composition . 104C Jurisdiction . 104C(a), 1002C Sessions . 104C Supt. of Public Instruction, County Duties . 903A Election . 903A Supt. of Public Instruction, State Duties of . 103D, 9()2B Election of . 103, 103D Member Board of Education.. 109E Member Council of State .... 103A Survey# Social and Economic . 951 B(d) Swimming Pools . 533 Tare 224 Taxation Agricultural . 221 Capital Tax. 105, 1605 How used . 105A Other Taxes . 105B, 1606 City and Town Taxation.... 1611 County Taxes . 105D Emigrant Agents’ Tax .1308E Exemptions . 105B, 1602 Fines, forfeitures, etc.1603 Franchise .1610 Income .1608 % Inheritance .1607 Limitation of Public Debt. .. . 105C Poll Taxes. 105, 1605, 9069 Privilege .1609 Revaluation Act .1612 Revision of Taxe# .1612B,C Special School . 909 Voting of Taxes.102E, 105E Teachers Certificates . Colored Teachers . 955, Duties of . Health Certificates . How Employed . Indian . Number of . Salary of .907E(a), Training of . 953, 954, 925 962 928 926 927 956 906B 929 960 Temperance Instruction in Public Schools 914A Tenant Agricultural .1001A Laws regarding .1004 Text Books . 934-36 Thompson Orphanage . 454(19) Toilets Business .1302D School . 939 Tramps Definition . 711 Laws affecting . 711 Tramroads .1306C Tranquil Park Sanatorium.... 1457 (6) Transportation . 225 Travelers’ Aid Society . 509 Treasurer, State Duties of . 103D Election of. 103, 103D Member Council of State.... 103A Trespass Law . 211, 712 Tuberculosis Among Prisoners .1104A Bureau of .1104 County Tuberculosis Hos¬ pitals .1126 Deaths from .1151A Hospitals for .1154 N. C. Tuberculosis Asso¬ ciation .1153 Of Teachers . 926 Public Health Unit .1109B,II Work among Negroes .1155A United States Training Corps.. 531 University Extension— 265, 512, 513, 514, 517, 518, 951B See also: Extension Service, Agriculture University of North Carolina Described . 951 Provided for in Constitution. 109D Urban League . 304B Usury Law .1006 Vagrants . 710 Venereal Diseases, Bureau of Buildings, Used for Immoral Purposes .1108 Duties.1108 Indigent Cases .1108 Prostitution, Repression of...ll08B Remedies, Sale of .1108A Rules for Health Officers.,. ,1108 INDEX XU Rules for Patients .1108 Rules for Physicians .1108 Rules of Procedure .1108 Vital Statistics, Bureau of.1106 Birth Registration .1106A Showing Need for Health Education .1151A State Registrar .1106C Vocational Education Ex-Service Men . 963 Farm Life Schools . 915 Federal Board of . 902C Fund . 908 Smith-Hughes Act . 961 State Board of . 902C Voters Absent Electors .1619 At Primaries .1627(g)(h) Challenge .1621 Qualifications . 106, 1617 Registration .1618 Women ...,1629 W ages After Death of Employer.... 1008B Of Minors .1303D Agricultural Laborers’ . 201 Dock Laborers’ .1304C Due from Corporations .ISO-lE Interstate Employees .1304H Liens for .1304B Non-transfer able Scrip for¬ bidden .1304G Payable by Trustees.1304F Railway Employees .13041 Warehouse — State System ..Described . 226, 264 Warrants Search .. 607, 1308A (c) Wife Exemption from Debt.1003 (c) Inheritance Laws Personal Property .1008C Real Property .1008, 1010 Taxes and Exemptions ..1607 Validity of Lien or Mortgage on Property .1005 Wills Kinds .1009 Probate .1009A Women See: Married Women N. G. .College for Women Women’s Clubs Y. W. C. A. Employees, Seats for.1302A Voters .1629 Women’s Christian Temperance Union .505 Women’s Clubs Programs for . 951 B(h) Recreation Committee . 526 State Federation . 503 Women, College for See N. C. College for Women Woodcraft League of America, Inc.529 Workhouses .667 Young Men’s Christian Asso¬ ciation . 507 Young Women’s Christian Asso¬ ciation ... •. 508